摘要:

THE VISCOSITY OF FUMING SULPHURIC ACID. 2179CCXTX.-The Viscosity of Fuming Xulphus.ic Acid.By ALBERT ERNEST DUNSTAN and ROBERT WILLIAM WILSON.IN a recent paper (Trans., 1907, 91, 83), the present authors publisheda viscosity-concentration curve for aqueous solutions of sulphuric acid.This curve was shown to follow very closely that originally deter-mined by Knietsch (Ber., 1901, 34, 4069), and it was pointed outthat the investigation clearly indicated very considerable associationbetween the acid and the water.A well-detined maximum point was found to exist at a concentra-tion of 85 per cent, sulphuric acid, corresponding with the well-knowncompoupd SO(OH),, and a minimum point at the concentration 95 percent. sulphuric acid, which corresponds with the hydrate SH,SO,,H,O,Now it appenrs probable that the compound SO(OH), is present insolution in the aggregate [0:S(OH),lll, where n is a whole number ofconsiderable magnitude, and similarly, at the concentration indicatedby the minimum point there is present the aggregate [3H,SO,,H,O],,where rn is 1eSR than n, since the exceedingly high value at these twopoints of the viscosity coefficient, 0,94794 and 0.83255 respectively,points to the existence of complexes of great molecular weight.In the above-mentioned paper, the curve ended a t 100 per cent.sulphuric acid, with evidence that the viscosity would be found stillincreasing with a greater percentage of the anhydride2180 THE VISCOSI'I'P OF FUMING SULPHUHIC ACID.Owing to the kindness of Dr.Messel, to whom the authors takethis opportunity of expressing their indebtedness, an ample supply ofvery pure acids of varying content of free sulphur trioxide was placedat their disposal.The solidity of some of the specimens necessitated the work beingcarried out a t a higher temperature than 25', a t which the previousexperiments had been conducted ; hence 60' was taken as the constanttemperature.The extreme manipulative difficulty of working withthese strongly fuming liquids, and the remarkable way in which theyabsorbed water, even during the progress of the determinations, pre-cluded the attainment of any high degree of accuracy, but, for pur-Percentage of SO, (free).poses of comparison, it must be borne in mind that each point wasdetermined under precisely similar conditions.Knietsch (Zoc.cit.), using a variety of methods, found discontinuitiesin the curve connecting concentration with physical properties a t thefollowing points :Melting-point determinations : 2H,SO,,H,O, 4H2S0,,S0,, H,SO4,2S0,,H2S049H20.Viscosity : H,SO,,H,O, H,SO,,SO,.Conductiwity : 2H2S04,H20, H,SO,,H,O, and 15 per cent. SO,.I n the present work (see figure), it is to be noticed that theviscosity concentration curve rises sharply from pure sulphuric acidto the acid containing 40 per cent. of sulphur trioxide, at which con-centration the compound H,S04,S0, probably exists. This maxi-mum also is in substantial agreement with Knietsch's work. A t thiMOORE: THE DEXSlTIES OF KRYPTON AXD XENON. 2182Per cent. free SO,. Viscosity.70.0 0.114746'0 0'179140'6 0'204527'72 0.1753Per cent. free SO,. Viscosity.21.5 0'148816.3 0,13630 .o 0'0832V a t e r at 60" 0'00464I(2) Further evidence as to the existence, in solution, of molecularaggregates, such as H,SO,,SO,.PHYSIOAL CHEMICAL LABORATORY,EAST HAM TECHXICAL COLLEGE

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302179

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

MOORE: THE DEXSlTIES OF KRYPTON AXD XENON. 2182CCXX.-The Densities of Kyypton and Xenon.l3y RICHARD B. MOORE, B.Sc.THE volume of krypton and xenon isolated by Ramsay and Traversduring their classical research on the rare gases of the atmosphereamounted to 12 C.C. of krypton and 3 C.C. of xenon. The two bestdensity determinations obtained by them for krypton were made ontwo samples of gas, one of which had been fractionated from argonand the other from xenon. The former gave a density of 40-83and the latter 40.73. Later, Ramsay, starting with 191.1 kilos. ofair, obtained 7.5 C.C. of krypton and 0.87 C.C. of xenon. This kryptongave a density of 40.81. To make an accurate density determina-tion with the original 3 C.C. of xenon was by no means easy, andthe two highest figures obtained, 63.64 and 64.0, agreed exceedinglywell in the circumstances.The density of xenon has generally beentaken as 64.0, and its atomic weight, on the assumption that it isa monatomic gas, as 128.0 (Phil. T~ans., 1901, 197, A , 66)2182 MOORE: THE DENSITIES OF KRYPTON AND XENON.Owing to the small volume of gas available for fractionation, it isprobable that the krypton in the above experiments contained smalltraces of argon, and that the xenon also was not entirely freefrom krypton. This source of error would give low results for thedensities of both gases. I n addition, the volume of the bulb usedwas only 7 C.C. Recently, during a search for possible new elementsi n the atmosphere (Proc. Roy. Soc., 1908, 81, 195), the authorfractionated in Sir William Ramsay's laboratory the residues from120 tons of liquid air, which gave krypton and xenon in sufficientquantities to make it possible to obtain pure samples of both gases.The density apparatus used was a slight modification of that designedby Ramsay and Travers (Phil. Trans., 1901, A, 197, 54), andis shown in Fig.1. It consists of a U-shaped gas burette fastened toa strip of mirror glass, on the surface of which is etched an accuratemillimetre scale. The tube B is of the same diameter as the upperportion of A, hence a correction for capillarity is unnecessary. Ccontains a roll of silver foil in order to prevent minute globules ofmercury, carried over by the gas, from entering the bulb E. K leadsto a Topler pump. The bulb E is connected with the capillary tube Hby means of a selected piece of pressure tubing wired on.I t wasfound that such a connexion remained perfectsly gas-tight duringa period very considerably longer than was required for an experiment.The volume ofthe sealed counterpoise was the same as that of the bulb. A long-armed Oertling balance sensitive to 0.01 milligram and carefullystandardised weights were used. These weights, although standardisedrelatively to each other, were made absolute, inasmuch as they wereused for determining the weight of the bulb full of wstor. Nocorrection for latitude has been applied.The method of manipulation was as follows: By raising the globeD the mercury was run into the burette up to the stopcocks a and b.The latter were then closed.The reservoir D was then lowered so asto leave a barometric vacuum in the tubes A and B, after which thestopzock d was closed. The density bulb had meanwhile been com-pletely exhausted and carefully weighed. It was then attached to thetube H. The vessel P, surrounding the bulb, was packed with groundice, and distilled water, previously cooled almost to zero, was poured inuntil the level of the water reached the upper surface of the ice. Thestopcocks a and m were then turned, the apparatus thus being put incommunication with the pump. I n this manner, the air in the bore ofthe stopcock a wa3 completely removed. After exhaustion wascomplete, a and m were closed and d opened, the mercury risingin the burette.The gas was then run into the burette through thecapillary tube By which was completely filled with mercury. OnThe density bulb used had a volume of 32.7077 C.CMOORE: THE DEKSlTIES OF KltYPTON AND XENON. 2183turning the stopcocks a and e so as t o put .1 into communicationwith E, the gas entered the bulb. The stopcock 6 mas then openedand the reservoir B adjusted SO that the level of the mercury in AKEHIlay close to the top of the tube. After half an hour, the pressure wasobserved, the stopcock e closed, and the barometer read. The gascontained in C and A w a s removed through the pump, and the globeVOL. sc111. 7 2184 MOORE : THE DENSITIES OF KRYPTON AND XENON.was suspended on the balance. Owing to the small size of the globe,no correction was made for shrinkage under atmospheric pressure.Xenon.--The xenon used in the density determinations bad beenseparated from the krypton by a long series of fractionations.Thegas thus obtained, after it had been sparked with oxygen and theoxygen removed with phosphorus, was condensed in the fractionatingbulb at the temperature cf liquid air. As krypton has a vapourpressure a t this temperature of 17 mm., and the vapour pressure ofxenon at the same temperature is only 0.17 mm., the two can beseparated by removing the krypton from the xenon by means of aTGpler pump. It was found during the preliminary fractionationthat a mixture of solid krypton and xenon could be apparentlypumped '' dry " and yet some krypton would be retained below thesurface of the solid xenon.On vaporising all the gas, however, andredepositing, this krypton could be pumped off. This process wastherefore repeated several times during the final attempt t o get ridof all traces of krypton. The gas then pumped off was apparentlypure xenon, as its spectrum did not show the slightest traces of theprincipal krypton lines. Nevertheless, it was rejected as probablycontaining traces of krypton.A portion of the pure xenon was then fractionated at - 130' bymeans of light petroleum cooled with liquid air. Four fractions wereobtained, and density determinations were made with fractions 2 and3. The results were as follows :Fraction 3.Fraction 2. c A\Volume of density bulb (in c.c.) ...32.7077 32.7077 32.7077Temperature ........................... 0" 0" 0"Hence, density (0= 16) .......... 65.253 65.380 65.328Pressure on gas, corrected (in mm.) 480.0 446'4 521-7Weight (in grams) 0.12044 0.1 1223 0'13106 ....................As the density of fraction 2 was lower than that of fraction 3, theformer probably still contained a very small trace of krypton, and theexperiment may therefore be rejected. It is probable that this tracewas contained in the first portion of fraction 2, and as the wholevolume of the fraction was 40 c.c., we may assume that any kryptonin fraction 3 would have no effect on its density within the limits ofexperimental error. The mean of the two determinations on fraction3 (65-35) may therefore be taken as the density of xenon.Krypton.-It is easier to obtain pure xenon than pure krypton.I nthe former case it is only necessary to free the gas from krypton, I nthe latter, both argon and xenon must be removed. In the fractiona-tion of a mixture of three gases, it is always easier to obtain puresamples of the gases which possess the lowest and highest boilingpoints than it is to obtain a similar sample of the gas with an interMOORE: THE DENSITIES OF KRYPTON AND XENON. 2185mediate boiling point. Consequently, special p,Lins were taken topurify the krypton. The gas obtained during the progress of thework already referred to had been repeatedly fractionated, and itsspect)rum showed none of the argon or xenon lines. I n order to besure that the krypton WAS free from these gases, i t mas refractionatedat the temperature of liquid air, according to the following plan :'SFractions 1 and 3 were reEractionat.ed separately, fractions 4 and7 being rejected as containing either argon or xenon; 2, 5, and 6were mixed and refractionated, 8 and 10 being rejected, whilstfraction 9, which contained most of the gas, was considered as beingpractically pure krypton.This gas was then fractionated a t - 130°, a bath of light petroleummixed with liquid air being used. Ten frar,tions were thus obtained.As the gas was more likely to be contaminated with traces of argonthan with traces of xenon, fractions 8 and 9 were selected for densitydeterminations.As the volume of No. 8 was not quite large enough,a small portion of No.7 was added. The gas samples were sparkedwith oxygen over sodium hydroxide solution, and the excess of oxygenwas removed by phosphorus.During the early stages of the sepuation of the mixed rare gases,i t was found that they were not only Contaminated with oxygen andnitrogeu, but also with traces of hydrocarbon vapour, derived fromthe pentme used in lubricating the compressors of the liquid-air plant.The mixed gases had therefore been passed twice heated over copperoxide, but on sparking the samples of krypton obtained as describedabove, i t wits found that some of t h e hydrocarbon vapour had escapedoxidation by the copper oxide. This, however, did not vitiate thevalue of the fractionation from argon and xenon. The last trace ofthe hydrocarbon was, of course, removed by the sparking.Two deter-minations were therefore made on fraction 8, with the followingresults :Fruction 8.Volume of density bulb (in c.c.) .........Temperature .............................. 0"Pressure on gas, corrected (in mm. ). .....Weight (in grams) .......................... 0.07566Density .......................................... 41 -50932.70574 i 4 *032.70770"478-30.0763341 5007 F 2186 MOORE: THE DENSITIES OF KRYPTOS AND XENON.As the gas was taken through the pump after the first determina-tion there was a possibility of its being contaminated with a verysmall traco of air. This would make the second result low, a n d41.509 may be accepted, therefore, as being the more correct figure.A determination on fraction 9 gave a low result, probably due toinsufficient sparking.A t this stage of the work, the author wasunfortunately forced to leave England, and Sir William Ramsay andMr. A. T. Cameron very kindly offered to make another densitydetermination with this fraction of the gas. After prolongedsparking and removal of oxygen, the density obtained mas 39.53.It was difficult to understand why fraction 9 should have a lowerdensity than fraction 8. They therefore thoroughly sparked fractions5 and 6, and mixed the resulting gas with No, 9. The whole wasthen fractionated once at liquid air temperature, all that could bereadily pumped off constituting fraction 1. The remainder of thegas was taken off in two fractions (3 and 3), the middle fractionbeing much the larger, A determination on this gave the folIowingresult :Volume of density bulb (in c.c.) ........... 32.7077Temperature ......................................0"Pressure on gas, corrected (in iiim.) ....... 765.9W e i d t (in grams) 0.11833 ..............................nenzi ty ............................................. 41'15They then decided to make one last and extremely thorough attemptto obtain a fraction with a density as high as 41.5. The sparkspectrum led them to suspect argon in the fir& and middle fractions,whilst No. 3 seemed to show traces of xenon. The gas was there-fore refractionated according to the followiug scheme. I n each casethe middle fraction was 19/20ths or more of the whole :A + K r -KrII II i r i SeIIIir + S eI1IA + Jir Krli r A + KrIIK r + X eII< rIIA + l i r_...... ___ . I I Il i r + X r A f Iir Kr- K Y + scCONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS IN CATALYSIS, ETC. 2187Each time the first fraction was withdrawn through the pump.The second was allowed to run into a mercury reservoir under slightlyreduced pressure, whilst the gas which was left in the fractionatingbulb after equilibrium was established constituted fraction 3. Thefinal krypton fraction had not therefore been passed through thepump at any stage of the fractionation, which practically eliminatedcontamination with air.The results obtained were as follows :Volume of density bulb (in c.c.) ............ 32.7077'I'eiuperatnre .................................... 0'Weight ( i n gram>) ............................. 0'12329Ca1cul:Lted density ........................... 41'504They considered this figure correct to one part i n 2,000. Thedensity of krypton may be therefore tnkeii as the mean of 41.504 and41.509, namely, 41.506. On the assumption that krypton and xenonare monatomic gases, their atomic weights would therefore be 83,012and 130.70 respectively. These new figures do not throw them out ofplace in the periodic table.Prcssnre 011 gas, corrected (in iniii.) ........ 772.5I desire to thank Sir William Rnmsay and Mr. A. T. Cameron forthe independent work which they so kindly did, and which consti-tuted a rigorous confirmation of my own result ; also the former forhis many helpful suggestions.UNlVEllSITY COLLEGE,LONDON

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302181

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

CONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS IN CATALYSIS, ETC. 2187CCXXI. -An ExamzTmtioiz of tlbe ComeptioiL d' Hydi.0-yen Ions in Ccbtcdysis, Salt Fomaation, and Electro-lytic Conductioii.By ARTHUR LAPWORTH.['(LTt 1.WITH E. Fitzgerald the present author has shown that the additionof water to a liquid, such as alcohol, containing an acid leads to areduction in the number of hydrogen ions * present, and has found thatthe retardation of esterification and ester hydrolysis by water cannotbe explained by hydration of the intermediate products in the esterifi-* The term " hydrogeii iuri I ' ruf'ers tliroughout to the non-hydmtrd ion, or, inother words, to that supposed t o be responsible for hydriop catalysis2188 LAPWORTH : AN EXAMINA'I'ION OF THEcation process. Tbe Arrhenius view of the way in which water hydro-lyses the salts of weak bases was also found to be inadequate t o thecase.To obtain quite convincing evidence from esterification experimentsas to the non-validity of the latter asstiniption would be extremelydifficult, owing to complisation arising from the large number ofsubstances present.Experimental attack on a different line wasnecessary, and i t was therefore sought to determine, first, whetherhydrion cat,alyses, other than those already known, were affectedby water in a similar manner; secondly, if so, whether it would bepossible to obtain for examination a case in which the amount ofwater compared with that of the substance catalytically changedmight be made very small.The Transformation of Hydrazobenxene into Beneidine in AlcoholicSolution.This well-known change, which is brought about by acids, wasespecially interesting, because here the substance changed is not acarbonyl compound.A solution of this substance in absolute alcohol was divided intoquantities of 10 C.C.in test-tubes containing respectively 0, 0.2, and0.4 C.C. of water. To each was then added 5 C.C. of absolute alcoholt o which a little sulphuric acid had been added. Benzidine sulphatebegan to appear in the first tube in about five seconds, in the nextin forty seconds, acd in the last in eighty seconds. This observationwas frequently repeated under similar conditions, with results of thesame nature, showing that the effect of water on the catalysis ofhydrazobenzene in absolute alcohol is of the same order as its effecton catalysed esterification; the speed of change over a wide rangeis about inversely as the amount of water present.Fairly concordantresults are obtained if a standard tube is used to ensure a definitedegree of opalescence a t the point timed.The Bs.omination of Ketones.The bromination of carbonyl compounds has already been shown tobe catalytically accelerated by mineral acids, and in the case ofacetone the speed of the disappearance of the bromine is n measure OFa change in the ketone itself (Trans, 1904, 85, 31, et sep.).Solutions of a number of ket,ones, including acetone, menthone, andacetophenone in alcohol, were acted on by bromine in alcoholic solu-tion with hydrogen chloride as catalyst.I n all cases the speed withwhich a given quantity of bromine disappeared was nearly inverselCONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IOXS IN CATALYSIS, ETC. 2189proportional to the concentration of water present when the quantityof water was more than one per cent. of the total weight.The following widely digerent, cases of hydrogen ion catalyses inalcohol had thus been shown to be affected by water in a similarmanner, namely, the decomposition of diazoacetic ester (Bredig andFraenkel, Ber., 1906, 39, 1756, et seq.), esterification of carboxylicacids (Goldschmidt), the change of .hydrazobenzene into benzidine,and the bromination of ketones. This suggested that a commonexplanation of them all is to be looked for, but hydration of the sub-stance undergoing catalysis still remained a possible, although asamemhat remote, one.The bromination of acetone appeared to offer a means of decidingthis point, for here a n enormous excess of the catalysed compound ascompared with the water could be employed.It has been shownthat the speed of disappearance of the bromine is a measure of thespeed of a change i n the acetone (compare Trans., 1904, 85, 31).Influence of Small Quantities of Water on the Velocity of Brominationof Acetone without Xolvent.A quantity of anhydrous acetone ( A ) was mixed with a little drybromine, and another quantity ( B ) with a few drops of sulphuric acid.After placing these in a thermostat at 25' for some time, portions of25 C.C. of A were then measured into 50 C.C.flasks containing varyingquantities OF water, also kept immersed in the thermostat, and subse-quently 25 C.C. of B were added,and the time elapsing between its additionand the complete disappearance of the bromine was taken. Thefollowing results were obtained ; the numbers given under in the thirdline are obtained by assuming the water value 0.10 for 50 C.C. ofacetone, a number calculable from the first and last observation.The experimental error in the time observation amounts perhaps toabout 10 seconds :Water = 0 0.1 0.25 0.5 0.75 1'00 gramsTime = 45 85 155 265 400 510 sees.Calc. = - 98 164 278 394 -A number of other experiments with this and other specimens ofacetone gave similar results, but different specimens differed slightlyin their water values, as was to be expected, since traces of moistureso greatly influence the speed. Experiments on a smaller scale withacetone, which had been prepared from the bisulphite compound andpurified with every care, gave results of the same order8190 LAPWVOR'PH : AN EXAMINATION OF THEPhenomena very similar to those observed in alcohol or acetoneare noticed in other oxygenated organic media, and markedretardation by water of acid catalysis occiirs to a greater or lessextent in ether, ethyl acetate, and other common Iiquids which dissolvewater. The different extent to which these respond is dealt withelsewhere.The suspicion that the effects noticed are due to impurities in thewater may be dismissed at once; these effects are so considerable thatin order that they might be caused by, say, an alkdi, it would benecessary to suppose the water to contain impossible quantit,ies of this.'i Mathenzahd I'reatment of the Question.Probably the main difficulty in obtaining acceptance of the view,t h a t the influence of water on catalysis by acids is accounted for bya reduction in the number of hydrogen ions, or, in other words, by adiminution of the available acid, lies in the initial difficulty i n demon-strating t h a t the conception is in accordance with the generalisations ofOstwald and his school, and in showing that i t can be applied t o t h efacts as readily as the original conception of Arrhenius, which, in i t sfirst form, is not consistent with the phenomena of acid catalysis,For this reason, and for the further consideration of variousaspects of the question, it will be necessary to develop, on strictlines, and first assuming the presence of bydrogen ions as the activecatalysts, an expression for the state of a monobasic acid, HR,in a mixture of basic liquids.Representing the amounts of eachliquid by the symbols W, TV', etc. respectively, those of their complexeswith hydrions as J, l', etc., and tho corresponding undissociatedcompounds as S, S', S", etc., the following expressions represent thest&e of equilibrium. No allowance in the general. expressions needbe made for a possible union between the bases, as this would simplyresult i n t,he introduction of more constituents of the series W,with corresponding additions to the series 8 and I. The symbolsS, S', etc.include the acid united with the solvents whether ionisableor not, and represents the total anions of the acid whether unitedto the liquids JV, W', etc., or not. Y is t h e volume occupied by thesystem, and A is the original amount of acid. All quantities areexpressed in gram-equivalents. Naturally, K, K2, etc. may be expectedto vary with a n alteration in the proportions of the solvent constituent,s,but will otherwise be constantCONCEPTION OF HYDKOGEN IONS IN CATALYSIS, ETC. 2191s = . (3') &'= I ' - K . etc,,/i. ' K'. P 'also(4) H + N K + ZZ + SS' = A ( where S I = I + I' + etc.).(5) IItz + I2 + SS= A (where S S = ,5'+ S" + etc.).Whence may be derived :(6) from (4) and ( 5 ) , S I + N=K.(7) from (2) and (2'),K JY Hence 21 = I--2S-, 1' = "'.K2K2. w' w ri,whereW tV JV' S- = - + - + etc. -+K2 L' K2 K'?(8) from (3)!IV v or, putting - =active maw, M, etc.from (2)'where(9) but from (6), (7), and (2),(10) By combining ( 5 ) , (l), and (S),(1 1) and introducing (9),L and for 1 gram.equivdent of acid2192 LAPWORTH: AN EXAMINATION OF THEConcerztration of Ifyd?*ogen Ions at IncfirLite Dilution.A t infinite dilution the term not containing Y must be neglected.(12) andA 11-2 fll + 1’&?or at in&zite dilution the hydrogen ions in solutions containing A grctnz-M equivalents of all acids have the same concentration, 8- beidg in-dependent of the acid and depending only on the nature of the solvent.This is in accordance with the well-known generalisation that themolecular activity of all acids as measured by their effect in invertingsucrose and hydrolysing esters tends towards a maximum value whichis the same for all acids.*lizRelation between Molecular Conductivity ctnd the Number ofHydrogen Ions.The conductivity is given by the sum of the number of the ions ofeach kind x its mobility:=Spul+p.lH+vR2T.w H W’ =p-+p’-+etc.+plH+vNfi,.v fry. v(13) :that is to say, the molecular conductivity is proportional to thenumber of hydrogen ions multiplied by a constant which dependsonly on the nature of the solvent. I n other words, the relationshipbetween the so-called degree of dissociation of an acid (as measured byits conductivity) and the hydrogen ions is independent of the nature ofthe acid.This is in agreement with, the generalisations of Ostwald andArrhenius, who have shown that the power of an acid to hydrolysemethyl acetate, or to invert sucrose, is the same for d l acids at thesame degree of dissociation as measured by electrical methods.** The generalisations, 3s thus stated, are not strict, bot the 1)oint insisted on isthat the expressions evolved as ahovp, are in Rgreemmt with the experimentalfacts to precisely the same extent as are those derived 113’ the application of theoriginal ionisation theory of acidsCONCEPTION OE’ HYDROGEN IOXS IN CATALYSIS, ETC.2193Variation of (( Degyee of Dissociation ’’ wit?& Kdunae of Solutio?~.The degree of dissociation, x, of an acid as at present measuredwhich, from the conductivity at voliime Vconductivity at intiiiite volume’represents the ratio =H a t vol.VH at intinite dilution’last paragraph = -Brit from (9) above,henceR x= -M1’A (from 11 above),RAx=- or R = A x (=x, when A = l ) . so thatXReplacing H i n the equation (10) by -_____ , a n d A by I ,8-+lKz2that is t o say, the foregoing view leads t o precisely the sameexpression as is applied at the present time t o the ‘‘ dissociation ”of weak acids as measured by their electrical conductivity, namely,where k is the “ dissociation constant.”x2 + xkv = kv,(15) This gives the dissociation constant of the acid :Mk = .---- 71 M - + B -- K , KK,2r* + 1or, in aqueous solution2194 LAPWORTH: AN EXAMINATION OF THEwhere M is the active mass of liquid water, and K is the ionicdissociation constant of the hydroxonium salt.It is clear from the preceding formula for k that the morestrong basic solvents (where - is large) mill.tend to minimise theinherent differences in potency between strong acids, so that i t may beanticipated that mineral acids which have nearly equal constants inwater will show very considerable divergencies in less basic solvents,such as ether or alcohol.I n order to demonstrate in a simple manner that this must be thecase, for the moment let the simplifying assumption be made that thedissociation constant OF the hydroxonium salts of strong acids is thesame, =K.14The above may be writtenI n the case of bases of the strength of water, the hydrogen ionshave been shown to be very few, that is, K2 is very small, and may beneglected in comparison with M .XK2is constant, and the intrinsic acidic affinity o r potency of t h ek acid, Kl, is therefore proportional to - - K - k’Taking two fairly strong acids, A and 6, with dissociationconstants in water nearly equal to that of salts, say, 0.95K and 0*9If,their relative intrinsic acidity is given by OSg5 - 0*90 -- - 19 and 90.05 and 0.1respectively. That is, whilst their true sfinities are in the ratio 2.11,their affinities in water appear to be only in the ratio 1.05.I n respect to this point, Goldschmidt and Sunde have shown (Ber.,1906, 39, 719) that, although picric acid appears nearly as powerfulas hydrochloric acid in aqueous solution, yet in alcoholic solu-tion it has only about one-tenth of the catalytic activity of thelatter.Similarly, picric acid and trichloroacetic acid differ far morein alcohol than in water, and similarly with di- and tri-chloroaceticacidsCONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS IN CATALYSTS, ETC. 2195Hyholpsis of Sults in A Zcoholz'c und Siniikcr Media by rater.TVccter T'alue of Solvents.The effects of adding a small quantity of a relatively strong baseto a solution of an acid in a wedk base may readily be deduced fromthe general equation, providing certain conditions are known, as isperhaps the case where water is added t o a dilute solution of hydrogenchloride in absolute alcohol.It is known that in absolute alcohol the acid at N/10 dilutionexhibits already about 0.4 of its maximum conductivity, and thisfraction increases with addition of water t o a comparatively smallextent, so that for very small additions of water it may at n firstapproximation be assumed nearly constant.This fraction represents,according to the present conception, the proportion present as anions,SO thatIz K 2 XfM fP=4 2H =1 +--+K' I+ + ;';I +df,where M and li, refer to water, and ~11' and K', t o alcohol. AlsoIZ = x = measured degree of dissociation, and assuming that the velocityof esterification at any time is proportional to the active masses of thehydrogen ions, of the carboxylic acid, and the alcohol respectively, it- first time) :M'is given by the expression (neglecting 1 in comparisou with ~ ~- for theK'2where p is a new constant dependent on the nature of the carboxylicacid, and u is the active mass of this acid.This is in accordance with the observations of Goldschmidt andUdby (Zeitsch.yhysikal. Chem., 1907, 60, 735, et seq.) for the velocityof esterification of numerous acids by hydrogen chloride in alcoholand varying amounts of water, and their functions have the samesignificance.** For comparison, the cxlression used Ly these authors may be given hc1rc :d2L = J , ~ j j r c - ~ - "cll, r + 'L+&'( G . and S.) XT, 6, P', c, a-x, n+z.the corresponding symbols being :The fiiiictiori e (G. and S.) was shown to be probably proportional t o the nieasureddissociation of the catalyst, kr to depend on the nature of the carboxylic acid andof the alcohol, T to be independent of the nature of the carboxylic acid and todepend on the nature of the alcohol only2196 LAPWORTH : AN EXAMINATION OF THEIC?K ''This function -i-~ll', which iliis been termed the water value of thepure solvent, is identical with 3' iu the expression used by theseauthors, and is correctly interpreted by them as a hydrolytic con-stant.Their further conclusion, namely, that the general applicabilityof the formula is proof of the view that the alcohol forins the reactivecomplex ion, is, however, clearly incorrect, as the present mathematicalinvestigation shows that the same expression is obtained whether thereactive ion is formed from the alcohol or the carboxylic acid.The present author has found that this (' water value " may be deter-mined for a solvent by studying the effect of water on any of thecatalytic changes which have been mentioned, and also on the basis ofthe tinctomettic method, referred to later in this paper.Each method,however, gives a slightly different number for the '' water value," butt h i s is perhaps inevitable, owing, in part, to the fact that the concentrit-tion of catalyst is very different in different experiments, and alsothat i t is at present not easy to determine the influence of the sub-stance undergoing catalytic change. The values are of the sameorder, however, in each case, and to illustrate what kind of preliminaryresults have been obtained, the numbers for the " water value '' of50 C.C.of n specimen of nearly absolute alcohol may be given :Type of Acetone H y clrazoben zeii ecatalysis or test. Esterification. bromination. conversion. Tiiictometric.Water value ... ... ... 0.22 0.15 0'18 0'12Variation of the Velocity qf Psterijcntion in Alcohol witli Ahemtion inthe Amount of Cntulpst.Goldschmidt and Ud by (Zeitscli. physikd. Cliem., 1907, 60, 735) andKailan in numerous papers (iCionuteh., 1906, 27, 543, 997 ; Annalen.,1907, 351, 186, etc.) draw attention to the fact that in alcohol con-taining water, the velocity of esterification at constant volumeincreases more rapidly than the concentration of the catalyst. Thefirst-named authors consider that t h i s may be explained if theassumption be made that the alcohol forms the complex hydrions towhich the reaction velocity is proportional.I n order to ascertain whether this conclusion is a valid one, let oneof the complex hydrions in a mixture containing hydrogen chloride beselected, say I".We have I"= - and at constant volume it is obvious that an K",.V'increased amount of hydrogen chloride could never increase the amountof any of the free bases. K", and r a r e constant, so that 1" can onlyincrease more rapidly than the concentration of hydrogeu chloride iCONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS IN CATALYSIS, ETC. 2197the same is true of the hydrogen ions. That is, '2 must be positivenegative. Differentiating the expression connecting the#Aand - dH2dA2amount of hydrogen chloride with the hydrogen ions,expression :which is always positive, so tlmt the dispropoj*tionntewe obtain theincrease in tlu?esteriJicatiora velocity cannot be due to any reccction which i s simplydependent on the mass of u, complex ?ydrion foiwied from the alcohol 01'carboxylic acid.Of the other individual substances which might be concerned, therelation between the undissociated compound, S", the base, jv", fin({the hjdrogen ions is :Any velocity which is proportional t o S" may (providing TV" doesnot diminish too rapidly with increase in the amount of catalyst, thatis, if V'' is a very weak base) increase more repidly than the amountof catalyst, forwhich is positive, providing Y is less than 2which must be very great.A ~ B increase in the velocity o f reactionproportionately greater than the increase in catalyst may inclicate thut a nundissocictted compound of the catalyst with the changing substance i s , inpart at lercsl, concerned directly in the formalion of the j n a l products.Xeulrul Sult Action.A similar reflection may apply to the acceleration by neutral saltsof reactions in which powerful acids in dilute solution take part. Theneutral salts must decrease the concentration of the hydrogen ionsthemselves, and also that of the complex ions of the changing substance,by converting them, on the one hand, into undissociated acid andundissociated compound. Itthat when '' dl " varies butvery weak,S" H.Rffrz = vis nearly constaat, say q.follows from the relations above discussedslightly, which is the case if the base i2198 LAPWORTII: AN EXAMINATION OF THE(1 8) Hence dS" = q.dlIh'.That is, ( 1 ) if S' is large coinpnred with HR, in other words, i f theacid is strong, the Iydrogen ions and tibe complex base iqdrions o ndisappearing will form mainly undissociated compounds of t?Le reactingbases ; on the other hand, (2) ay t?Le acid is weak, tiLen the ions will formmainly undissociated acid.(1) May account, in part, for the well-known stimulating effect ofneutral salts in catalysis by mineral acids, and the disappearanceof the hydrogen ions is in accordance with observations, such as thatof Walker and Wood (Trans., 1903, 33, 490j, that the degree ofhydroljsis of the salt of a strong acid with a weak base in aqueoussolution, as measured by its hydrolytic power, appears t o decrease onaddition of a neutral salt of the strong acid.(2) Accounts for the depressant effect produced by addition of theirneutral salts to solutions of weak acid.Preliminary Determinations by Tiizctometyic Processes of the RelativeBasic Aflniiies of Common Solvents.Whilst the majority of modern attempts to explain the phenomenaof catalysis by acids have been based on the attribution of a basiccharacter t o the reacting compounds, and, although esters have beenfound to retard esterification and to lower t o a slight extent theconductivity of an acid solution (Acree), i t is noteworthy that no simpletinctometric method, such as those applied in aqueous solutions to thedetermination of affinities of acids and bases, has been employed.Obviously, the experiments would have to be made in solvents withbasic atlinities of an order not greater than the substances experimentedwith, so that ~ a t e r , which is a much stronger base than alcohol, couldnot be used as a medium.I t was evident, too, that the indicatorrequired must be a weak base.It was foundthat in this medium a dilute solution of m-nitroaniline was suitablefor high concentration of mineral acid, and that one of aminoazobenzenewas better for small concentrations, N/100 or less. The red colour ofthe acidified aminoazobenzene solution was partly discharged on theaddition of minute quantities of water, and with the quantity of acidrequired to restore the colour to the original amount, was nearlyproportional to the amount of water present i f the alcohol itself wasassigned a small water value (50 C.C.of alcohol was equivalent to0.1 2 C.C. of water), so that hydrolysis of aminoazobenzene hydrochloridein alcohol much resembled esterification in alcohol, which servesexperimentally to connect the two phenomena by experiment.The results in ether, ethyl acetate, ethyl formate, and methyl alcoholThe first experiments made were in absolute alcoholCONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS IN CATALYSIS, ETC. 2199were of the same character, except that these, in accordance with theirdifferent basic afinities, as seen below, had different wa.ter values.Apart from the fact that benzene, light petroleum, and carbon tetra-chloride do not dissolve water and are generally less useful as solvents,these liquids, as might be expected from their more nearly neutralcharacter, appear more suitable solvents for determination of therelative affinities of very weak bases.The author is much indebted to Mr.R. W. L. Clarke for conductingan independent series of measurements of the relative basic affinitiesof a number of common bases in several solvents. He reports asfollows :The results under the head A were carried out i n 99.65 per cent.alcohol with hydrogen chloride about 0-025N (with aminoazobenzeneabout 1 in 500,000 of solvent). Known quantities of the bases wereadded to the same amount of solution, and then the quantity of acidalcoholic hydrogen chloride required to impart the same tint t o eachwas introduced.Under B are given results in benzene with trichloroacetic acid, andunder C with carbon tetrachloride and trichloroacetic acid, used in5 per cent.solution as a maximum concentration. The relative basicaffinities were assumed to be proportional to the amount of acid useda t constant total volume. The numbers refer to equimolecular pro-portions, and the basid affinity of water. is taken as I, but that of ethylacetate is kept constant to link the three series together.Base.Carbamide ....................Water .......................Ether .........................Ethyl alcohol ..............Acetone.. ......................Ethyl acetate ..............."Methyl alcohol ...............A.B. C.17.5 - +1.0-- 0-13 0'12- 0.06 0.06- 0.055 0'0450-05 0 '05 0 '050.015 0.02 0'01- -The bases used were highly purified materials, and small quantitiesof impurities might conceivably bave made an appreciable differencein the series A , but could not very greatly affect B and C, where themolecular proportion of trichloroacetic acid was considerable.Specimens of ether, some dried by distillation over sodium andothers over phosphoric oxide, gave concordant results.* It is remarkable that, although methyl alcohol in these solvents appears to actas a specially weak base, yet in the liquid state (that is, when used as a solvent) i thas a water value much greater than ethyl alcohol, whether this be estimated tincto-metrically or otherwise (compare Goldschmidt and Udby, Zoc.cit., p. 755). This,among many other points, requires careful investigation.VOL. XCIII. 7 c 2200 LAPWORTH: AN EXAMJNATION OF THEI’urt 11.An Explanation of the Properties of Acids not Necessarily Involvingthe Conception of Hydrogen Ions.Proceeding from the usual standpoint that the catalytic activityand the salt-forming powers of acids are dependent on the hydrogenions, it has been shown in the preceding pages that the principalproperties of acid in aqueous and similar solutions may be fullyexplained, no matter what may be the actual concentration of thehydrogen ions in any given case. From a mathematical point of view,this must also be true if their concentration is always = 0 , and wouldlead to‘the conclusion that the properties of acids when dissolved insolvents containing bases may merely depend on (1) the extent towhich they combine with the bases present, (2) the manner in whichthey are partitioned between the bases, and (3) the degree to whichthe resulting salts are dissociated.The condition that the hydrogen ions are absent in the equationetc. E’ Po’ discussed is that K,=O, or unreal; it follows thatI Iare unreal, but that the products 5 K1 etc.are real. Call theseK9’ E;+, +’, etc. ; they represent the mutual propensities * of the bases for the+ 1 acid. Kl, --, etc,, are here unreal, because they are not exhibited 4until the base and the acid are brought into contact.As there is no necessity for supposing that the hydrogen ionsexist in any but infinitesimal concentration, it would appear moresatisfactory to revise the prevailing views of the nature of acids andbases, employing a convention of the above character, as this admitsof an advance from a, practical point of view.At present the functionof an acid which is regarded as the measure of its affinity is itsdissociation constant in water; this, however, depends on twodifferent real functions, namely, the affinity of the acid for thewater and the dissociation of the hydroxonium salt. It should not betoo difficult to separate these by experimental treatment.The new relations which arise by eliminating the incommensurablefunctions in the preceding formula, and which appear capable ofpractical application, may be tabulated here, and will be applicablewhether the hydrogen ions are real or not.* The term “affinity” has been used in other senses, and the function it is hereproposed to term L‘ propensity ” refers to the tendency of the acid and the base toyield a compound which is a perfect electrolyteCONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS IN CATALYSIS, ETC.2201where x is the degree of dissociation of the acid as at present measured,31 the sum of the positive base ions, I" represents the amount ofany one of these, and R the gram-equivalents of the negative ionswhether united with solvent or not.k=---, ZMQ,M+ X - - + l li'where k is the dissociation constant as generally understood, and K isthe dissociation constant of the hydroxonium salts.(20)vx= ~ z'Q, v, X%+------- M+ LW+=f++ + l S-+1 (21)Kwhere V is the volume in C.C. containing one gram-equivalent of theacid.where EIR is the uncombined acidwhere X i s the sum of the amounts of all the undissociated salts andcompounds of the acid with the bases, and where 8" is the amount ofthese, derived from any one base.I n dealing with an aqueous solution, the sign 8 is, of course, omittedif no other base than water is present.The functions x and k are already known for many important acids.It should be possible to determine the amounts of the free acids andthe hydrated acids in their aqueous solutions a t known concentration.There will then be an experimental basis for the determination ofthe relative potencies, apart from the basic power of the solvent.Probably, however, it will be much simpler to deal with the problemfirst in non-ionising solvents, but in this case the undissociated ornon-conducting compounds of acid and base will probably be of themost importance.Bhsociation Constants of Acids.An interesting relation may be pointed out for the case of acids,Here in aqueous solution :where K is the dissociation constant of the hydroxonium salt.If, asappears probable, these salts are largely dissociated in the same way7 a 2202 CONCEPTION OF HYDROGEN IONS 1N CATALYSIS, ETC.as ammonium salts, then k may be neglected in the denominator inthe last equation if the acid is very weak; andthat is, for a weak acid, if its molecule is not hydrated in aqueoussolution, its dissociation constant is identical with its propensity forliquid water.(24) M+ = k,Application to the Case of the Hydrolysis of the Salt of a Weak Base.As measured by the catalytic activity of the solution of the hydro-chloride of a base, say carbamide, the connexion may be arrived a t asfollows :The water may be represented as W, the base, W', and the hydrolyte,W'.The velocity of hydrolysis of W" is mainly dependent on itscapacity to form the ions I". This is given by I" = R'"4" ~ that is,proportional to - (or when the substance catalysed is a very weakSM+ 'R8M+base and does not appreciably affect the state of the solutions) orproportional to =where M and + refer to water, and 111' M+ + M'+'and +' to the base W'.R in the case of dilute hydrochloric acidwhether a base like carbamide is present or not.Let 1 gram-molecule of the hydrochloride beapparent degree of dissociation, X , into base andI" where carbamide is presentI" where carbamide is absent - M+ + M'+'R -total amount of free ureavolume T, and as v AS M'=is nearly constantplaced in water, thefree acid is :M for dilute aqueousM4 X2solution remains nearly constant, X = ,or,+'+M+X=M+,JW+ @'(25) hence X 2 +--, Jf+ VX = H+ -V, or X 2 c kVX= kV.+ +This i s identical with the formula of Arrhenius (Zeitsch. pjlysikal. Chem.,1890, 5 , 16), and was found by Walker and Wood (Trans., 1903, 33,489) to apply to the case of carbamide hydrochloride, the dissociationconstant Tc being =* in the new measures.+'Walker and Wood find k=O*781 at 2 5 O when the volume isPutting H, the active mass of liquid water, as expressed in litres.1000 4' 1000 - 18 9becomes ~ : 0 ; 7 ~ = 71.1. That is, for hydrochloric acid, thTHE OXIDATION OF PHOSPHOROUS ACID BY IODINE. 2203propensity of dissolved carbamide is ‘71.1 times the propensity of liquidwater.Comparing this with the value in alcoholic solution, it appearsdthat liquid water has only one-fourth the basic affinity of waterdissolved in alcohol.The relations given in Part I1 of this paper will be true in practicewhether the reality or otherwise of free hydrogen ions is assumed.Jn conclusion, it must again be pointed out that the conceptionsintroduced in this and the preceding paper (this vol., p. 2163) have,for the most part, been used before. I n particular, the view that acids,unlike certain metallic hydroxides and salts, are not of themselveselectrolytes, is suggested in Lothar Meyer’s ‘‘ Modern Theories ofChemistry ” (Bedson and Walker’s translation, 1888 edition, p. 535),and attributed to Thomsen (1874). Lowry has recently drawn atten-tion to the great importance of the point.The only suggestion regarded as in any sense a novel one, is thatwater, when added to acids in less basic solvents, reduces the con-centration of the hydrogen ions, or, on a less hypothetical basis,diminishes the availability of the acid for salt formation. Even thisappears to be in a measure anticipated by Armstrong’s propositionthat substances which act as dehydrants will have a ‘‘ concentrating ”effect on others which are hydrated in aqueous solution.The author desires to express his indebtedness to the GovernmentGrant Committee of the Royal Society for a grant, which defrayedmuch of the cost of the experiments

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302187

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

THE OXIDATION OF PHOSPHOROUS ACID BY IODINE. 2203CCXXI1.-The Oxidation of Phosphoyous Acid by Iodine.By BERTRAM DILLON STEELE.IN a former paper (Trans., 1907, 91, 1642), it has been shown thatthe velocity of the reaction between iodine and hypophosphorous acidin acid solution is independent of the concentration of the former,and proportional to that of the latter, reagent, and that the reactionis catalytically accelerated by hydrogen ions, no appreciable actionoccurring in their absence.I n the same communication, i t was pointed out that the oxidation ofphosphorous acid by iodine appeared to be retarded by hydrogen ions,and that this remarkable difference in behaviour had been utilised b2204 STEELE: THE OXIDATION OFRupp and Finck (Arch. Phurrn., 1902, 240, 663) in developing amethod for the estimation of phosphorous and hypophosphorous acidseither alone or when mixed.The present communication describes the results that have beenobtained during the attempt to elucidate the mechanism of thereaction between iodine and phosphorous acid under differentconditions.Federlin (Zeitsch.physikal. Chem., 1902, 41, 565), while in-vestigating the reaction between iodine, phosphorous acid, andpotassium persulphate, carried out a few experiments in which hemeasured the rate of reduction of iodine by a large excess ofphosphorous acid, and he concluded that this was a bimolecularreaction.His experiments may, indeed, be interpreted as showing that thereaction is approximately unirnolecular with respect to the iodine, butthey give no information as to the number of reacting molecules ofphosphorous acid.These experiments were subsidiary, and werecarried out by Federlin only to enable him to interpret the results ofhis other experiments. He does not appear to have noticed theextraordinary effect of reducing the acid concentration.Iodine and phosphorous acid appear to be capable of undergoingtwo distinct reactions, of which one predominates in acid solution,and the other in the absence of any appreciable concentration ofhydrogen ions.The mechanism of the former of these reactions has been workedout with tolerable certainty, and the conclusions which have beenarrived at are described in the sequel, but it has not been foundpossible to suggest a hypothesis which is competent to explain themechanism of the second reaction.The phosphorous acid for the experiments was prepared by theaction of distilled water on phosphorus trichloride which had beenpreviously purified by fractional distillation.The resulting solutioncontaining a mixture of phosphorous and hydrochloric acids was thenevaporated in a vacuum, diluted with water, and again evaporated,this process being repeated until the solution was quite free fromhydrochloric acid. It was finally diluted so as to obtain a solutioncontaining half a gram-molecule per litre.The reaction was carried out in a thermostat at 35O, a t whichtemperature the iodine completely disappeared in from two to eighthours according to the concentration of the mixture. The reagentswere immersed separately in the thermostat, and mixed after theyhad attained the temperature of the bath.Samples of the mixturewere then withdrawn from time to time, and the residual iodine wastitrated with a fiftieth molar solution of sodium thiosulphatePHOSPHOROUS ACID BY IODINE. 2205On account of the practical impossibility of estimating the con-centration of the phosphorous ions during the experiments, the phos-phorous acid was always present in considerable excess. I n thesecircumstances, the degree of ionisation of the acid remained practicallyconstant throughout each experiment, and the concentration of thereacting substance, whether ion or molecule, might without appreciableerror be taken as proportional to the total concentration.The InJuence of the Iodine Concentration.--In order to determine theinfluence of the iodine concentration, a number of experiments wascarried out, in which a constant concentration of phosphorous acid wasallowed to react with varying concentration of iodine, the acid beingalways in excess.I n the equation :_.- dx - rE ( A - x)"( j3 - x)n,d tin which A represents the initial concentration of the phosphorousacid and B that of the iodine, it was anticipated that Federlin's con-clusion that n = 1 would be confirmed ; :it was found instead thatn.= 0 5 . On the assumption that ( A - x) is constant and that n= 1,integration of the foregoing equation gives the usual equation for aunimolecular reaction :if, however, n = 0.5, we get the equation :dn: -dt __ - k(A - z ) y B - 4 0 ' 5 ,and on integration :k ( A - x ) " = K = - t JL JKx) .. . . 2(Table I shows a typical example of the manner in which the experi-mental results are described by equations (1) and (2) respectively.TABLE I.t. 23-2. K f o r (.n=l). K for (n=0*5).67 0'0154 0'00314 0'00206113 0'0132 0 *00324 0-00203177 0'0104 0*00340 0 '00203232 0-0083 0'00356 0*00201266 0.0075 0-00350 OsO0193- - 0 0.0190t = time in minutes at which titration was made. ( B - x) =iodineconcentration in milligram-mols. per C.C. at the time t. The values ofthe constants calculated from equations ( I ) and (2) are given in thethird and fourth columns2206 STEELE: TEE OXIDATION OFExperiments 2 to 18, which are given later and which take intoaccount the variation, not only of the iodine, but also of the phosphorousacid concentration, confirm the assumption that t h e velocity of thereaction is proportional to the square root of the iodine concentration.The Injaence of Ph08phorou8 Acid Concentration.The evaluation of the number of reacting molecules of phosphorousacid is complicated by the fact that the reaction is catalyticallyaccelerated by the presence of hydrogen ions, which are not onlyproduced from the phosphorous acid, but are also increased in quantityduring the reaction.The reaction, in all probability, undergoesautocatalytic acceleration in the same manner as was found to be thecase in the oxidation of hypophosphorous acid by iodine, but partly onaccount of the extreme slowness of the reaction when small concentra-tions of phosphorous acid were used ; no experiments have been carriedout in which the extra quantity of hydrogen ions produced wouldexert any appreciable effect on the velocity.The influence OF‘ the phosphorous acid was investigated by varyingits concentration in different experiments.These experiments showedthat the reaction is unimolecular with respect to the phosphorous acid,so that the complete equation for the velocity is as follows :dx~~~- = k(A - x)(B - a+ + k’C(B - x)(B - x)+ dt . . (3).This equation involves the following hypotheses : The velocity isproportional to the concentration of the phosphorous acid and to thesquare root of the iodine concentration ; it is catalytically acceleratedby hydrogen ions, the concentration of which is represented by C.The velocity coefficient, k, of the now catalysed reaction may usuallybe put equal to zero, since in most cases it is extremely small comparedwith k’, the coefficient of the catalysed reaction.I n the present case, this cannot be done, as k and k’ are comparablein magnitude,The hydrogen ion concentration, C, is made up of the sum of H’produced by the phosphorous, phosphoric, hydriodic, and added acids,and cannot be evaluated with any approach to exactness. This is duein the first place to the uncertainty which attaches to the ionisationcoefficient of a polybasic acid, and, secondly, t o the unknown influenceof each acid on the dissociation of the others.Strictly speaking,C = [a(A - x ) + DL’X + a”C + a”’2x1, where A - x, x, 22, and c are theconcentrations of the phosphorous, phosphoric, hydriodic, and addedacids respectively, and a, a’, a”’, and a” are the corresponding ionisa-tion coefficients of each acid in the presence of all the othersPHOSPHOROUS ACID BY IODINE. 2207On account of the impossibility of accurately evaluating thesecoefficients, the following simplification has been made :a, a', and a"' are of the same order of magnitude, a''' being greaterthan a, and a greater than a'.I n the absence of added acid, the expression for the hydrogen ionconcentration becomes aA + (a' + 2a"' - Q)X, which, on account of thesmall magnitude of ~ t ' compared with A , may without sensible error beput equal to uA.That no appreciable error has been introduced by this assumptionwill be evident from a consideration of experiments 1 to 9.The accurate evaluation of the hydrogen ion concentration isrendered impossible in the case of the experiments where sulphuricacid has been added by our ignorance of the mutual influence ofstrong acids on the ionisation coefficients.Notwithstanding this, the effect of increasing the hydrogen ionconcentration will be clearly seen by reference to the results ofexperiments 10 to 15.If equation (3) is written in the formdx & =(k+k'C)(A -22) JJB-x,we obtain on integration the equation :and the constant obtained by the use of this equation is given in thelast column of the following table :No.ofexpt. A .1 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0-36 0.37 0.38 0'49 0'4B.0.00930'0190.02850-009760 -019360'00960'01920-03820 e . mC. j0.08660-08660-08660.08660'120.120'120,1480.148TABLE 11.Durationof expt.,in minutes.4012663404021672402461111967Lowest.0'001930~002000.001810'001520'002490.002420*002210'002630 -00260k -I- k'C.Highest.0.002250 *002080*001910-001730.002750.002540'002400,003040.00294A 3Mean.0.002120 -002050'001860*001690.002680.002500*002300.002870.00285The general correctness of the hypotheses contained in equation (3)is indicated by the very slight variation of the constant in any singleexperiment.I t s insufficiency is shown in table 111 by the variationof k+k'C in experiments 1, 2, 3, and 4, all of which have the sameA and C values, and similarly in experiments 5, 6, and 7 and 8 and9. I n all these cases, but most markedly in those which have th2208 STEELE: THE OXIDATION OFsmallest A and C values, there is a decrease in k + k'C with increasingiodine concentration.To ascertain in what direction it would be necessary to modifyequation (3) in order that it may more accurately describe theexperimental results, k and k' must first be evaluated. This can easilybe done, since we have in table I V nine equations giving values ofk+k'C, and C is known, at least approximately, for all of themTABLE 111.Expt. A.1 0.22 0.23 0 '24 0.25 0.36 0.37 0-38 0-49 0.4B.0.010.020.030 '040'010'020.030.010'02Espt.1526937aC.0.0870.0870.0870.0870'120.120.120.150.15k+k'CxlO3. kx1O8.k'x103.2-12 0.88 14 -32.05 0.90 13'21-86 0-71 13.21 -69 0.54 13'22.68 0 9 2 14-82 5 0 0-94 13.02-30 0.72 13.22.87 0.96 12'72 -85 0.94 12-7TABLE IV.rl: x l o 3 calculated from experiments.P- --- . Mean1and5. l a n d & 5and8. 2and6. 2atnd9. 6and9. 3and7. h!x103.16.5 12.2 - - - -- - 14'316.5 - 13'2 - - - - 14-8- 12.2 - - - - - 12.7 - - - 13.5 13.0 13.1 - 13'2- - - 13.5 - 12.5 - 13.0- - - - 13.0 12.5 - 12.7- - - - - - 13-2 13'2- - - - - - 13'2 13'213'4 General mean ... ... ... ,.. ... . , .k and k' were calculated from different pairs of experiments, thoseexperiments being selected which had the same value for the iodineconcentration B.The values of k' calculated in this manner fromseven pairs of experiments are given in table IV. I n only onecalculation, that from experiments 1 and 5, does the value differ toany extent from the general mean of 13.4 x 10-3. This exceptionappears to be due to an abnormal value for the constant fromexperiment 5. The values of k which are given in the sixth columnof table 111 were obtained by deducting the numbers in column 7from those in column 5. This method of calculation throwspractically all the variation in k + k'C on k, the non-catalytic constant,and this conclusion is confirmed by evaluating k by the methodemployed for k' and described in table IV; such a calculation yieldsvalues for k which, like those in column 6 of table 111, diminish withincreasing concentration of iodine, and this suggests that it is thPHOSPHOROUS ACID BY IODINE. 2209first term in equation (3) which is inaccurate.On the whole, exceptfor this slight variation of k, the experimental results are wellexpressed by the equation used.The In$uence of Added Acid.I n the series of experiments 10 to 15 (table V), sulphuric acid hasbeen added in varying quantity, the concentration in each experimentbeing given under c. I n all cases an increase in c produces a nincrease in the magnitude of the constant k+k'C, but although, as i nthe former series, the constant is very good in each experiment, nosimple relation between its values from different experiments can bedetected. This, as already pointed out, is due to the uncertainty as tothe total H' concentration.TABLE V.No.ofexpt. A.10 0.211 0.212 0.213 0.214 0'315 0.3Duration ofexpt., inB. c. C( = aA + u " ~ ) . minutes. Lowest.0.019 0.02 0'1146 272 0'002200'0187 0-05 0'1146 280 0'002460-019 0.10 0.203 311 0.002780'0193 0.4 0.447 229 0.004080.0194 0.05 0.181 235 0'002840'0194 0.10 0'236 227 0'00331k + k'C.FHighest. Mean.0'00226 0'002220-00265 0'002540*00304 0.002960.00468 0.004440*00305 0'002990.00369 0'00353On the assumption that this is given approximately by (aA +a"c),the sum of the concentrations of the hydrogen ions from thephosphorous acid and from the sulphuric acid, each in the absence ofthe other, values are obtained for k;' which vary between 9.7 and 6.7.The calculation may be reversed, and the total hydrogen ionconcentration calculated from the values of k and k' found alreadyfrom experiments 1 to 9.This has been done, and table VI contains,for experiments 10 to 15, the values of the concentrations of thephosphorous acid ( A ) , iodine (B), and sulphuric acid, c, as well as thatof the summed constants (k+k'C), the last two columns showing thedifference between (aA +a"c) and C calculated in this manner. TheTABLE VI.Expt. A. B. c. k+KC. aA+a"c. C'.10 0'2 0'02 0 '02 2-22 0'1146 0'111 0'2 0'02 0.05 2 -54 0-148 0.12312 0 '2 0.02 0.10 2-96 0.203 0-15713 0.2 0.02 0'4 [HCl] 4-44 0.427 0.27114 0.3 0.02 0 -05 2 -84 0.181 0'1615 0.3 0-02 0.10 3.53 0.236 0'201latter is always less than the former, and by an amount which mightbe expected from the .decrease in ionisation of the phosphorous acid,due to the presence of the sulphuric acid2210 STEELE: THE OXIDATION OFThis decrease in ionisation would have a dual effect if the reactionwere one in which phosphorous ions are oxidised by iodine, since theconcentration of the phosphorous ions would also be diminished, andhence also the observed constant.The fact that experiment 13 gives for C a value (0.271) which isless than the H' concentration from the added acid alone, is the onlyone in the whole of the present investigation which indicates in anyway whether the iodine reacts with ion or undissociated molecule.The Reaction with Very Low Hydrogen Ion Concentration.It has been already mentioned that if the H' concentration is madevery small by the addition of a salt of a very weak acid, such as thesodium salts of acetic, carbonic, or boric acid, the reaction velocityis increased enormously.With moderate concentrations of iodine andexcess of phosphorous acid, reaction is complete in from one to sevenminutes at 25O. I n order to make any measurements, it is thereforenecessary to work at moderately low temperatures, and the followingexperiments? in which a large excess of phosphorous acid was alwaysused, were carried out in a bath of melting ice.Experiment 18, table VII, mill show the nature of the resultswhich have been obtained.TABLE VII.--Experiment 18.A ~0.2.B=0-02. C,H,O,Na=O'4. KI=0.050.t.0'05 58-513'523.587.56.5 *599 *5142.5230-0B - 2.0.01890.01690.01550.01440-01250'01080.00840'006440'00500.00328BB - 2l/t log-.-0'02090.02380'02010.01750-01560'01190-01080'00930-0077lltB x-.B - x-1.1651-371 '221-151-050 '981 -021-041 *loAlthough this and the other experiments of this series yield1 x approximately constant values for the bimolecular expression - - tB'B - x(column 4, table VII), the conclusion that the reaction is bimolecularwith respect to the iodine is not confirmed by the consideration of thevalue of the constant from different experiments.The relation betweenthe reaction velocity and the concentration of the reagents is, indeed,so complex that the attempt to give quantitative expression to theresults has been abandonedPHOSPHOROUS ACLD BY IODINE. 2211The curves of Figs, 1 and 2 are obtained by plotting the experi-This table contains the mental results which are given in table,VIII.FIG. 1.0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140Time in minutes.times of measurement expressed in minutes, and the correspondingvalues of the iodine concentration for experiments 16 to 22, the con-0.0100'0090~0080.007A 0'006' 0'0050'0040'0030'0020.0012FIG. 2.0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140l'ime in minutes.centrations of the phosphorous acid ( A ) , iodine (B), sodium acetate,and potasium iodide being given for each experiment2212 STEELE: THE OXIDATION OFTABLE VII1.-Experiment 16.A = 0-2.B = 0.01. C,H,O,Na = 0'4. KI= 0.025.t .................. 0.0 5.5 11.5 17-0 29'0 48-0 87.0(B-x) x l o 3... 9'44 6'60 5-66 4'76 3.54 2'36 1.2Experiment 17 repeats Expeeriment 16.Experiment 18.A = 0.2. B= 0.02. C,H,O,Na = 0.4. KI= 0 *050.t .................. 0.0 5-5 8.5 135 23.5 3 7 5 68.5 99.5 142.5(B-x)x103., 18.9 16'8 15.6 14'4 12.5 10.8 8'4 6.4 5.0Experiment 1 9.A = 0'2. B= 0-01. C,H,O,Na = 0.6. KI= 0 *025.(B-x) x lo3 ... 8-84 6-82 5-54 4.80 2.38 1-86 1-36t .................. 0.0 2-5 4.5 8.0 22.0 27.0 34.0Experiment 20.A = 0.2. B = 0'01. C,H30,Na = 0.8. XI= 0.025.t ....................1 0.0 1.5 4'0 7.5 11.25 18%(B-2)x103 ...... 6.70 5-64 4-12 2-94 2.70 1.50Experiment 2 1.A = 0.2 B= 0.01. CzHs02Na= 0'4. KI= 0.125.t .................. 0.0 3.0 8.0 14'0 27-0 33.0 62'0(B-x)x103 ... 9'14 8.20 7.08 6'22 4-82 3-98 2-54Experiment 22.A=0.2. B=0*01. C,H,O,Na= 0.4. KI=0*225.t .................. 0.0 4-0 12.5 21.0 31.5 49-5 68.5 118.5( B - x ) x 10 '.,. 10'06 8.92 7.32 6.16 5.20 4.00 3-06 1'68The same experiments are summarised in table IX, which gives, inRxpt.16 and 17 ...18 ............16 and 17 ...19 ..........20 ............16 and 17 ...21 ............22 ...........A.0 -20 *20'20-20.20-20.20'2TABLE IX.B. C,H,O,Na.0.01 0.40.02 0'40.01 0 '40.01 0-60.01 0'80.01 0'40.01 0.40'01 0'4KI.0.0250 -050.0250,0250.0250'0250.1250.225tt.2053209.57202934addition to the data contained in table VIII, the time required in thecase of each experiment for the reaction to proceed half way to comPHOSPHOROUS ACID BY IODINE.2213pletion; these figures are given in the sixth column. The greatcomplexity of the reaction and its extreme sensitiveness to concentra-tion changes will be clearly seen from a study of this table and of thefigures.Thus experiments 16, 17, and 18, which are shown in Fig. 1, showthe effect of doubling the iodine concentration, the time of half reactionbeing increased from twenty to fifty-three minutes, an effect whichis exactly the opposite to that which should occur in a bimolecularreact ion.Experiments 16, 17, 19, and 20 (Fig.2) show the acceleration ofthe reaction velocity by an increase in the sodium acetate concentra-tion. This corresponds with a diminution in the concentration of thehydrogen ions, and, if this conditions an increase in the velocity, it isobvious that the reaction in the conditions under discussion cannotbe the same as that which takes place in the presence of much freeacid.Finally, the effect of adding potassium iodide (or iodine ions) isseen from experiments 16, 17, 21, and 22 to be a retardation, thetime of half reaction being increased from 20 in experiments 16-17to 29 and 34 respectively in experiments 21 and 22.Summary.It has been shown that two distinct reactions occur between iodineand phosphorous acid, one of which preponderates in acid solutiop andthe other in the absence of any strong acid.The former of these reactions is catalytically accelerated by thepresence of hydrogen ions, and the reaction velocity is proportional tothe concentrations of the phosphorous acid (or of the phosphorousion) and to the square root of the concentration of the iodine.The conclusion is drawn that reaction takes place betweenphosphorous acid molecules (or ions) and iodine atoms, the latterbeing supplied in extremely small, but sufficient, quantity by thedissociation of the iodine molecules.A slight apparent retardation of the reaction velocity by the iodineis probably due to the incompleteness of the hypothesis which hasbeen auggested to explain the experimental results.The second reaction, which takes place in the presence of salts,such as sodium acetate, bicarbonate, and borate, is extremely complex ;the reaction being accelerated by the presence of sodium acetate,retarded by the presence of iodine, and also retarded by the presenceof iodide ions.No hypothesis explanatory of this reaction has been suggested.THE UNIVEKSITY,MELBOURNE

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302203

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

OBITUARY NOTICES.WILLIAM HENRY PERKIN.”BORN MARCH ~ZTH, 1838; DIED JULY 1 4 ~ ~ , 1907.SIR WILLIAM HENRY PERKIN, whose death occurred on July 14th,1907, was born in London on March 12th, 1838. He was theyoungest son of Mr. George Fowler Perkin, a builder and con-tractor, who died in 1865 a t the age of 63. The younger Perkinreceived his early education a t a private school, and was afterwardssent to the City of London School, where it may be said that hisinborn talent for chemistry as a science first took definite formthrough the encouragement of the late Thomas Hall, who was atthat time one of the class masters in the school. Science a t thatperiod apparently did not form a recognised part of the educa-tional curriculum, since Mr. Hall had to take the time for givingtwo weekly lectures on chemistry and natural philosophy out ofthe dinner interval.The schoolboy Perkin attended these lectureswith the greatest delight, often sacrificing the midday meal inhis enthusiasm, and was soon promoted to the, to him, proudposition of being allowed to prepare the experiments, and helpMr. Hall with the demonstrations during the lectures.It is evident that in the case of Perkin, as is so generally thecase with those who leave their mark upon any branch of science,the particular specialisation of faculty and disposition indicativeof inherent ‘ability revealed itself at a comparatively early age, andit is certainly a foirtunate circumstance that a t this critical periodof his career he should have fallen under the influence of Mr.Hall, who was himself a pupil of Hofmann’s, and who, accordingto all accounts furnished by contemporaries, must have been highlyinspiring as a teacher of science.Perkin has quite recently placedupon record the history of his early life in the following passage :-“As long as I can remember, the kind of pursuit I shouldfollow during my life was a subject that occupied my thoughtsvery much. My father being a builder, the first idea was that ISociety and the Society of’ Dyers and Colourists.* This notice has been compiled from those previously published by the RoyaOBITUARY. 2215should follow in his footsteps, and I used to watch the carpentersa t work, and also tried my hand a t carpentering myself. Otherthings I noticed led me to take an interest in mechanics andengineering, and I used to pore over an old book called ‘TheArtisan,’ which referred to these subjects and also described someof the steam engines then in use, and I tried to make an enginemyself and got as far as making the patterns for casting, but Iwas unable to go any further for want of appliances.I had alwaysbeen fond of drawing, and sometimes copied plans for my father,whose ambition was that I might be an architect. This led meon to painting, and made me think I should like to be an artist,and I worked away a t oil-painting for some time. All these sub-jects I pursued earnestly and not as amusements, and the informa-tion I obtained, though very elementary, was of much value to meafterwards.But when I was between twelve and thirteen yearsof age, a young friend showed me some chemical experiments, andthe wonderful power of substances to crystallise in definite forms,and the latter especially struck’ me very much, with the resultthat I saw there was in chemistry something far beyond the otherpursuits with which I had previously been occupied. The possibilityalso of making new discoveries impressed me very much. My choicewas fixed, and I determined if possible to become a chemist, and Iimmediately commenced to accumulate bottles of chemicals andmake experiments.”It was at this period that Perkin entered the City of LondonSchool, and, as he has told us in the passage just quoted, with adistinct bias towards chemistry as a career, This decision appearsto have caused his father some disappointment, as a t that timechemistry as a profession offered but few attractions, and it wasonly through the intercession of Mr.Hall that he was allowed,a t the age of fifteen, to enter the Royal College of Chemistry asa student under Hofmann in the year 1853. His special abilitymust have revealed itself also to the eminent professor who wasat the head of that institution, for he soon passed through theordinary course of training, consisting of qualitative and quantita-tive analysis and gas analysis, and, by the end of his second year,had, under Hofmann’s guidance, carried out his first piece ofresearch work. In describing this period of his career in a speechdelivered in New York in October, 1906, Perkin significantly addedwith respect to the ordinary curriculum which all students of theRoyal College of Chemistry went through a t that time:--“ThisI looked upon only as a preliminary part of my chemical acquire-ments and not, as many used to and some still do, as a full equip-ment.Research was my ambition. . . .”VOL. XCIII. 7 2216 OBITUARY.For a youth with these proclivities, no more inspiring influenceexisted in this country than that exercised by Hofmann in theresearch laboratory in Oxford Street, and a t the age of seventeenwe find Perkin, who had by then proved his capabilities, enrolledas honorary assistant to the Professor. In that laboratory thefirst serious insight into research methods was acquired, and itis of particular interest to note that his initiatory work, instigatedby Hofmann, was in connexion with the hydrocarbon anthracene,a substance which, a few years later, served as the starting pointin one of the most brilliant synthetical achievements in scientificand industrial chemistry, with which the name of Perkin will bealways associated.No less interesting is the circumstance thatthis first research, although, for reasons which are now readilyintelligible, ending in negative results, in no way daunted theardour of the young investigator, who, in later life, frequentlydeclared that his first efforts a t getting definite products fromanthracene were of invaluable service to him when he again tookup the study of this hydrocarbon from the scientific and technicalpoint of view.The problem set by Hofmann was, in fact, not‘solved until more than a quarter of a century after Perkin’s firstattempt, and then by a very indirect method. The general subjectwhich, among others, was under investigation in the Oxford Streetlaboratory at that time was the production of organic bases fromhydrocarbons by the reduction of the nitro-derivatives. Anthracene,then known as paranaphthalene,” had not been brought withinthe range of these experiments, and the task of isolating the hydro-carbon from coal-tar pitch with the view of nitrating the puresubstance was entrusted to Perkin, whose difficulties in attemptingon a laboratory scale t o achieve a result which is only satisfactorilyaccomplished on a factory scale are readily imaginable. However,the aid of the tar distiller was invoked, and a supply of the rawanfhracene obtained from the Bethels Tar Works, but the purehydrocarbon could not be nitrated, and so the desired aminecorresponding with aniline could not be obtained.As a matterof fact, Perkin had unwittingly produced, by the action of nitricacid on anthracene, the parent substance of alizarin, anthraquinone,although his analyses failed t o reveal the nature of the compound,because a t that time an erroneous formula had been assigned tothe hydrocarbon by its discoverers, Dumas and Laurent. Other(haloid) derivatives of anthracene prepared during the researchfor a similar reason failed to give intelligible results on analysis,and the young investigator was therefore given another piece ofwork, namely, the study of the action of cyanogen chloride onnaphthylamine, this being a part of a general research on thOBITUARY. 2217action of cyanogen chloride, etc., upon organic bases, which had,for some time, been going on under the auspices of Hofmann.Thissecond investigation was brought to a successful issue and com-municated a year later to the Chemical Society of London, whichthen held its meetings a t a house in Cavendish Square.Perkin’s first successful research was thus completed in 1855and appeared in the Journal of the Chemical Society in 1856(9, 8; also Annalen, 98, 238), from which time, throughout thewhole period of his career, this Society received and publishedpractioally the whole results of his scientific labours.The compound described by Perkin in his first paper as‘‘ menaphthylamine,” in accordance with the nomenclature of theperiod, is the a-dinaphthylguanidine of modern chemistry.Butone naphthylamine was known a t that time, and the possibleexistence of a second modification could not, in the existing stateof chemical theory, have been foreseen. That the work and theworker found favour in the estimation of Hofmann is shown bythe circumstance that on its completion he was promoted fromthe position of honorary assistant and made a member of theresearch staff, his colleague being Mr., now Professor, ArthurHerbert Church, with whom Perkin formed a friendship whichlasted throughout his life.It was a t this period of his careerthat he made that discovery of the dyestuff mauve, which for atime diverted his attention from pure to applied science, although,as is now well known, the cause of pure science was advanced a ta later period by this discovery to an extraordinary degree, andin many directions quite unfpreseen a t the time. The story ofthe discovery of the first coal-tar colouring matter has been fre-quently placed upon record, and the fiftieth anniversary was madethe occasion for an international celebration in London, in July,1906, when Perkin became the central figure and received thehomage and congratulations of chemists and technologists fromevery part of the world. Seldom, if ever, in the history of sciencehas the discovery of one chemical compound of practical utilityled to results of such enormous scientific and industrial importanceas this accidental preparation of mauve in 1856.The details ofthe working out of the manufacturing process and of the methodsfor utilising the dyestuff belong to the history of applied science,but since the discovery was the outcome of purely scientific ante-cedents, and its achievement a matter which materially affectedPerkin’s career, it is necessary to recapitulate this chapter of hisactivity in the present notice.The remarkable zeal which Hofmann’s young assistant musthave thrown into his work is well revealed by the circumstance7 H 2218 OBITUARY.that even the activity of the Oxford Street laboratory failed tosatisfy his craving for research.He was a t that time kept a t workon the investigations prompted by that illustrious professor whoseresourcefulness appeared to be inexhaustible, and had little or notime for working independently. He accordingly fitted up, in 1854,a part of a room as a laboratory in his own home,* and therecarried on his researches after the day’s work a t the College wasover and during the vacation. It is of considerable interest tonote that even a t this early period his work brought him intocontact with colouring matters, for, having secured the co-operationof his colleague, Mr. Church, one of the first pieces of workwhich they took in hand was the investigation of the products ofreduction of dinitrobenzene and dinitronaphthalene.From thelatter there was obtained a coloured substance which, in accordancewith the prevailing views concerning the nature of such com-pounds, was named “ nitrosonaphthyline,” and a brief account ofit was given to the Royal Society by Hofmann on February 6th,1856 (Proc. Roy. SOC., 8, 48), the complete description being after-wards published in the names of Perkin and Church in the Journalof the Chemical Society (Quart. Journ., 1857, 9, 6). The interestattaching to this colouring matter is that it was the first repre-sentative of the large and important group of azo-dyes derivedfrom naphthalene ever manufactured, although its true nature was,of course, a t first unknown to its discoverers, and even its ultimatecomposition was not accurately established a t the time, because,seven years later, when Perkin and Church resumed the study ofthe compound, they found that it contained no oxygen, as hada t first been supposed, and that it could be made more convenientlyby the action of a nitrite on a salt of a-naphthylamine in thepresence of alkali.The substance was re-named, in accordancewith current notions, ‘‘ azodinaphthyldiamine,” and the amendedresults published by the Chemical Society (Joum. Chem. Soc., 1863,16, 207). A patent was also secured (No. 893 of 1863) f and thesubstance had a limited use as a dyestuff. The azodinaphthyl-diamine of 1863 is the a-aminoazonaphthalene of modern chemistry,and, it may be added, is of no importance in tinctorial industry a tthe present time.The discovery of a compound which happened to be a colouringmatter was a t this stage of Perkin’s career an accidental circum-stance, as was, in fact, the discovery of mauve, which was madeShadwell, E.patent is the first claiming the production of a sulphonated azo-colour.* His father’s house was a t that time known as “King David’s Fort,)’It has been pointed out by Caro (Ber., 1891, 24, Appadix, p.3) that thisThe name is still preserved in King David’s LaneOBITUARY. 2219in this same rough home laboratory about the same time, namely,the Easter vacation of 1856. In view of the widespread notionthat discoveries of industrial value are invariably the result ofresearches directed solely towards this practical end, it may beof interest to place once again upon record the statement that thefirst coal-tar colouring matter was discovered by Perkin as theoutcome of as distinct a piece of pure scientific research as waspossible in the light of the theoretical conceptions of that period.It must be borne in mind that in 1856 organic chemists hadpractically nothing to guide than in expressing the formulae ofcompounds but the ultimate composition derived from analyticalresults.It is true that the possibility of different substanceshaving the same ultimate composition had, since the time of Wohlerand Berzelius, received recognition among chemists, but these earlyideas concerning isomerism had not yet given birth to those definiteconceptions of chemical structure which at a later period resultedfrom the application of the doctrine of valency.Thus in 1856 itwas scientifically legitimate to set out from the assumption thata natural product might be synthesised if the elements composingit could be brought into combination in the right proportions.Many attempts to produce natural compounds artificially had beenmade on this principle since the fundamental synthesis of ureafrom ammonium cyanate by Wohler in 1828, and although nosuccess in the way of the desired syntheses can be recorded, therecan be no doubt that many indirect results of lasting importance tochemical science were arrived a t in this way. The discovery ofmauve by Perkin is an example of such an indirect result which a tfirst ranked as an industrial success only, and, it may now besaid fortunately, fur a time diverted the energies of its discovererfrom the field of pure science to that of chemical industry.In so far as the discovery of mauve is attributable to scientificas distinguished from purely technical research, it may be pointedout that in accordance with the prevailing belief that a syntheticalproduct, if of the same empirical formula, would prove to beidentical with the natural compoun’d, Hofmann, as far back as 1849,had, as Perkin himself indicates in the Memorial Lecture (Trans.,1896, 69,603), suggested the possibility of synthesising quinine fromnaphthalene, the ground for this suggestion being that the base“ naphthalidine ” ( = naphthylamine) was at that time supposed todiffer from quinine only by the elements of two ‘‘ equivalents ” ofwater, so that if the hydration of the base could by some meanshave been effected, quinine might be expected to be the result( ‘ I Reports of the Royal College of Chemistry,” 1849, Introduction,P a 61).Ideas of this order were prevalent in the chemical worl2220 OBITUARY.about the middle of the nineteenth century, and Perkin has toldus how, imbued with these notions, he was “ambitious enough towish to work on this subject of the artificial formation of naturalcompounds ” (Hofmann Memorial Lecture, Zoc. cit.). Followingthe method then in vogue, he came to the conclusion that the mostlikely generator of quinine would be allyltoluidine, since two“ equivalents ” of this compound, by taking up oxygen and losinghydrogen (in the form of water), would give a substance of theformula of quinine:2C,oH,,N + 30 C2oH2,N2O, + H2O.The experiment was tried, a sale of allyltoluidine being oxidisedby potassium dichromate, but, instead of quinine, a (( dirty reddish-brown precipitate ” was obtained, This result, negative in onesense, still appeared of sufficient interest to the young investigatorto be worth following up, and he repeated the experiment witha salt of the simpler base aniline, obtaining in this case a verydark-coloured precipitate, which, on further examination, was foundto be a colouring matter possessed of dyeing properties.Thus wasdiscovered the first of the coal-tar dyes, the subsequent and rapiddevelopment of which, from a laboratory curiosity into a technicalproduct, brings into strong prominence the extraordinary combina-tion of energy, skill, and resourcefulness inherent in this youth,who a t the time was not much over seventeen years of age.Thevery fact of his continuing the investigation of what the majorityof contemporary chemists would have discarded as an unpromising“ Schmier,” may be taken as an indication of his originality, forit must be remembered that, a t that time, the main object ofresearch in organic chemistry was to obtain definite crystallinecompounds, and the formation of non-crystalline, and especiallyof coloured, amorphous products was considered as an indicationof the failure of a reaction. This view of research method wasparticularly upheld in Hofmann’s laboratory, and, as has fre-quently been pointed out by many critics of the too-rigid enforce-ment of this method, there can be no doubt that the discoveryof the coal-tar dyes was considerably retarded by the liberal useof animal charcoal as a decolorising material.Hofmann himself,for example, is well known to have prepared rosaniline in 1858incidentally as a by-product in the course of his study of the reactionbetween carbon tetrachloride and aniline, although, so far as con-cerned the main objects of his research, he regarded it as animpurity. To Perkin must be given the credit of having thecourage to break through the traditional dislike of investigatingcoloured, resinous-looking products, an achievement which, in thOBITUARY.2221case of mauve, may, perhaps, be attributed to that rare omb bin at ionof the scientific and artistic faculties which he was known to possess.The fact that his new product on purification gave a compoundwhich a t that time would be considered as imparting a beautifulshade of colour to fabrics when used as a dye, may fairly beclaimed to have appealed to his aesthetic sense, and to have luredhim on with his research, independently, a t first, of immediatepractical developments. Professor A. H. Church, his colleague andco-worker, has supplied the following statement with respect tothis period of his career:“It was, I think, in October, 1853, that William Henry Perkinentered the Royal College of Chemistry, and was assigned the nextbench to mine in the front of the building, looking out upon thestreet.One year before this date I had gone through my novitiate,and had been awarded what was called a scholarship-still receiv-ing instruction and attending the lectures, but paying no fees.Indeed, I had been carrying out from time to time some minorresearches suggested by Dr. Hofmann. Perkin and I soon foundwe had several interests in common. We were both given topainting, and were amateur sketchers. I was introduced to hishome at King David’s Fort, and we began painting a picturetogether. This must have been soon after the Royal AcademyExhibition of 1854, when I had a picture hung. I was nearly fouryears Perkin’s senior, but was soon impressed by his mental activityand his devotion to work.‘‘ I remember the epoch-making experiment in which mauve wasfirst discovered.He repeated it in my presence for my particularbenefit. I distinctly recollect strongly urging him to patent hisinvention. Shortly after this date I left the college for Oxford,but Perkin and I were in frequent communication, and sometimesworked together after I had taken my degree in 1860, and until myappointment in 1863 to the chair of chemistry a t the Royal Agri-cultural College.“During the year 1855, and the spring of 1856, Perkin and Iwere no longer working in the same laboratory, for I had beengiven a bench in the professor’s private laboratory on the groundfloor, and was engaged in carrying out some of his most importantresearches of that period.”The history of the technical development of this discovery hasbeen narrated by Perkin in his Hofmann Memorial Lecture of1896, and it is only necessary to go through that account in orderto realise the magnitude of his achievement.A youth of abouteighteen, undaunted by the discouragement of his professor, thegreatest living master of organic chemistry, had determined t2222 OBITUARY.work out his discovery on a manufacturing scale, with no experienceor training as a manufacturer himself, and with no precedent toguide him in the construction of plant for carrying on operations,which had, up to that time, never been conducted on more than alaboratory scale. Hofmann’s opposition to his young assistant’sleaving the paths of pure science, and embarking upon what, nodoubt, appeared to his maturer judgment a most risky undertaking,is quite understandable, and fully justifiable. Everything in con-nexion with the new industry had to be worked out from the verybeginning-the methods for the isolation and preparation of theraw materials, as well as the manufacture of the new dyestuff,and the prejudices of the dyers and printers against innovationhad also to be overcome. With all this responsibility ahead ofhim, Perkin, encouraged, no doubt, by the favourable report con-cerning the dyeing qualities of his new product furnished by certainpractical dyers, and especially by Messrs.Pullar, of Perth, formallyresigned his position a t the Royal College of Chemistry, and boldlyentered upon his career as an industrial chemist.He has touch-ingly placed upon record his indebtedness to his father, who,although, as already stated, a t first inclined to be adverse to histaking to chemistry as an occupation, had, a t the time of thediscovery of mauve, so much confidence in his son’s ability that hethrew in his lot with the new venture, and devoted the greaterpart of his life’s savings to the building of a factory, for which asite had been secured a t Greenford Green, near Sudbury, at whichlatter place Perkin afterwards resided. His elder brother,*Thomas D. Perkin, who, during the summer vacation of 1856, hadassisted in making mauve in the laboratory on a somewhat largerscale, in order to supply specimens for testing by the dyers, alsojoined in the undertaking.A patent was secured (No. 1984,August 26th, 1856), and the building of the works commenced inJune, 1857, and six months later the new dyestuff, under the nameof “ Aniline Purple,” or “ Tyrian Purple,” was being manufacturedin sufficient quantity to supply one of the London silk dyers.tThe subsequent development of this precursor of the coal-tar dyesforms an interesting and, indeed, a romantic chapter in the historyof applied science. Its reputation spread rapidly; from silk dyeingits application was extended to cotton dyeing and to calico printing,and a t every stage of a career which may be fairly described astriumphant, the master hand of William Henry Perkin can bedetected.Now we find him working out processes for the manu-* Born 1831, died 1891.1- The name “ Mauve,” by which it was afterwards generally known, was givento the dyestuff in FrauceOBITUARY. 2223facture of nitrobenzene and aniline on a scale never beforeattempted, then we learn of his introducing improvements intothe methods of silk dyeing on the large scale, and of his discoveringsuitable mordants for enabling the dyestuff to be applied to cottonfibre both by dyers and calico printers. Well may it be said inPerkin’s own words :I n spite of these splendid pioneering efforts, however, it seemsthat the recognition of the value of the product a t first took placebut slowly in this country, and it was not until it had been takenup in France that its merits for tinctorial purposes became generallyrecognised.In a private communication addressed to the writerof this notice on April 3rd, 1906, Perkin states: “The value ofthe mauve was first realised in France, in 1859. English andScotch calico printers did not show any interest in it until itappeared in French patterns, although some of them had printedcloth for me with that colour.” The ‘‘ SocidtB Industrielle de Mul-house,” it may be added, awarded him a silver medal for his dis-covery in 1859, and afterwards a gold medal.? It is of interest tonote also that a paper was read by him at the Leeds meeting of theBritish Association in 1858, under the title, “ On the Purple Dyeobtained from Coal T a r ” (Reports, 1858, p.SS), when specimensof the substance and fabrics coloured by it were exhibited. Nomore appropriate place than this town, in the centre of one of thechief seats of the tinctorial industry in Great Britain, couldpossibly have been selected for bringing the discovery under thenotice of chemists and technologists. Sir John Herschel wasPresident of the Chemical Section, and, by a remarkable coincidence,in the opening address of the President of the Association, Pro-fessor (afterwards Sir Richard) Owen, there occur the followingpassages ci propos of the general progress of organic chemicalsynthesis : “ To the power which mankind may ultimately exercisethrough the light of synthesis, who may presume to set limits? . . .Already, natural processes can be more economically replaced byartificial ones in the formation of a few organic compounds.. . . Itis impossible to foresee the extent to which chemistry may ulti-mately, in the production of things needful, supersede the presentvital agencies of nature.” This pronouncement a t the meetingwhen the first of the coal-tar colouring matters was exhibited-a“ I n fact, it was all pioneering work.” ** Speech a t the Jubilee Banquet in New York, October 6, 1906. See also theHofniann Memorial Lecture, Zuc. cit., p. 609.j. The impetus given to the new colouring matter through French influence wasalso referred to by Perkin in his reply t o Professor Haller at the Jubilee Meeting in1906 (Report, p. 11) ; see also Journ. Xocisty of Dyers and Colourists, April, 1907,p.1062224 OBITUARY.discovery which laid the foundations of an industry which nowsupplies as tar products the colouring matters of madder andindigo-may be looked upon as prophetic.The influence of this inaugural work by Perkin upon the sub-sequent history of the industry is too well known to need recapitula-tion. It is only necessary to point out that the introduction ofaniline-at that time a mixture of homologues-into the marketsoon led other investigators to enter the field of colour chemistry,and new dyestuffs made their appearance in rapid succession, themost noteworthy after mauve being magenta, which was discoveredas a technical product in 1859 by Verguin, and manufactured fora short period by his process* by the firm of Renard Frhres etFranc, of Lyons.I n fact, the stream of competition in the courseof a few years turned against the original mauve, the demand forwhich gradually fell off as other colouring matters of a similaror brighter hue were introduced. The consideration of chiefinterest in connexion with Perkin’s successful venture into thedomain of applied chemistry is, however, from the present pointof view, the influence which his work in this field exerted uponpure science. That it has exerted an enormous influence is nowgenerally recognised, and a critical examination of the course ofdevelopment of the industry will show that the gain by chemicalscience has been of a twofold character--a direct and an indirectgain.In the first place, as the direct result of introducing into com-merce in large quantities organic ohemical products which hadbefore been but laboratory curiosities, a great stimulus was givento research, and chemical workers of the highest repute took upthe investigation of the new products, both raw materials andcolouring matters. As an indirect consequence, also, many newcompounds of industrial value were discovered incidentally in thecourse of manufacturing operations conducted on the large scale,and these, with the colouring matters which from time to timeappeared as novelties, furnished endless subject matter for research,the results so obtained often proving of the greatest scientific‘importance. Not the least interesting circumstance in connexionwith this chapter of chemical history is the fact that Hofmannhimself soon entered the field of tinctorial chemistry, to which hemade many contributions of the utmost value both from thescientific and technological point of view.He was, in fact, formany years recognised as the leading scientific authority on coal-tar colouring matters, and many of his discoveries were practically* By heating crude aniline (i.e., aniline containing toluidine) with stannicchlorideOBITUARY. 2225utilised in the factories. Then, again, there can be no doubt thatthe success of the new industry and the succession of importantscientific discoveries which followed its development attracted largenumbers of students into the chemical schools, and many giftedand active workers were by this means drawn as recruits into theranks of scientific chemists.It is, indeed, not going too far to saythat the discovery of the coal-tar colouring matters brought aboutsuch a revival in the study of organic chemistry, and particularlyin that of the so-called “aromatic” series, that when the epoch-making conception concerning the constitution of these compoundshad been given to the world by Kekul6 in 1865, the rapid extensionof the “benzene theory” was enormously facilitated by theresources which the new industry had given to pure science. I f itis true that the new theory materially advanced the cause of theindustry, it is no less true that the industry contributed to theadvancement of the theory, the verification of which might havebeen delayed for a generation or more without such support.Nobetter illustration of the interdependence of science and industryhas ever been given to the world than this particular example ofthe action and reaction between theoretical and applied chemistry.*The success of the new industry not only reacted upon the scienceof chemistry in the way indicated, but it may be claimed that,contrary to Hofmann’s forebodings, it proved in the long runbeneficial in every may to Perkin himself, and through him to thatscience to which he devoted his life. He has told us that when,being fully convinced of the value of mauve, he announced hisintention of leaving the College of Chemistry and taking up themanufacture of the new colouring matter, he determined not toallow the manufacturing career to check his research work, andnobly did he adhere to his resolution.His published papers showthat in spite of all his technical work the stream of original in-vestigation was never allowed to stagnate. Only a year after thestarting of the Greenford works, namely, in 1858, in conjunctionwith Duppa, he discovered that aminoacetic acid or ‘‘ glycocoll,”a compound which up to that time had only been prepared by the* The consideration of the later important influence upon other branches ofscience arising, often in most indirect and unforeseen ways, from the applications ofcoal-tar products to such subjects as bacteriology, histology, therapeutics, photo-graphy, etc., would swell this notice t o an inordinate extent.Although resultsof incalculable value have been achieved in these fields, Perkin himself is notparticularly identified with any of the lateral developments of his initial pioneeringlabours. References to this aspect of the subject were made in some detail a t theJubilee celebration in 1906. (See the oficial Report published by the MemorialCommittee, and also a paper by Dr. Hugo Schmeitzer in Science, No. 616,October 19, 1906, p. 481.2226 OBITUARY.decomposition of natural products, could be obtained by heatingbromoacetic acid with ammonia.* A general survey of his workduring his connexion with the coal-tar colour industry, which ceasedin 1874, brings out very clearly the double line of thought whichduring that period actuated his research work.Concurrently withthe investigation of the dyestuffs, he carriad on researches in otherdepartments of organic chemistry which had a t that time no rela-tions with tinctorial chemistry. Thus we find that by 1860 he,in conjunction with Duppa, had discovered the relationshipbetween tartaric and fumaric-maleic acid, and had effected thesynthesis of racemic acid from dibromosuccinic acid, a line ofwork which was followed up with signal success (Perkin and Duppa,Annalen, 1860, 115, 105; Quart. Journ. Chem. SOC., 1860, 13, 102;Perkin, Journ. Chem. SOC., 1863, 16, 198; Perkin and Duppa,Annaten, 1864, 129, 373; Perkin, Proc., 1888, 4, 75). About 1867he must have commenced those researches on the action of aceticanhydride upon aromatic aldehydes which led to such importantdevelopments, and culminated in that beautiful method of syn-thesising unsaturated acids now known as the “ Perkin synthesis.”The first paper of this series bore the title, “On the Action ofAcetic Anhydride upon the Hydrides of Salicyl, Ethylsalicyl, &c.”(Journ.Chem. Soc., 1867, 20, 586), and as the outcome of thiswork the synthesis of coumarin, the odorous substance containedin Tonka Bean, etc., was announced the following year (“ On theArtificial Production of Coumarin and Formation of its Homo-logues,” Journ. Chem. Soc., 1868, 21, 53 and 181). The productionof a vegetable perfume from it coal-tar product was thus first madepossible by Perkin, and the continuation of this work, after hisretirement from the industry, led to his celebrhed discovery ofthe synthesis of cinnamic acid from benzaldehyde, an achieve-ment which subsequently, in the hands of Adolf v.Baeyer andH. Caro, made possible the first synthesis of indigo from tar pro-ducts.? It is of interest to note also that while still in the coal-tar colour industry he took part in the discovery of syntheticalmethods for producing glyoxylic acid from dibromoacetic and* Perkin and Duppa, Annulen, 108, 112. This discovery is specially referred to,not only as illustrating Perkin’s extraordinary activity during this busy period,but also because the compound is the type of a large group of amino-acids which oflate years have become of extreme importance owing to their relationship to theproteins, as shown by Einil Fischer and his co-workers.t “ A Preliminary Notice of the Formation of Coumarin, Cinnamic Acid, andother similar Acids,” Chem.News, 1875, 32, 258 ; ‘‘ On the Formation of Coumarinand of Cinnamic and of other Analogous Acids from the Aromatic Aldehydes,”Jmrn. Chern. Xoc., 1877, i, 388OBITUARY. 2227bromoglycollic acids, thus giving the first insight into the con-stitution of glyoxylic acid, a result of considerable significance inview of the important part attributed by many modern chemiststo this acid in the photosynthetic processes going on in growingplants (Perkin and Duppa, Journ. Chem. SOC., 1868, 21, 197).The research work done during Perkin’s colour-making periodwas carried on in a laboratory in a house just outside the Green-ford factory, where also the scientific investigations in connexionwith the colouring matters were conducted, the double line ofwork already indicated being revealed by the papers publishedduring that period.It has not been considered necessary to givea complete list of these papers in the present notice, but it willbe of interest to call attention to the fact that the purely scientificstudy of the colouring matters undertaken at this time centredround his early discoveries. It was in this new laboratory a tGreenford that he and Church continued the investigation of“ azodinaphthyldiamine ” already mentioned, and discovered amethod for resolving this compound by complete reduction, thusintroducing a process which is still the standard one for deter-mining the constitution of azo-compounds, and at the same timeleading to the isolation of the first diamine derived from naphthyl-amine (Jourm.Chenz. Soc., 1865, 18, 173). Nor did he allow hisscientific interest in his first discovered dyestuff to flag, for onepaper on mauve from the purely chemical point of view waspublished during his connexion with the industry and anotherafter his retirement in 1874.*I n 1868 it was shown by Graebe and Liebermann that thecolouring matter of the madder, alizarin, one of the most ancientof vegetable dyestuffs and a substance of immense value for tinc-torial purposes, was a derivative of the coal-tar hydrocarbonanthracene, and not, as had up to that time been believed, aderivative of naphthalene.The synthesis of this compound waseffected by Graebe and Liebermann in that year, and patents forits manufacture from anthracene secured in Germany and in GreatBritain, this being the first instance of a natural vegetable colouringmatter having been produced artificially by a purely chemicalmethod. This discovery had a great influence upon Perkin’s careeras an industrial chemist, and may, indeed, be considered to havemarked a new phase of his activity in this field. There was nc* “On Mauve Or Aniline Purple,” PTOc. Roy. sot., 1863, 12, 713 (abstract) ;186% 139 170 (full paper). ‘‘ On Msuveine and Allied Colouring Xatters,” Trans.,1879, 35, 717. In 1861 he lectured before the Chemical Society on the newcoal-tar colouring matters, on which occasion, he has told us, Faraday was amonghis auditors and eongratulated him nt the end of the lecture2228 OBITUARY.living worker in this country a t that time besides Perkin who socompletely combined in himself all the necessary qualifications fortaking advantage of such a discovery. Imbued with the spirit ofhis early ambition to produce natural compounds synthetically,with more than a decade’s experience as a manufacturer, with theresources of a factory a t his disposal, and, not least, with specialexperience of anthracene as the very substance upon which, a tHofmann’s instigation, he commenced his career in research work,it can readily be understood that Graebe and Liebermann’s resultsshould have appealed to him with special significance.The firstpatented process of the German discoverers was confessedly toocostly to hold out much hope of successful competition with themadder plant, requiring as it did the use of bromine. Perkin atonce realised the importance of cheapening the process by dis-pensing with the use of bromine, and undertook researches withthis object. As a result, the following year (1869) witnessed theintroduction of two new methods for the manufacture of artificialalizarin. I n one of these processes dichloroanthracene was thestarting point, and in the other the suIphonic acid of anthra-quinone, the first being of special value in this country owing tothe difficulty of obtaining a t that time “ fuming ” sulphuric acidin large quantities.The second process, which is the one still inuse, had quite independently been worked out in Germany by Caro,Graebe, and Liebermann, and patented in England practicallysimultaneously with Perkin’s.* The subsequent industrial develop-ment of this brilliant achievement has now become historical;’ theartificial alizarin has completely displaced the natural colouringmatter, and madder growing as an industry has become extinct.It is of interest, as showing the growth of the new industry, toreproduce Perkin’s statement in 1876 :“The quantity of madder grown in all the madder-growingcountries of the world, prior to 1868, was estimated to be 70,000tons per annum, and a t the present time the artificial colour ismanufactured to an extent equivalent to 50,000 tons, or more thantwo-thirds of the quantity grown when its cultivation had reachedits highest point ” (Presidential Address to Section B of the BritishAssociation, Glasgow, 1876, “ Reports,” p.61).The development of this branch of the coal-tar industry in theGreenford Green Factory has also been recorded by Perkin:“Before the end of the year (1869) we had produced 1 ton ofthis colouring matter in the form of paste; in 1870, 40 tons;and in 1871, 220 tons, and so on in increasing quantities year by* The patents are, Oaro, Graebe, and Liebermann, No. 1936, of June 25, 1869,and W. H. Perkin, No. 1948, of June 26, 1869OBITUARY, 2229year . . . up to the end of 1870 the Greenford Green works werethe only ones producing artificial alizarin.German manufacturersthen began to make it, first in small and then in increasing quanti-ties, but until the end of 1873 there was scarcely any competitionwith our colouring matter in this country ” (Hofmann MemorialLecture, Trans., 1896, 69, 632).This brilliant achievement in technology again served to bringout the purely scientific spirit which animated all Perkin’s work.The chemical investigation of anthracene derivatives was carriedon concurrently with the industrial development of the factoryprocess, and also after his retirement, about a dozen papers onthese compounds having been published between 1869 and 1880.The discovery of a practical process for the manufacture of alizarinthus led to the utilisation of another coal-tar hydrocarbonanthracene, which had up to that time been a waste product, andthe methods for isolating and purifying this substance had, as inthe case of benzene, etc., to be worked out in the factory.Allthe difficulties inseparable from large-scale operations with newmaterials were successfully surmounted by Perkin ; the increasingdemand for artificial alizarin taxed all the resources of the factory,and by 1873, when the necessity for introducing enlarged plantbecame imperative, advantage was taken of the opportunity fortransferring $he works to the firm of Brooke, Simpson, and Spiller,the successors to the firm of Simpson, Maule, and Nicholson, whichhad co-operated with Perkin in the early days of the mauve manu-facture.The later history of the works is referred to in the tech-nical portion of this notice.On completion of the sale of the Greenford Green Works in 1874,Perkin retired after eighteen years’ connexion with the industry.In view of the enormous development of this branch of manufac-ture in later times, it is of interest to recall the circumstancealready mentioned that the whole output of the original factory,both in number and quantity of products, would appear quitetrivial in comparison with that of one of the great German factoriesnow in existence-a fact which only serves to emphasise the extra-ordinary fertility of the seed originally planted by Perkin, whoselabours as a technologist led, as a practical issue, to the acquisitionof sufficient means to enable him to withdraw altogether from theindustrial side of chemistry at the comparatively early age of 36,while still in the prime of life.By many who have watched thedecadence of the coal-tar colour industry in this country, he has beenblamed for cutting himself so soon adrift from his own offspring.There is no doubt that the life of the industry here would havebeen prolonged if he had kept in touch with it, but it must no2230 OBITUARY.be forgotten that at the time of his retirement he left things ina very flourishing condition. Other factories had developed intosuccessful establishments, and Great Britain was well to the frontin this branch of manufacture. Neither Perkin nor his contem-poraries could have foreseen in 1874 that our position would laterbe so successfully assailed by foreign competitors. To a man withhis most moderate personal requirements, and with the ardour ofthe original investigator unquenched, the means of retirement-modest enough as compared with the fortunes accumulated bymodern successful manufacturers-simply meant the opportunityof giving practical effect to that resolution concerning his missionas a research chemist which he had formed as a youth, which hehad adhered to throughout his industrial career, and which it washis desire t o .carry out untrammelled by business distractionsthroughout the remainder of his working period.* Industry may,and no doubt did, lose by his decision, but science gained by thirtyyears of his activity from the period of his retirement down,practically, to the end of his life.The contributions to chemical science which proceeded fromPerkin’s laboratory after 1874 have, to some extent, been referredto.After his connexion with the Greenford Green Factory hadterminated, he had a new house built at Sudbury, converting tbeadjacent house in which he had previously resided into a labora-tory, and it was here that from 1875 he continued his investigationsof those colouring matters with which his manufacturing experiencehad brought him into contact, such as mauveine, the anthracenederivatives, etc. In 1881 he first drew attention to a certain physicalproperty of some of the compounds which he had prepared,namely, their magnetic rotatory power, which observation divertedhis activity into an entirely new channel.On further developmentin his hands this method became a powerful weapon in dealingwith questions of chemical constitutions, and the remainder of hislife was more or less devoted to its elaboration. As Perkin’s namemust always be intimately associated with this chapter of physicalchemistry, it will be of interest to place upon record his earliestobservation. I n a paper entitled “ On the Isomeric Acids obtainedfrom Coumarin and the Ethers of Hydride of Salicyl” (Trans.,1881, 39, 409), he describes the methyl ether of “ a-methylorthoxy-phenylacrylic acid,” which he had first prepared in 1877, and inthis paper occurs the statement:* “ The great importance of original research has been one of the things I havebeen advocating from the commencenient of my chemical career, in season and outof season.”-From a speech by Perkin a t the Jubilee Banquet in London, onJuly 26, 1906OBITUARY.9231‘‘ L\ determinatiou of its uiaguetic rotary power gave for theyellow ray 2.334, water being taken as 1. Test observations weremade a t the same time with water and carbon bisulphide, and gaveresults very nearly identical with those obtained by Becquerel ”(,4nn. Chim. Phys., 1877, [v], 12, 22; loc. cit., p. 411).It is not difficult to follow, a t least conjecturally, the mentalprocess by which Perkin was enabled to foresee that this propertymight be utilised for investigating the constitution or structureof chemical molecules, a subject which even a t that time wasbeginning to bristle with difficulties and ambiguous results whenhandled by purely chemical methods.He had for precedent thesuccess which had attended the study of other optical properties oforganic compounds, such as ordinary (not induced) rotatory power,dispersion, refractivity, etc., and he threw himself seriously intothis line of work, armed with the skill of an accomplished experi-menter, and with that true instinct as a chemist which enabledhim to deal with his materials in such a manner that his resultsat once commanded complete confidence, in spite of the circum-stance that this kind of work was for him a totally new departure.In 1882 he published a preliminary paper on the application of thismethod, and a complete account in 1884.”From that time onwards the Chemical Society received andpublished constant instalments of his work, the fertility of themethod being shown, not only by the long list of papers publishedin his own name, but also by the numerous observations recordedin the papers of other workers, to whose service his apparatus andhis observational powers were frequently and ungrudgingly devoted.His achievements in this field are well summarised in a letter fromProfessor J.W. Briihl, of Heidelberg, himself one of the pioneersin the application of optical methods for the determination ofchemical constitution, sent to the writer of this notice for trans-mission to Perkin on the occasion of the Jubilee celebration in1906 : “ Availing yourself of the marvellous discovery of your greatcounkryman, Michael Faraday, you undertook to investigate therelations between the chemical composition of bodies and theirmagnetic circular polarisation-that is to say, one of the generalproperties of all matter.Before you began work there was little,almost nothing, known of this subject, certainly nothing of practical* ‘‘ On Rotatory Polarisation by Chemical Substances under Magnetic Influence,”Trans., 1882, 41, 330. “On the Magnetic Rotary Polarisation of Compoundsin Relation to their Chemical Constitution ; with Observations on the Preparationand Relative Densities of the Bodies examined,” ibid., 1884, 45, 421. This lastpaper, which occupies 60 pages of the volunie, contains a full description of theapparatus and method of observation.VOL.XClII. 7 2232 OBITUARY.use to the chemist. You created a new braricli of scicllce, tauglltus how, from the magnetic rotation, conclusions can be drawn asto the chemical structure of bodies, and showed that the magneticrotation allows us to draw comprehensive and certain conclusionsas to the chemical constitution of substances, just as we may fromanother general physical property, viz., refraction and dispersion.And by showing that both these physical methods of investigationlead to completely harmonious results, you did essential serviceto both the branches of study, and also to chemistry, which theyare destined to serve.”This last statement by Bruhl, which relates to one of the mostinteresting results of the study of magnetic rotation, has referenceto a development of Perkin’s work which brought him into associa-tion with the late John Hall Gladstone, the pioneer and leadingauthority in this country a t that time on the relations betweenrefractive and dispersive power and chemical constitution.Thecorrespondence between the results arrived at by these two opticalmethods forms the subject of a joint paper by Gladstone and Perkinpublished in 1889.* Eighteen years later Perkin’s last paper, towhich attaches the melancholy interest that it was read before theChemical Society on April 18th, 1907, only a few months beforehis death, bears the title : “ The Magnetic Rotation of Hexatriene,CH,:CH*CH:CH*CH:CH,, and its Relationship to Benzene andother Aromatic Compounds : also its Refractive Power ” (Trans.,1907, 91, 806).Although, as already stated, the latter part of Perkin’s life wasdevoted mainly to his work on magnetic rotation, he published alsoduring this period a few papers relating to other subjects, amongwhich perhaps the most notable is his contribution to the subjectof low temperature combustion, entitled ‘( Some Observations onthe Luminous Incomplete Combustion of Ether and other OrganicBodies” (Trans., 1882, 41, 363).The writer of this notice wellremembers the keen interest with which the experiments were fol-lowed in the darkened meeting-room of the Chemical Society a tBurlington House when this paper was read. In view of the* “ On the Correspondence between the Magnetic Rotation and the Refractionand Dispersion of Light by Compounds containing Nitrogen,” Trans., 1889, 55,750.The correspondence between Perkin and Gladstone during this period hasbeen placed a t the disposal of the writer by Miss Gladstone. The letters areinterestiog as showing the extreme conscientiousness in every detail with whichPerkin carried out his work. The results aro embodied in the above paper, and afurther contribution by Perkin was published two years later, unddr the title, “TheRefractive Power of certain Organic Compounds a t different Temperatures,” Proc.,1891, 7, 115. In his later papers he dealt with refractivity as well as magneticrotation (Trans., 1896, 69, 1 ; ibid., 1900, 77, 267, ctc.)OBITUARY.modern revival ill the scieiitific study 01 the chemical mCchanisn1of combustion, it is of importance that Perkin’s observations shouldnot be allowed to fall into oblivion.It has been claimed in a previous part of this notice that Perkin’sentry into the domain of chemical industry was no real loss, butactually a gain to pure science.His published papers, consideredin detail, show that his contributions to ( ( colour chemistry ” are faroutweighed by his work in other fields. In fact, the extension andcompletion of the investigation of the dyestuffs of his industrialperiod is due to other workers, and Perkin’s achievements in thisdirection are, on the whole, more of a technological than of anabstract scientific character, the constitution of most of the colour-ing matters having been subsequently worked out chiefly by thegroup of brilliant Continental investigators attracted by the successof the new industry, and stimulated by the rapid development inchemical theory then going on in Germany.* But although Perkinhas overshadowed his own achievements as a ‘(colour chemist ’’ byhis subsequent career, the whole success of his life, and the inestim-able gain which chemical science has derived from his labours, mustbe directly attributed to his industrial undertakings, for it maysafely be asserted that had he not been rendered independent bythe success of the Greenford Green Factory, he would never havefound an opportunity for that continuous devotion to researchwhich is so essential for the achievement of results of lasting value.Having determined in early life t o adopt chemistry as a career, hewould of necessity have been compelled to become either a manu-facturer or to have entered an educational establishment.In theformer capacity he would, no doubt, have succeeded, but in anysubordinate post he might have spent long years before acquiringindependence. As a teacher his prospects of making a position a tthe time of his connexion with the Royal College of Chemistry weremost slender. There were but very few posts which he couldhave filled; originality its an investigator was of minor importanceas a qualification for the teaching profession, and the stamp ofuniversity training was generally considered absolutely essential forholding anyb important appointment in that profession.Perkinin any minor teaching post would have been lost to science.Happily the comparatively rapid financial success of his early dis-coveries placed him in that category which comprises such namesas Cavendish, Herschel, Joule, Murchison, Spottiswoode, Lyell, and* For example, the constitution of msuveine was established broadly by0. Fischer and Hepp about 1890 ; that of the colouring matters of the rosanilinegroup (magenta, methyl-violet, etc.), by E. and 0. Fischer, about 1878, and that ofaafranine about 1883 by Nietzki.7 1 2234 ORITUARY.Darwin-rcpreseutatives of that band of iudependent devotees ofscience who have more than any other class helped to maintain theprestige of this country.Truly may it be said that to a man ofhis temperament success as a manufacturer meant salvation as anoriginal worker.Reviewing Perkin’s scientific work as a whole, its chief charac-teristic is its solidity. His mind was not of that order whichreadily entered into the region of speculation; he was a typicalrepresentative of that school of chemists to whom the conscientiousaccuracy of experimental facts is of primary importance-theschool which has laid those solid foundations of chemical scienceupon which all superstructures of theory must be erected. It isfor this reason that it may be predicted with certainty that hiswork will live in the history of modern chemistry whatever changesin theoretical conceptions the future may have in store. He himselfwitnessed with the progress of the science radical changes in theviews of chemists concerning the mechanism of the reactions orthe nature of the compounds which he had discovered.With truephilosophic spirit he accepted the evidence of other workers andwelcomed the legitimate development of his own discoveries.Whatever modification of theory may have been rendered neces-sary by the accumulated labours of the great and ever-growingarmy of investigators which he lived to see following the trackswhich he had been the first to tread, it may be safely assertedthat his own early footprints have been, and always will be,ineffaceable.Perkin was by disposition a man of extreme modesty and of amost retiring nature.His devotion to science and the domesticityof his character accounted so completely for his time that, beyondparticipating in the administrative work of the scientific societieswith which he was connected, he took but little part in extraneousaffairs. He was not particularly of a business turn of mind inthe commercial sense, and during his industrial career his brotherThomas was the chief man of business connected with the factory.One line of work distinct from his purely scientific occupations is,however, worthy of special record, because it enabled him to exertsome influence in the cause of technical and scientih education.His family had for a long period been connected with the Leather-sellers’ Company, and through this connexion he was enabled topromote the cause of chemical research and also to become, asthe representative of his Company, a member of the governingbody of the City and Guilds of London Institute, whose meetingshe attended with considerable regularity, although, unless speciallyappealed to,,he seldom took part in the discussions at the CounciOBI’l’UAHY. 2235table.But his influence in the City of London, although un-obtrusive, was of a most beneficial character, and every movementfor’ the promotion of science and of scientific education was certainto receive his support. His special knowledge of the requirementsof the chemical technolog& and his sympathy with the teachingstaffs have contributed in no small degree to promote the causeof sound chemical education in London through the City andGuilds Institute.As an illustration of the modesty of hischaracter, it may be of interest to relate that many of his col-leagues in the City were unaware, until the Jubilee of 1906, thatthe William Perkin who sat a t their meetings was the same manwho, half a century before, had laid the foundations of a greatindustry. The‘ following details concerning his connexion with theLeathersellers have been supplied by the late Mr. W. ArnoldHepburn, the Clerk to the Company:“William Henry Perkin, son of George Fowler Perkin, wasmade free by patrimony, November 13th, 1861.“ George Fowler Perkin, son of Thomas Perkin, wits made freeby patrimony, February 4th, 1829.“ Thomas Perkin, apprenticed to Isaac Roberts, March 16th,1772, was made free by servitude, July 7th, 1790.“ William Henry Perkin served the office of Steward, 1881-2;4th Warden, 1885-6 ; second Warden, 1895-6 ; Master,“During the Mastership of Dr.Perkin in 1896 the Company,a t his instance, resolved to found a Research Fellowshipin Chemistry as applied to Manufactures, tenable a t theCentral Technical College of the City and Guilds Institute,and to grant 3150 a year in support thereof.”1896-7.A portrait of Perkin in his robe as LL.D. of the University ofSt. Andrews, painted by Henry Grant in 1898, is on the walla t the Leathersellers’ Hall in St. Helen’s Place,Although his single-minded devotion to his researches and hisretiring nature caused Perkin to remain in comparative obscurityfrom the point of view of the general public, his real worth waswell known to, and received frequent recognition from, hisscientific colleagues.I n this respect his history is that o€ themajority of active workers in the field of science in this countrywho do not wield the pen as Zittkratezm, or whose achievements arenot of a sufficiently startling kind to create public notoriety. Withthe passing of the generation which witnessed the interest arousedby the discovery of mauve, and which was fanned into temporaryexcitement by the sensational accounts circulated by the news2236 OBITUARY.papers of the period, the memory of Perkin faded from the publicmind. To most of his fellow countrymen the memorable inter-national gathering in London in 1906 came as a revelation thatthey could claim as their compatriot the man whom all the nationshad sent their representatives to honour as an individual, and incelebration of the fiftieth anniversary of the discovery of the firstof the synthetic dyestuffs.Perkin was elected into the Royal Society in 1866; he servedon the Council in 1879-81, and again in 1892-94. I n 1893-94 hewas made one of the Vice-presidents.He joined the ChemicalSociety in 1856, served on the Council in 1861-62, and in 1868-69;was Secretary from 1869 to 1883, and President from 1883 to1885. By way of academic distinctions he received the degree ofPh.D. from the University of Wurzburg in 1882; the degree ofLL.D. from the University of St. Andrews in 1891; and wasmade a D.Sc.of Victoria University in 1904. I n connexion withthe Jubilee of 1906, the University of Heidelberg conferred uponhim the degree of Ph.D., the Munich Technical High School awardedhim the diploma of Dr. Ing., and the same year the Universitiesof Oxford and Leeds gave him the degree of D.Sc. During hissubsequent visit to America in the autumn of 1906, in connexionwith the celebrations organised in that country, he received thedegree of D.Sc. from Columbia University, and LL.D. from theJohns Hopkins University, of Baltimore, the latter degree havingbeen most appropriately conferred by his chemical colleague,President I r a Remsen.He was President of the Society of Chemical Industry in1884-85, a t the time of his death was President of the Society ofDyers and Colourists,* and had recently accepted office as Presidentof the Faraday Society.I n 1884 he was made an Honorary ForeignMember of the German Chemical Society. Following the earlyrecognition of his technological work by the ‘( Soci6t6 Industriellede Mulhouse,” already referred to, he received from the RoyalSociety a Royal Medal in 1879, and the Davy Medal in 1889; fromthe Chemical Sqciety the Longstaff Medal in 1888; from theSociety of Arts the Albert Medal in 1890; from the Institutionof Gas Engineers the Birmingham Medal in 1892, and the Gold* In honour of the founder of the industry this Society has established a PerkinMedal ‘ I for inventions of striking scientific or industrial merit, applicable to, orconnected with, the tinctorial industries.” Perkin’s last official act in connexionwith this Society was t o accompany a deputation to the Dyers’ Company asking thelatter to contribute towards the foundation of a prize for the encouragement ofresearch in tinctorial chemistry.The Arnerican Memorial Committee also foundedrz Perlrin medal for American rhemists i n 1906 in ronncsioil with their. ,TnhileeCelebratioii in New T o OBITUARY. 2237Medal of the Society of Chemical Industry in 1898. A t the JubileeCelebration in 1906, Professor Emil Fischer, on behalf of theGerman Chemical Society, presented him with the Hofmann Medal,and Professor Haller, on behalf of the Chemical Society of Paris,with the Lavoisier Medal.The influence which Perkin has exerted upon this generation isnot to be measured solely by his achievements in pure and appliedchemistry.His life was noble in its simplicity, and his single-minded devotion to his work, combined with a character known tobe religious in the highest and best sense of the term, will bequeathto posterity an enduring example of humility in the face of successwhich would have marred many men of smaller moral calibre. Thefinancial success of his early manufacturing experience was turnedto account simply as a means of advancing science, and no distinc-tion which he ever gained throughout a career which culminatedin 1906, when the King conferred upon him the honour of Enight-hood, and when the nations of the world assembled to render himhomage, had the slightest influence upon the modesty and gentlenessof his disposition.It was his personality that caused him to berevered in his domestic circle, and to be beloved by all who enjoyedthe privilege of his friendship. Two of the addresses presented a tthe Jubilee meeting in 1906 give striking expression to theuniversal esteem in which he was held as a man:‘ I But however highly your technical achievements be rated, thosewho have been intimately associated with you must feel that theexample which you have set by your rectitude, as well as by yourmodesty and sincerity of purpose, is of chiefest value.” (From theaddress presented by the Chemical Society.)“You have given to science the allegiance of a noble life, andyou have not allowed the seductions of wealth to abate the loyaltyof your devotion to truth and knowledge.This is an examplefor which the age owes you unstinted thanks. . . . Amid thesevaried activities it is pleasant to know that you have cultivated thefull humanity of life. Music and a r t have found in you a devoteddisciple, and in the family and social relationship of life you haveshown that science gives a truer interpretation of, and a deepermeaning to, all that is sacred and good in the heart of man.” (Fromthe address presented by the Society of Dyers and Colourists.)Perkin was twice married, his first wife being a daughter of thelate Mr. John Lisset; some years after her death he married thedaughter of Mr. Herman Mollwo. Lady Perkin, three sons, allof whom have made their mark as chemists, and four daughterssurvive.Two of his sons, William Henry and Arthur George, wereelected into the Royal Society in 1890 and 1906 respectively, an223s OBITUARY.it was always a source of great satisfaction to him to know thatall his sons were following in his footsteps. I n his general modeof life Perkin was a man of extreme frugality, robust and activeto the last. To one of his retiring habits the strain accompanyingthe Jubilee celebrations in 1906 and the subsequent ordeal of hisAmerican tour must have been considerable, but he bore all theexcitement and fatigue without the least indication of discomfort.Literally he died in harness; a few months previously he hadread his last paper before the Chemical Society, and he waslooking forward to being able to resume his research work quietlyand uninterruptedly after the distractions of 1906.The illnesswhich brought his noble and useful life to an end, which, in viewof his activity, cannot but be regarded as premature, did not a tfirst reveal any serious symptoms. The writer of this notice waswith him a few hours before his death, and although he complainedof suffering pain he spoke hopefully of his condition and anticipatedbeing soon able to leave his room. The illness proved, however,to be more serious than he or his family were aware of; a suddenchange for the worse occurred, and on July 14th, 1907, he passedaway in perfect peace and in the full tide of well-won honour.TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF PERKIN’S DISCOVERY OF MAUVE.In dealing with the technical development of Perkin’s discoveryit is of interest to consider in the first place the state of affairswith respect to the raw materials required for the manufactureof mauve.These were benzene, nitrobenzene, and aniline.Benzene was discovered by Michael Faradag, in 1825, as a com-ponent of the liquid obtained by the compression of oil-gas. Twentyyears later Hofmann found this hydrocarbon in coal-tar, andproved its presence by preparing from it nitrobenzene and aniline,the latter being identified by the usual tests. The occurrence ofbenzene in coal-tar was thus known in 1845, and in 1848 one ofHofmann’s brilliant young students a t the Royal College ofChemistry, Charles Blachford Mansfield, a t the instigation of hisillustrious master, undertook a systematic study of coal-tar, witha view to the isolation and identification more especially of the“neutral liquid oils,” of which he tells us in his paper publishedby the Chemical Society in 1849 we had a t that time “no preciseinformation.” When Mansfield took up this work, a few definitecompounds were known to exist in this tar, notably naphthalene,which had been isolated by Garden in 1820, and certain acid andbasic substances, such as phenol (carbolic acid), aniline (kyanol),quinoline (leucol or leucoline), and pyrrole, all of which had beeOBITUARY.2239isolated by Runge in 1834. Anthracene, under the name of ‘( para-naphthaline,” was isolated by Dumas and Laurent in 1833, althoughit is now known that their original analysis, which assigned to thishydrocarbon 15 atoms of carbon, was erroneous.Chrysene andpyrene had also been indicated, but only superficially studied byLaurent in 1837. To the basic constituents,picoline was added in1846 by Anderson.Such was the state of knowledge when Hofmann set Mansfieldto work upon the coal-tar hydrocarbons. The paper embodyinghis results is entitled, “ Researches on Coal Tar. Part I.,” * and now,nearly sixty years after its publication, it can still be read withinterest and profit, I t s contents have become historic in connexionwith the colour industry, and must rank with Runge’s celebratedpapers of 1834 (Pogg. Annalen, 31, 65, 513; 32, 308, 328) amongthe most important contributions to tar chemistry that precededthe foundation of that industry.The still devised by Mansfieldfor fractionally distilling the tar oils embodied the (( reflux ”principle of our modern rectifying columns. I n the way of definiteproducts he isolated and characterised benzene with considerableprecision; he found that it could be purified by fractional dis-tillation and by crystallisation a t a low temperature. It is ofinterest to note in passing that the analysis of the hydrocarbon wasmade for him by Edward Chambers Nicholson, another ofHofmann’s pupils, who a t a later period played a very conspicuouspart in connexion with the coal-tar colour industry of this country.Of the higher boiling-point hydrocarbons, he also isolated tolueneand two of the higher homologues, which he was inclined to identifywith cumene and cymene respectively.It is now known that thefraction which he considered to be cumene was xylene, and it isvery doubtful whether cymene is contained in coal-tar a t all. Therecan be no doubt that he had not individual compounds to dealwith in the case of these higher homologues, and it was evidentlyhis intention to have continued the investigation in this direction,as the paper is entitled “ P a r t I.”Unfortunately, the author never lived to complete his work.A few years after the publication of this first paper, he met withan accident through the ignition of some hydrocarbons which hewas distilling, and was burnt so severely that he died in the thirty-fifth year of his age.The late Mr. Robert Holliday informed thewriter some years ago that Mansfield was a t that time carryingon experiments in London with coal-tar hydrocarbons for theirHe gava a general account of hiswork at a Friday evening discourse at the Royal Institution on April 27th, 1849,which was published a9 a brochure entitled, ‘‘ Reuzole : its Nature and Utility.”Quart. Joum. Chem. SOC., 1849,:1, 2442240 OBITUARYfirm in Huddersfield. The fatal accident occurred in a laboratoryin the east part of London on February 17th, 1855.*The total number of definite compounds actually known orsuspected to be contained in coal-tar a t the time of Mansfield’swork was thirteen. Of these four were only conjectured to bepresent, and one, as we know, had been wrongly identified withcumene.What Mansfield did was to show conclusively that benzenecould be obtained if required in any quantity from coal-tar‘‘ naphtha,” that toluene was also a constituent of this naphtha,and that the higher homologues were there if wanted. There wassomething prophetic about this statement, which occurs in the intro-ductory portion of his paper :“ It appears somewhat strange that, in this country, where coal-tar is so exceedingly plentiful, our chemists should have been con-tented with the discovery of naphthaline, and should have allowedothers, less fortunate than ourselves in being able to commandabundance of this almost national production, to informus of the existence a t our feet of vast quantities of aniline, ofparanaphthaline (anthracene), and of other remarkable substances ;and it appears, perhaps, no less singular that we should have failedas yet in applying them, when discovered, to the practical useswhich they will no doubt some day claim.’’Mansfield went further, however, than simply isolating andcharacterising benzene and toluene.I n 1847 he described andpatented a process for preparing nitrobenzene by the action ofstrong nitric acid (1.5 sp. gr.) upon benzene in glass or earthen-ware spiral tubes or other suitable form of apparatus cooled by im-mersion in water. Nitrobenzene must have been prepared in somequantity from coal-tar benzene about that time, since Hofmann,in whose work aniline played a very important part, refers to hishaving made this material by the reduction of nitrobenzene fromthis source. In his introductory remaarks prefacing the volumeof Reports of the Royal College of Chemistry (1849), which volumecomprises Mansfield’s paper, Hofmann says with respect to this :“Nor is the sense of sight the only one which benzole promisesto serve (referring to its use as an illuminant).By treatment withnitric acid the same volatile hydrocarbon yields a fragrant oil, the* Prof. A. H. Church, F.R.S., informs the writer tliat Mansfield was then pre-paring specimens of benzena and its homologues and derivatives for the FrenchInternational Exhibition. The accounts are not inconsistent ; he may have beencarrying on both lines of work, or Read ITollidny’s speciinens may have been in-tended for the Exhibition.Unfortunately, the chief figures in this Inisfortnne haveall passed away. An obituary notice w:ts pnhli.;hed hy the Chemical Society in1555 ; 0i6cwt. JOILTX., 8, 110OBITUARY. 2241odour of which is not to be distinguished from that of Oil ofbitter almonds; so that this perfume may now be procured fromcoal-tar in tons, if required, with the greatest facility and a t atrifling cost.” As a matter of fact, nitrobenzene, under the nameof “essence de mirbane,” had been introduced into commerce byC. Collas, of Paris, as a substitute for bitter almond oil, and waschiefly used for scenting soap, but this limited application of a tarproduct, although interesting historically, was practically of noimportance from the industrial point of view.According to Bolley(Handbuch der -Chemischen Technologic, Vol. V., Part II., p. 257,1870), Collas must be credited with the use of a mixture of nitricand sulphuric acids, the modern process for nitrating benzene,although, for reasons not now obvious, he specifies the use of the(‘ monohydrated ’’ nitric acid.*The “ practical uses ” which Mansfield had predicted for thecoal-tar hydrocarbons began seriously in 185 6 with Perkin’s dis-covery of mauve, and the establishment of the Greenford Greenfactory in 1857 for the manufacture of this first of the coal-tarcolouring matters. It must not be imagined that no use for coal-tar had been found up to that date. ‘Tar distilling as an industrywas carried on extensively, but the products were entirely appliedto what may be described as coarse uses, such as timber preserving,an industry which had been founded by Bethel1 in 1838, and whichled to a large consumption of the “creosoting” oils.The(‘naphtha” also was used as a solvent or for burning in lamps,and the pitch for coating surfaces of wood or metal which requiredprotecting from corroding influences. It is interesting from thehistorical point of view to read in ‘ ( A Journey through Englandand Scotland to the Hebrides in 1784,” by a distinguished Frenchauthor, Faujas de Saint Fond, of which a revised translation hasrecently been given by ‘Sir Archibald Geikie (Glasgow: HughHopkins, 1907), the following statement relating to the use of thecrude tar for coating ships :“The harbour of Leith, when we entered it, was full of vessels,English, Scottish, American, etc.I saw several vessels belongingto Glasgow and Leith which were coated over with bitumen or tar,extracted from pit coal at the manufactories of Lord Dundonald,who has introduced the making and using of this tar on it greatscale in England. The vessels covered with it appeared of a fineshining black, which distinguished them from the others. Severalship-masters from the West Indies whom I questioned assured methat their vessels thus tarred arrived in the best possible condi-* It is ponsi1)lo that he had iu mind the old view of an acid as n comhination of;tu “ acid oxide ” with water, i hat is, nitric acicl as N,05 + H,O2242 OBITUARY.tion, and were free from worm-holes. Navigation is doubtlessmuch indebted to Lord Dundonald, who has continued with thegreatest perseverance to perfect this useful product of coal, andhas done everything to bring it into general use in the country-no easy task when it involves the change of old habits.” (Vol.II.,Even a t the time of Mansfield’s work no coal-tar hydrocarbonhad been utilised as a source of other chemical compounds, tinctorialor otherwise, and he himself, in describing the practical applica-tions of benzene, refers only to its use as a solvent or an illuminant.Perkin’s discovery thus created a demand for this hydrocarbonas a raw material in a new industry on a scale never before contem-plated. Mansfield’s experiments had prepared the way, but therehad been no demand for benzene, and the tar distillers could not a tfirst supply it in quantity or in a sufficient state of purity.It is ofinterest to know that the first supply of this material used byPerkin came froin the Scotch tar distillery of Messrs. Miller andCo., of Glasgow.Then came the difficulties connected with the nitration and thereduction of the nitrobenzene to aniline. Here, again, Mansfieldhad played the part of a pioneer, but his process was impracticable‘on the scale now required. Moreover, it was too costly, for it mustbe borne in mind that the new dye had to compete with the existingvegetable colouring matters, and on June 12th, 1856, Messrs. Pullar,of Perth, who had been testing the dyeing properties of mauve,had reported to Perkin that the discovery was a valuable one pro-vided it did not “make the goods too expensive.’’ It is needlessto say that nitric acid of the strength used by Mansfield wouldwould have been a very costly material in 1856.I n fact, nitricacid of sufficient strength to nitrate benzene could not be obtainedin quantity a t that period, and Perkin had to devise apparatusfor nitrating with a mixture of sulphuric acid and sodium nitrate.His resourcefulness is well revealed by this passage quoted fromhis Hofmann Memorial Lecture in 1896 : “ A t this time neither Inor my friends had seen the inside of a chemical works, andwhatever knowledge I had was obtained from books. This, how-ever, was not so serious a drawback as a t first it might appearto be, as the kind of apparatus required, and the character of theoperations to be performed, were so entirely different from any inuse that there was but little to copy from.“ In commencing this manufacture it was absolutely necessaryto proceed tentatively, as most of the operations required newkinds of apparatus to be devised and tried before more could beordered to carry out the work on any scale.” (Trans., 1896,69, 606.)pp.220-221.OBITUARY. 2243After the luauufacture of mauve had been started, the demandfor the new dyestuff increased to such an extent that the resourcesof the Greenford factory were taxed to their utmost, and theassistance of another firm had to be called in for supplying rawmaterials.That firm was Simpson, Maule, and Nicholson, whosefactory was a t Locksfields, in the south of London. The Nicholsonof the firm was that pupil of Hofmann’s already referred to ashaving been a co-worker with Mansfield, and, under his energeticmanagement, they not only supplied the firm of Perkin and Sonswith some of the raw materials required, but later they alsoentered the colour industry, and in 1865 established the AtlasWorks at Hackney Wick, the firm being transferred in 1868 toMessrs. Brooke, Simpson, and Spiller. Mr. William Spiller,formerly of this latter firm, has told the writer that he well re-members the early stages in the manufacture of nitrobenzene bytheir predecessors at Locksfields, where he was then working inassociation with the late Mr.E. C. Nicholson. The nitration wascarried out in large glass ‘‘ boltheads” arranged in series, as theyhad not then discovered that cast-iron vessels could be used. Thescale of working was quite small as compared with the modern out-put from a large nitrating still, and they experienced the difficultyreferred to by Perkin of obtaining a supply of pure benzene. Theoperation also was somewhat capricious, owing to the want ofuniformity in the quality of the commercial I‘ benzole,” and to theabsence of mechanical stirring. The cheapening of the process bythe introduction of cast-iron stills with mechanical stirring geardid not take place until some time after the manufacture of mauvehad been commenced in 1857.The plant in use was described andfigured by Perkin in his Cantor Lectures, delivered before theSociety of Arts in 1868, and has since been refigured in many workson technology, as it is practically the same in principle as thatnow generally in use.*The next step, the reduction to aniline, had also to be workedout on the manufacturing scale. The laboratory method thengenerally in use was Zinin’s, namely, hydrogen sulphide in presenceof ammonia, a process obviously impracticable on the large scale.The use of metals, such as tin or zinc, in combination with acids,would have been both costly and unmanageable. Fortunately,however, BBchamp, in 1854, had found that iron and acetic acid* A workman, James Underwood, in the employment of Simpson, Maule, andNicholson, at Locksfields, during the early years of the colour industry, alsoremembers this manufacture of nitroberizene in boltheads and the development tocast-iron stills.This last improvement is generally attributed to E. C. Nicholson.A figure of the earliest form of (horizontal) still is given by Perkin in his CantorLectures above referred to2244 OBITUARY.could be used for reducing nitro-compounds, and Pcrkin, who hadbeen f amiliarised with this process in Hofmann’s laboratory,applied it successfully for the manufacture of aniline.* That thiswas a task of considerable difficulty can be readily understood bythose who are familiar with the violence of such “reducing ” pro-cesses, unless properly controlled.It is, in fact, known that atfirst serious attempts were made to extract the minute quantityof aniline contained in the coal-tar oils directly by acid washing-a process which, it is needless to say, had soon to be abandonedon account of its cost and the impure state of the product. In themanufacture of aniline from nitrobenzene, the firm of Simpson,Maule, and Nicholson also co-operated with Perkin and Sons, andMr. William Spiller has given the writer a graphic description oftheir early work a t Locksfields when starting this branch of theindustry. The reduction was carried out in iron vessels with remov-able still-heads, the vessel being a t first uncovered, and the materials,nitrobenzene, iron turnings, and acetic acid, simply stirred up bya rod until the reaction showed signs of starting. The still-headwas then immediately clapped on, and a workman mounted guardwith water-hose ready t o play over the still if the contents gavesigns of boiling too violently.The cost of the acetic acid was aconsiderable item a t that time, and they had to make their ownacid by heating sodium acetate with sulpliuric acid. It was soonfound that hydrochloric acid could be used instead of acetic acid,and the introduction of stills with mechanical stirrers put thisbranch of the manufacture on it sure basis. It is perhaps hardlynecessary to point out that the “ aniline” of that period was amixture of homologues, and very impure from the modern point ofview.And so the manufacture of the first of the “ synthetic dyestuffs ”was started a t Greenford Green towards the end of the year 1857,and the genius of the founder had ample scope for exercise.Let itbe borne in mind that the raw product obtained by oxidisihg crudeaniline with sulphuric acid and potassium dichromate was whatwould now be called a “ resinous mess.” Processes for its purifica-tion had to be devised, and here again the resourcefulness ofPerkin becomes manifest. With that true scientific spirit whichdominated all his work, the investigation of his products andprocesses was always kept going. A t first the crude product wascollected on filters and washed with water to remove excess ofaniline sulphate, then dried and powdered, and extracted with coal-tar “ naphtha ” until free from resinous impurities, then dried* ‘( Had it not been for this discovery the coal-tar colour industry could not havebeen started.”-W. H.Perkin, Hofmann Memorial Lecture, loc. cit., p. 607OBITUARY. 2245agaiu alld extracted with niethylatccl spirit, aid the filtered solutiondistilled until the dyestuff separated out. This method of purifica-tion was afterwards improved and cheapened by the omission ofthe naphtha treatment, as it was found that dilute methylatedspirit extracted the colouring matter directly, and lefk the resinundissolved. The process was finally simplified by boiling out thecolouring matter with water alone, and precipitating with an alkaliso as to obtain the free base, which was then converted into acetatefor use by the dyers.The discovery and manufacture of mauve, with its train ofconsequences, must be regarded as constituting but a portion ofPerkin’s claim to our gratitude.In starting upon this work hehad, against the advice of his illustrious master, Hofrnann, brokenaway from the path of pure science and entered a field in whichhe was a novice. His ‘whole future was bound up with the successof the undertaking, for his father had placed nearly his entirecapital in the venture in order to establish the factory a t Green-ford Green. There was evidently something more to be donebesides placing the new dyestuff on the market. The dyers andprinters had to be convinced of its merits and taught how to useit. This task, by no means a light one, had also to be undertakenby Perkin, who, up t o that time, had never been brought intocontact with the tinctorial industries.It has frequently beenmentioned that Messrs. Pullar, of Perth, were the first to giveencouragement t o the young inventor so far as concerned the dyeingproperties of mauve. At their instigation it was tried for silkdyeing by Thomas Keith, silk dyer, of Bethnal Green, London,and he also reported favourably. But, as is generally the casewith new departures, the step from the experimental to the prac-tical scale was not made without encountering difficulties. It wasfound that on the large scale the dye “took on” unevenly, andcaused a patchy appearance, so that a restraining material had tobe added to the bath. The use of the soap bath for silk dyeingwas the outcome of Perkin’s association with a practical dyer, andEeith’s dyehouse was the first in which mauve was used on theindustrial scale.Then with respect to wool and cotton dyeing, the same pioneer-ing work had to be done.Perkin has told us that he and &lr.(now Sir) Robert Pullar had independently discovered the use oftannin and a metallic oxide as a mordant for cotton dyeing, and,in conjunction with Alexander Schultz, he had introduced the“ insoluble arsenite of alumina ” as a mordant. The calico printersin this country did not at first take kindly to the new colouringmatter, and Perkin has often told the writer that the impetus t2246 OBITUARY.this most important application of his discovery came from France.It appears that, owing to some technical oversight, the Frenchpatent was ineffective, and the French manufacturers accordinglybegan making the new dyestuff themselves.It was in France, infact, that the term “ mauve ” was given. With the ‘well-knownskill of the French calico printers, beautiful designs in mauve wereproduced and sent over to this country, and this was more effec-tive than any other cause in hastening the use of the dye for thispurpose over here. Had it not been for this stimulus the successof the new factory would have been doubtful, for Messrs. Pullarhad reported to Perkin that, in their opinion, unless the newdye could be used by the printers it would be questionable whether“it would be wise to erect works for the quantity dyers alone willrequire.”* I n summing up this part of his experience Perkinstated in 1896:“ Before the aniline purple could be introduced for dyeingwoollen and mixed fabrics, some weeks were also spent a t Bradfordin finding out suitable methods of applying it.“Thus it will be seen that, in the case of this new colouringmatter, not only had the difficulties incident to its manufacture tobe grappled with, and the prejudices of the consumer overcome,but, owing to the fact that it belonged to a new class of dyestuffs,a large amount of time had to be devoted to the study of itsapplications to dyeing, calico printing, etc.It was, in fact, allpioneering work-clearing the road, as it were, for the introductionof all colouring matters which followed, all the processes workedout for dyeing silk, cotton, and wool, and also for calico printing,afterwards proving suitable for magenta, Hofmann Violet, etc.”(Hofmann Memorial Lecture, Zoc.cit., p. 609.)The success of the new industry had for its natural consequencethe creation of a host of imitators. All kinds of oxidising agentswere tried upon aniline and made the subjects of rival patents.The departure from the original patent was in some cases so slightthat it is questionable whether in modern patent legislation theinventor’s claim would not be dismissed as a ((colourable imita-tion.” Tabourin and Franc Bros. claimed aniline hydrochlorideinstead of sulphate; Beale and Kirkham in England, as well asScheuret-Kestner, Depouilly and Lauth, Coblentz, and C.Phillipsin France, claimed bleaching powder ; Smith claimed chlorine* “ I distinctly remember the first time I induced a calico printer to make trialsof this colour that the only report I obtained was that it was too dear, and it wasnot until nearly two years afterwards, when French printers put aniline purple intotheir patterns, that it began to interest English printers. ”-Perkin’s Cantor Lectures,Society of Arts, December 7th, 1868, p. 9OBITUAZLT. 2247water, Greville Williams potassium perrnanganate, Kay manganesedioxide, David Price (attached to the firm of Simpson, Made, andNicholson) claimed lead peroxide, Dale and Car0 cupric chloride,Stark and Guyot red prussiate of pot’ash, and so forth. It isneedless to point out that many of the products obtained by theseinventors could not have been Perkin’s mauve a t all, and, as amatter of fact, not one of these rival processes was enabled tocompete successfully with the original “ bichromate ” method.Theyield was too small or the colour too difficult to purify, or theoxidising agent too expensive, although at that time the bichromatecost from 10d. to llcl. per pound. The only one of these processeswhich gave a good result was Dale and Caro’s, but even this couldnot be worked so economically as the original process.The introduction of mauve by the founder of, and pioneer in,this new developnient in manufacturing chemistry soon led to thefurther discovery of coal-tar colouring matters and to the establish-ment of other factories.For about a decade the manufacturingoperations a t Greenford were carried on successfully, and witlhoutany fresh discovery of very great importance, although Perkin’sactivity in the field of pure scientific investigation never ceased.Magenta was first made industrially by Verguin, in France, in1859, and the firm of Simpson, Maule, and Nicholson soon beganto manufacture this on the large scale by the arsenic acid processas well as other well-known colouring matters. Such was thedevelopment of the industry that, in 1862, the year of the Inter-national Exhibition in London, Hofmann gave a Friday eveningdiscourse at the Royal Institution (Chem. News, 6, go), fromwhich it appears that the definite compounds which had beenisolated from cod-tar, and which in Mansfield’s list of 1848 con-sisted of thirteen, had then risen to about forty.It was for that Exhi-bition that Messrs. Simpson, Maule, and Nicholson prepared a crownof magenta crystals (acetate), which Hofmann exhibited during hislecture, the title of which was I‘ Mauve and Magenta.” The sellingprice of the new dyes at that time may be gathered from thecircumstance that the purified solid mauve sold for about the sameprice as platinum, weight for weight, and the vat from which themagenta “crown” had been crystallised contained a weight ofthe acetate of that base valued at &8,000, the crystals adheringto the wire framework of the crown being valued at &loo.*The discovery and manufacture of magenta was undoubtedly,* Some of the original crystals are now in the possession of Mr.William Spiller.A trade catalogue of the firm of Simpsou, Maule, and Nicholson, placed at thewriter’s disposal by Dr. Cain, shows that in 1866 “ Pure Roseine ” was priced a t2s. 6d. per ounce.VOL. XCIII. 7 2248 OUITUARY.after the production of mauve, the most important contribution tothe industry made during the decade referred to. This discoverydid not a t first affect Perkin’s operations; mauve still held itsown, and in 1859 Perkin’s brother Thomas, the business man ofthe establishment, patented on behalf of the firm a process formaking magenta by oxidising crude aniline with mercuric nitrate.”This was an improvement upon the original stannic chloride processof Verguin, but it was dangerous, capricious, and expensive, andwas very soon displaced by Medlock’s arsenic acid process workedby Simpson, Maule, and Nicholson, and also, as the result of acelebrated lawsuit, by Messrs.Read Holliday and Sons, of Hudders-field. But although Perkin and Sons never made magenta in anyquantity, the introduction of this dyestuff led t o new and necessarydevelopments in their factory. About five years after the founda-tion of the Greenford works, Hofmann, who had then enthusiastic-ally entered the field of colour chemistry, found that magentawhen ethylated or methylated gave rise to violet colouring matters,the manufacture of which was a t once taken up by Simpson, Maule,and Nicholson.+ Hofmann’s Violets and certain phenylated ros-anilines, discovered about the same time by Girard and DeLaire, in France, and made here also by Simpson, Maule, andNicholson, soon began to enter into competition with mauve.It has not, I think, been sufficiently dwelt upon by any of thehistorians of the coal-tar colour industry that Perkin’s pioneeringdiscovery reacted upon itself, for there can be no doubt that theproduction of aniline on the large scale led to the discovery ofprocesses for the manufacture of magenta, and it was the deriva-tives of the latter that first began seriously to displace mauve.The discovery by Lauth of colouring matters, such as methyl-violet,formed by the oxidation of the alkylated anilines and manufac-tured in France about 1866, brought into the field other com-petitors with the original mauve.The newer dyes were not sofast as mauve, but they were much more brilliant, and fastnesssoon gave way to brightness. The practical effect of these laterdevelopments made itself felt in the gradual decline in the demandfor mauve, the use of which soon became very limited, and finally* “ Das Zinnchlorid wird durch das Quecksilbernitrat ersetzt, nlit dem dieFabrikation auch in Deutschland ihre ersten, kriiftigen Wurzeln fasst.”-H. Caro,Ber., 1892, 25, 1031.j- The manufacture of methyl and ethyl iodidfi on the large scale was a remark-able achievement a t the time. When the writer entered the Atlas Works, in 1877,the Hofmann Violets were still being manufactured, and the use of these colouringmatters by English dyers continued for more than twenty years after that date.Theviolet is priced in the 1866 catalogue of Simpson, Maule, and Nicholson a t 3s. perounceOBITUARY. 2249died out altogether. As a flourishing branch of the colour industryit may be said that mauve did not complete ten years of its exist-ence. But Perkin was enabled to keep the Greenford works goingsuccessfully in spite of the adverse influence of the new discoveriesand the coming into existence of other factories. He introduced,in 1864, a very ingenious method for the indirect alkylation ofmagenta, which enabled their firm to compete with the other violetcolouring matters then in the market. This method consisted inheating magenta base with methylated spirit-afterwards improvedby substituting methyl alcohgl-and the compound formed fromturpentine oil and bromine in the presence of water.This“ brominated turpentine ” had long been known to chemists, andhad been investigated by Greville Williams, but had never beforebeen used for manufacturing purposes. The dyes thus made wereintroduced under the name of Britannia Violet of different shadesof blueness, according to the degree of alkylation. It was a t firstthought that they contained the terpene radicle, although it wasafterwards considered that they were of the same type if notidentical with the Hofmann Violets, so that Perkin had reallydiscovered an indirect method of methylation of a type unknownin chemistry a t that time.Perkin’s process was very successful,although they were handicapped by having to purchase magentabase, which they did not themselves manufacture. But, on theother hand, brominated turpentine was cheaper as an alkylatingagent than the methyl iodide used in the manufacture of HofmannViolets.After eleven years’ successful working a t the Greenford Greenfactory with mauve and certain df its derivatives, the BritanniaViolets, and a few other dyes which are given in the list on p. 2253,a new impetus suddenly came through the announcement, in 1868,that Graebe and Liebermann, in Germany, had discovered thatalizarin, the colouring matter of the madder plant, was a derivativeof the coal-tar hydrocarbon, anthracene, and not, as had formerlybeen supposed, a derivative of naphthalene. The Germanchemists, both of whom are happily still with us, found also thatthe compound could be prepared from anthracene, and thus wasaccomplished the first laboratory synthesis of a natural colouringmatter.The demand for another coal-tar hydrocarbon, anthracene, inlarge quantities and in a state of purity, necessitated furtherpioneering work.Supplies of the crude material had to be pr -cured, the tar distillers had to be educated in the production ofraw anthracene, and factory methods of purification had to bedevised. All these requirements were met by the science and’ 7 K 2250 OBITUARY.skill of Perkin, then a young man just turned thirty years of age.The subsequent development of the artificial alizarin industry istoo well known to need recapitulation in this notice.But thereis one point in connexion with Perkin’s work in this field whichmust not be forgotten, and that is the great importance of thedichloroanthracene process in this country a t the outset of thenew branch of the coal-tar colour industry.The two processes discovered by Perkin were the anthraquinoneprocess and the dichloroanthracene process. I n the first of thesethe anthracene is oxidised to anthraquinone, the latter sulpho-nated by heating with strong sulphuric acid to a high temperature,and the sodium sulphonate converted into alizarin by alkalinefusion. The sulphonation by this process yields a mixture of mono-and di-sulphonic acids, and the final product is therefore a mixtureconsisting of alizarin, anthrapurpurin, and some flavopurpurin.This was the process first tried on the large scale by Perkin, aswell as by the German manufacturers.The second process, whichwas patented here by Perkin a few months after the patentingof the anthraquinone process, namely, in November, 1869, setsout from dichloroanthracene, which is sulphonated by ordinarystrong sulphuric acid and the product submitted t o alkaline fusionas before. Now dichloroanthracene sulphonates more readily thananthraquinone, and as the product consists chiefly of a disulphonicacid of anthraquinone, the ‘‘ artificial alizarin ” obtained by thisprocess consists mainly of anthrapurpurin with some alizarin andflavopurpurin. Alizarin gives bluer shades of colour than anthra-purpurin, so that although for certain purposes where bright redwas required the mixture obtained by Perkin’s second processpossessed an advantage, for the production of the bluer reds theanthraquinone product had the advantage.Perkin met this diffi-culty to some extent by devising a method for separating his“ alizarin ” into ‘ I blue shade ” and ‘ I scarlet shade,” but thismethod was not easy to carry out on the large scale, and addedto the cost of the final products.For the first few years the Baclisclie Compa.ny, which hadacquired the Caro-Graebe-Liebermann patent, worked by mutualarrangement in combination with the Greenford Green factory,the latter having the monopoly of the English markets.* TheGermans were using the anthraquinone process almost exclusively,this being the method still in use.When ordinary English oilof vitriol is used for sulphonating, a great excess of acid is neces-sary, and there is much loss owing to the high temperature, so* The amicable arraiigement hetween tho Gernian and English manufacturers wasbrought about through the riiecliation of Dr. Hugo hliiller, F.R.SOBITUARY. 2251that the dichloroanthracene process from this point of view hadthe advantage. Moreover, when anthrapurpurin was the mainobject of manufacture, it was found that the product obtained bythe dichloroanthracene process gave much purer shades than thatobtained by the anthraquinone process.* It would have naturallyoccurred to Perkin in working out this last process to try fumingsulphuric acid as a sulphonating agent, and he did so with success,but this method, although giving better results in the way ofyield and uniformity of product, was placed a t a disadvantage hereon account of the cost of the fuming acid.The advantages arisingfrom this method of sulphonating are an increased yield on accountof the lower temperature a t which the acid does its work, and aproduct which consists mainly of the monosulphonic acid, and whichtherefore gives chiefly the true “ alizarin ” on alkaline fusion. NOWGermany was, at that time, the only country in which the manu-facture of fuming sulphuric acid was carried on, and this gavethem a distinct advantage in working the anthraquinone process.Perkin has called attention more than once to the state of affairs inthis country during the early life of the artificial alizarin industry,and his own statements may be quoted here:’‘ On account of the expense and difficulty in getting Nordhausensulphuric acid imported into this country-few vessels liking itas a cargo-we commenced working with ordinary sulphuric acid.We usually employed four or five parts of this to each part ofanthraquinone and heated the mixture to 270-280° C.. . . I findwe employed this process principally in our works until the middleof June, 1870. We then began to work on a larger scale than wehad hitherto done with dichloroanthracene, and carried both pro-cesses on for a time, but finding the latter the most economical,partially on account of the ease with which it yielded the sulpho-acids with ordinary sulphuric acid, we employed it almost exclu-sively after a time, although frequently making colouring matterby the other method.“The large quantity of ordinary sulphuric acid which had tobe employed to convert anthraquinone into the sulpho-acids, andthe high temperature which had to be used, causing a certainDr.Caro informs the wiiterthat since 1870 the Badische Co. employed also the dichloroanthracene process for themanufacture of a special kind of “ alizarin,” consisting chiefly of anthrapurpurin.It may be pointed out, also, that, owing to some peculiarity in the internal adminis-tration of the German Patent Laws a t that time, the rights of Caro, Graebe, andLiebermann could not be secured in certain States, and so other manufacturers tookup the artificial alizarin industry and entered into competition with the BadischeCo.So far as the writer has been able to learn, thc anthraquinone process wasgenerally employed.* Perkin, The HGtory of Alizarin, &c., 1879, p. 262252 OBITUARY.amount of destruction to take place, evidently showed that it wasdesirable to employ fuming sulphuric acid in this process. In thiscountry we found it costly, but as it was more readily procurablein Germany, the manufacturers there used it. They were after-wards supplied with a very strong fuming acid from Bohemia, con-taining about 40 per cent. of sulphuric anhydride.” (The Elistoryof Alizarin, etc., 1879, pp.24-25.*)The same statement was repeated in substantially identical termsin 1896. Referring to the loss of anthraquinone when ordinarysulphuric acid is used, he says: “ The means of overcoming thisdifficulty was to use fuming sulphuric acid, with which anthra-quinone combined a t a much lower temperature, but the only acidof the kind then made was the old-fashioned Nordhausen acid.We imported a quantity of this, and, of course, found it to worksatisfactorily, but the difficulties and expense connected with thecarriage and transport of this substance on account of its dangerousnature-supplied as it then was in large earthenware bottles-madeit unsuitable for use in this country.“The artificial alizarin we first made was produced by theanthraquinone process, the method still used for its manufacture,but the difficulty in preparing the sulphonic acid in those earlydays just referred to caused us to turn our attention to the secondprocess I had discovered, in which dichloroanthracene was used.. . .Without this process the manufacture of artificial alizarin in thiscountry could not have been carried on with much success in theearly days of its manufacture.” (Hofmann Memorial Lecture, loc.cit., p. 631.)The “ contact,” or ‘‘ catalytic,” process for producing sulphuricanhydride, introduced about the same time in this country byMessrs. Chapman, Messel and Co., and in Germany by the lateC. Winkler, dates from 1875, so that Perkin’s share in the foundingof this great industry does not consist only in his having givenus the practical methods for realising Graebe and Liebermann’ssynthesis in the factory, but in having devised a process which,so to speak, enabled the new industry to be nursed through itsinfancy in this country and without which it would probably nothave survived that Continental competition which, as Perkin hastold us, first began to make itself seriously felt about the end of1873 (History of Alizarin, etc., 1879, p.31). By thattime it was fully realised that a complete revision of the* The use of Nordhausen acid for the anthraquinoue process in Germany beganabout 1871 ; the introduction of the stronger acid referred to by Perkin in the abovepassage is generally attributed to Koch ins1873. Dr.Car0 informs the writer that hehas been unable to find the authority for this statementOBITUARY. 2253plant at Greenford Green had become necessary. It requiredenlarging and modifying in order to meet the successful competi-tion arising from the development of the anthraquinone process inGermany, and a considerable expenditure of capital would havebeen necessary to carry out this work. But Perkin, whose ambitionit had always been to be able to devote himself to pure science,and whose personal requirements were extremely modest, foundthat his manufacturing career had by then provided him withsufficient means to enable him to retire, and, rather than incurthe responsibility of making a fresh start, he took advantage ofthe opportunity for withdrawing altogether from the industry.Hiscareer as a manufacturer terminated in 1874, the Greenford Greenworks having then been purchased by Messrs. Brooke, Simpson,and Spiller, which firm, soon afterwards, transferred them toMessrs. Burt, Bolton, and Haywood, who shifted the manufacturefrom Greenford Green to Silvertown, and ultimately from thisfirm the ‘‘ British Alizarine Company ” was developed, and is stillat work. Perkin always wished it to be known that he consideredthe Silvertown works as the lineal descendant of the first coal-tar colour factory.This sketch of the founding of the coal-tar colour industry isnecessarily limited to the history of the Greenford Green factory.These works would now appear quite insignificant in comparisonwith one of the great German establishments, and the whole out-put of dyes during the seventeen years that Perkin was connectedwith them was not very great as measured by modern standards.Nevertheless, it may fairly be said that no single factory estab-lished in this country has ever given rise to such world-widedevelopments, both scientific and industrial.When it fell to thewriter’s lot to take part in the organisation of the jubilee celebra-tion of 1906, it appeared desirable to place upon record the com-plete history of the Greenford Green factory as a colour-makingestablishment, and Sir Wm. Perkin was good enough to preparethe following list:THE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED AT GREENFORD GREEN, 1857-1873.Mauve.-Large quantities manufactured.DahZia.-Ethylmauveine, C,,H,(C,H,)N,,HCl.Made about thesame time as Hofmann’s Violet [1863]. The colour was muchadmired, but being very expensive was not largely used (Joum.Chern. SOC., 1879, 35, 399).A &line Pink.-First found in washings from mauve, afterwardsproduced by oxidising mauve with lead peroxide. It is para2254 OBITUARY.saafranine. Made about the same time as Dahlia (Journ. Cltem. SOC.,1879, 35, 407). The researches were made many years beforepublication.Magenta.-Prepared by a mercuric nitrate under a patent inmy name; a communication from abroad. It was first obtainedin crystals in this way (Journ. C‘kem. SOC., 1862, 15, 238-240.The research was made some years before publication). Theprocess was dangerous, and not carried on very long.Arnidoazonaphthalene.--Used in a finely precipitated form as anorange, red, or scarlet pigment for calico printing, but not largely.Britannia Violet (various shades) .-Made from Magenta, thebromine compound of turpentine, and methylated spirit, or, better,purified wood spirit.A t first thought to be a turpentine deriv-ative, but afterwards found to be methylated rosanilines. Made inlarge quantities.Perkin’s Green.-This was an interesting compound made bytreating Britannia Violet (blue shade) with acetyl chloride. Thelatter was made in large quantities from phosphorus trichlorideand acetic acid. The phosphorus trichloride was made in cast-ironretorts with iron condensers from phosphorus and dry chlorine.The colouring matter was obtained in a crystalline condition, butwas not investigated as to its constitution.It was rather extensivelyused for calico printing when Iodine Greep was too expensive.‘‘ A Zizarine.”-Produced very largely, chiefly by dichloroanthra-cene process. It consisted of anthrapurpurin and alizarin, chieflyof the former. These were also separated and sold as “Blue ShadeAlizarine” and “Scarlet Shade,” but we chiefly sold the mixtureknown as “Red Shade.” Besides the above we made suitablemixtures of aniline salts, oxidising agents, and copper compoundsfor the production of Aniline Black on the fabric by calico printers.Also the colouring matters were made into “lakes ” by processesof our own for paperhangings and lithographic and other printinginks in considerable quantities.This list contains what may be regarded as Perkin’s direct con-tribution to the colour industry as a manufacturer. It may notappear very imposing to us now, but we must read into it all thatit means in order to appreciate its full significance.There mustbe taken into consideration the pioneering work in every directionthat had to be done in order to accomplish these results. It mustfurther be remembered that they were achieved a t the outset by ayouth of about 18, and brought to a successful termination inseventeen years by a young man 36 years of age, and that duringthe whole of that period, while the factory was actively a t workOBITUARY. 2255a continuous stream of scientific research was kept going in hislaboratory.The stupendous consequences of the initiation of thisindustry must also be borne in mind, and then the extent of ourindebtedness to him will be fully realised.By many who regard manufacturing industry from a narrowpoint of view, Perkin, as already stated in the previous part ofthis notice, has been censured for withdrawing so soon fromthe scene of his industrial operations. The reply to this chargeis obvious. He had made a sufficient fortune for his modest re-quirements, and the seeds which he had sown were developingrapidly in this country. At that time (1874) German competitionwas only just beginning to make itself felt. The industry wasflourishing here, and with respect to France it may be said thatwithin a very short period of the founding of the Greenford Greenfactory, and especially from the time of the discovery of magenta,the industry was also in a prosperous condition. How thoroughlythis branch of manufacture had its head centre in England duringthe few years following the opening of the Greenford works may beinferred from the fact that such men as Maule and (especially)E.C. Nicholson, both pupils of Hofmann’s, had entered theindustry; that in Manchester the firm of Roberts, Dale and Co.had secured the services of men like Car0 and Martius, who laterbecame pioneers in the German colour-making industry. Or, ifwe turn to the actual products, we find that in addition to thoseemanating from the firm of Perkin and Sons, Simpson, Maule, andNicholson had secured the first really valuable process for makingmagenta, namely, the arsenic acid process of Medlock; that theyhad also secured the beautiful process of Girard and De Lairefor phenylating magenta so as to convert it into blue and violetcolouring matters, and that Nicholson, by his discovery of themethod of sulphonation, had developed these into what were formany years the most important of all the coal-tar colouring matters.This firm had also introduced aniline-yellow (aminoazobenzene), theprecursor of the basic azo-dyes, and phosphine (chrysaniline),* thefirst member of the acridine series.They were, moreover, the onlymanufacturers of the alkylated rosanilines under Hofmann’s patent.Then the firm of Roberts, Dale and Co. were making picric acid,and had, through Caro, given t o the industry the first indulineobtained from aniline-yellow and aniline, as well as Manchesterbrown or Bismarck brown.This firm had also, through Martius,* In the 1866 catalogue of this firm, already referred to, Aniline-yellow is priceda t 2s. and “Phosphine” a t 3s. per ounce. The Nicholson Blues were, at that time,sold only in solution, the price ranging, according t o the brand, from 15s. to 30s.per gallon. Solid “Regina Purple” is priced at 15s. per ounce2256 OBITUARY.given us the dinitronaphthol known as Manchester yellow. Cyanine,or quinoline blue, the first representative of a group of colouringmatters which have since become of great importance as specialsensitisers for photographic purposes, was discovered the same yearas mauve (1856) by Greville Williams, who was for some timechemist a t the Perkin’s factory, and who afterwards, with Messrs.E.Thomas and J. Dower, started the Star Chemical Works at Brent-ford. This country may also claim to have been the pioneer,through Crace-Calvert and Lowe, of Manchester, in the technicalproduction of highly purified phenol.” The first successful methodfor printing on the fabric with aniline-black was discovered andpatented in 1863 by John Lightfoot, of Accrington.This was the state of affairs during Perkin’s connexion with theindustry, and, superadded to this manufacturing activity, was thesupremely important fa,ct that, until 1865, the great master,Hofmann, was among us, and that his laboratory at the RoyalCollege of Chemistry had become a centre of active research inthe chemistry of colouring matters which stimulated the industryand supplied chemists for the fact0ries.f Nor must it be forgottenthat Peter Griess, the founder of diazo-chemistry, was working overhere during the greater part of the same period. It cannot be saidthat Perkin abandoned the ship in a sinking condition; on thecontrary, she was steaming full speed ahead! For any scuttlingthat may have afterwards occurred he can in no way be heldresponsible.ADDENDUM.As the introduction of fuming sulphuric acid played such animportant part in the early history of the artificial alizarinindustry, it is of interest to append the following account kindlyfurnished by Hofrath Dr.Caro. It may be pointed out that thecontact ” process for producing sulphuric acid dates from 1875,;and therefore subsequently to Perkin’s retirement, so that it was* The state of the industry here and in France five years after its inauguration a tGreenford Green can be ascertained from Hofmann’s report ou the chemical exhibitsa t the International (London) Exhibition of 1862. It is not going too far to saythat during its early years the coal-tar colour industry was essentially English andFrench.From that time until the creation of the Chairof Organic Chemistry a t Owens College, Manchester, in 1874, to which Schorlemmerwas appointed, there was no Professorship in thiv departmelit of the science in thiscountry.$ The patent of Messrs.Chapman ant1 Messel is dated September 18th, 1875.Winkler’s process was described in Dinglar’s Polytechnisches Journal for October,1575. Dr. Messcl gave a description of their process before the Chemical Society inApril, 1876, but the paper was not published by the Society.j. Hofmann left London in 1865OBITUARY. 2257his successors who had the advantage of this new branch of manu-facture :Previously to the publication of Clemens Winkler, the entire‘ Nordhausen Fuming Sulphuric Acid ’ was manufactured by JohnDavid Starck in Bohemia (in several works near Pilsen), and waslargely imported into England. It originally contained about20 per cent. of the free anhydride. This acid was employed byPerkin in his first experimental manufacture in 1869 for sulpho-nating anthraquinone, and was afterwards in 1870 exchanged forordinary sulphuric acid,* while we (the Badische Co.) commenceda t this same period with the ordinary acid and gradually went onincreasing its strength by adding fuming acid containing about24 per cent.of free anhydride. I recollect that in 1873 we usedchiefly a mixture of two parts of the said fuming acid with onepart of the monohydrate. At the same time we studied carefullythe effect of the increased strength of the sulphonating agent uponthe separate production of the mono- and di-sulpho-acids of anthra-quinone, and I believe that a t the same time (1873) similar experi-ments were made by all German alizarin makers, particularly byGebruder Gessert and Co., a t Elberfeld, and that in consequence ofthe superior results obtained by the action of stronger acid a t acorresponding lower temperature a demand was created for fumingsulphuric acid of greater strengths than hitherto supplied.ThusJohn David Stsrck was led to manufacture the solid fuming sul-phuric acid containing about 45 per cent. of the free anhydride.This was, I think, in 1873 or 1874. In 1875 we employed regularlythe fuming acid of 45-50 per cent. of anhydride. In 1877 we wentfurther in increasing the energy of the sulphonating action by theemployment of fuming acid of from 68 to 72 per cent. of freeanhydride, which we prepared by distilling the anhydride from oneportion of fuming acid into another portion of fuming acid contain-ing 45-50 per cent.of free anhydride. We also distilled theanhydride into the sulphonating mixture of anthraquinonewith fuming acid. Immediately after the publication ofWinkler, in 1875, we commenced experimenting with hissynthetical process, and after having many times changedour experimental plant, we succeeded in manufacturing thefuming acid on a very large scale from 1877. At aboutthe same time other manufacturers started the manufacture offuming acid by the synthetical process.’’R. MELDOLA.* See Perkin’s statement (nnte) quoted from his History of Alieari?t, 18792258 OBlTUAItY.ROBERT WARINGTON.BORN AUGUST 22ND, 1838; DIED MARCH 20TH, 1907.THE name of Robert Warington will ever be associated with oneof the most important advances in the agricultural chemistry ofthe latter half of the nineteenth century, although his classical workon nitrification, which may be regarded as his life-work, bears buta small proportion to the total of that accomplished by him.He,no doubt, owed his chemical proclivities to his father-a RobertWarington also-who was a prominent figure amongst the chemistsof earlier days. The elder Warington was one of the first chemicalassistants a t University College, and was subsequently appointedchemical operator to the Society of Apothecaries. He also was aFellow of the Royal Society, and published several papers onchemical subjects; yet chemistry is more indebted to him for thepart which he took in founding the Chemical Society than for theextent of his own original work.It was through his zeal andpowers of organisation that this Society was founded in 1841, andthe work which he did for it as its secretary during the subsequentten years helped in no small measure to launch i t on its prosperouscareer.Robert, his eldest son, was born on August 22nd, 1838, in theparish of Spitalfields. His mother was a daughter of GeorgeJackson, M.R.C.S., to whom science is indebted for several improve-ments in microscopes which have not yet been superseded, as wellas for the invaluable ruled glass micrometer. The original dividingmachine made by him for ruling the lines was still being used bya well-known optician in 1899, and is probably in use a t thepresent time.Very early in young Warington’s life his parents took up theirresidence a t the Apothecaries’ Hall, and it was here, in the un-congenial atmosphere of the City, that he spent his childhood andyouth.His constitution was naturally feeble, and a life in the heartof London, with but little exercise, and no companions of his ownage to assort with, did not tend to strengthen it. All through lifehe had to contend with a lack of bodily vigour, which renderedhis work doubly laborious to him. For his education he seems tohave been chiefly indebted to his parents. While still quite younghe studied chemistry in his father’s laboratory, and had the advan-tage of attending lectures by Faraday, Brande and Hofmann.I n consequence of the unsatisfactory state of young Warington’shealth, his father sought to get him some employment in thecountry, and, with that object in view, applied to Mr.Lawes, witOBITUARY. 2259whom he was acquainted, and for whom he had done some pro-fessional work. The outcome of this was that in January, 1859, theyouth went to work in the Rothamsted Laboratory as Lawes’unpaid assistant. Here he remained for one year, devoting allhis time to ash analyses, of which he had had no previous experi-ence, and examining various methods for obtaining the most satis-factory results. Dr. Pugh and Mr. 3’. R. Segeleke were also workingin the laboratory at that time, and they gave Warington valuableassistance in his work. Of the two series of analyses eventuallycompleted, the first comprised those of the ashes of grass grownunder different mftnurial treatment, the results of which were pub-lished in Lawes and Gilbert’s “ Report of Experiments withDifferent Manures on Permanent Meadow Land ” ( J .Roy. Agric.SOC., 1859, 20, 407), the second series was that of the ash ofgrain from Broadbalk Field. These latter analyses were neverpublished, their place having been taken by more complete workon the same subject by Richter.Although Warington left the Rothanisted Laboratory inJanuary, 1860, his interest in the work there never ceased, and,until he resumed his connexion with Lawes a few years later, hedevoted much of his time to studying the Rothamsted results, andwas a frequent visitor to the laboratory.His health having been somewhat re-established by his year’sresidence in the country, he returned to town, and continued toreside with his parents until 1862, spending his days a t South Ken-sington, where he worked under Dr.Frankland as research assistant.But a t the end of this period a further breakdown in healthforced him again to seek a country life, and he betook himselfto the Royal Agricultural College a t Cirencester. Here heremained for four and a-half years, the first nine months of whichwere spent in doing analyses for Dr. A. Voelcker, and the remainderof the time in fulfilling the duties of teaching assistant underProfessor Church.It was during his residence a t Cirencester that Warington pub-lished the first papers on scientific subjects which appear underhis name.These were printed in the Journal of the ChemicalSociety. The earliest of them (1863) dealt with the quantitativedetermination of phosphoric acid. This was followed by two othershort communications on kindred subjects, which preceded and pre-pared the way for his first work of importance-an investigationinto the part played by ferric oxide and alumina in decomposingsoluble phosphates and other salts, and retaining them in the soil.The results of this investigation are embodied in it series of fourpapera read before the Chemical Society, and are typical example2260 OBITUARY.of the careful work and close reasoning which characterised allWarington’s researches. That ferric oxide acted as a fixing agent,for soluble substances applied to a soil was already known, butthe aktion was attributed to an indefinable physical attraction,which explained nothing.Warington proved, first by experimentswith pure ferric oxide, and then with ordinary soil, that the actionin the case of calcium phosphate was simply one of chemical de-composition, resulting in the formation of ferric phosphate, whilstin the case of other salts, such as carbonates, sulphates, nitrates,etc., the chemical character of the action was indicated by thefact that the iron did not retain the salt as a whole, but partiallydecomposed it, retaining the basic portion in excess over the acidportion.Warington did not allow his work a t Cirencester to sever hisconnexion with Rothamsted, and he offered to analyse three ofthe most important of the animal ashes which had been preparedthere, on the condition that he might make use of the results thusobtained. He consequently received mixed ashes representing thewhole bodies of a fat ox, a fat sheep, and a fat pig, and anabstract of the analyses made by him appeared in an article whichhe wrote for the second supplement to “Watts’s Dictionary ofChemistry.” The analyses, together with others by Richter, werealso published by Lawes and Gilbert in the Phd.Trans., 1883.I n 1864 Warington co-nzmenced lecturing to the students a tCirencester on the Rothamsted experiments, and went systematicallythrough all the work which had already been published, togetherwith many additions of as yet unpublished results which had beencommunicated to hini by Lawes and Gilbert.A desire was ex-pressed a t Cirencester that these lectures should be published, andnegotiations to that end were, consequently, opened with Lawesand Gilbert. The outcome of these was that Warington was towrite a book on the Rothamsted investigations, Lawes guaranteeinghim from pecuniary loss, but offering no remuneration. Lawesalso reserved to himself the right to supply a preface to the book,on the ground that there would be previously unpublished matterincorporated therein. The writing of this book involved a largeamount of labour, especially as, in studying the effect of manuresin different seasons, Warington was led to recognise the almostparamount influence of the rainfall on the results, and its actionin washing the nitrates out of the soil, an action up to that timeunrecognised.For the purpose of examining this action moreclosely, he compared the results from the plots a t Rothamsted withthe temperatures and rainfalls supplied to him by Glaisher; a tthe same time he applied to Gilbert to furnish him with unpublisheORITUARY. 2261data respecting the Rothamsted hay crops. Gilbert, however,objected to what now appeared to him in the light of a publica-tion of Rothamsted results by others than Lawes and himself.Discussions ensued, the upshot of which was that the book remainedin manuscript, and the seeds of an unfortunate dissension betweenGilbert and Warington were sown. Some 120 pages of this bookwere written (and are still in existence), but Warington declinedthe pecuniary compensation which Lawes offered to him for hislabour.Leaving Cirencester in June, 1867, he became chemist to Lawes’smanure and tartaric and citric acid factories at Millwall, wherehe remained until 1876.During these years he generally had along conversation every week with Lawes on those problems inagricultural chemistry which happened to be under investigation.a t the time, and which were evidently more congenial subjects ofdiscussion to both of them than the problems arising in the factory.Even these, however, were by no means lacking in interest, anda t the conclusion of his enpgement at Millwall in 1874, Waringtonremained in the laboratory there for two years longer, workingon citric and tartaric acids, and ultimately publishing his resultsin a paper of 70 pages in the Journal of the Chemical Society.This paper was published with Lawes’s approval, and it is note-worthy for the opinion expressed therein, that ( ( the large amountof information acquired in the laboratories of our great manu-facturing concerns might well be published without any injury tothe individual manufacturer.” Eighteen years later, whenWarington had for a second time gone to work in Lawes’s tartaricand citric acid factory, he published another paper dealing withthese acids, and with the detection of the presence of lead in them.With this solitary exception, all Warington’s subsequent work wason agricultural chemistry, and all of it was done in the Rothamstedlaboratory.While still a t Millwall he had been writing a good deal on agri-cultural subjects-several articles for (( Watts’s Dictionary ” andfor the Agricultural and Horticultural Co-operation Association-and he had, moreover, as already mentioned, been in continua1consultation with Lawes as to the Rothamsted results; he wasnaturally, therefore, prepared to receive Lawes’s suggestion thathe should go and work in the Rothamsted laboratory.The termswere all settled, and had readily been assented to by Warington;for, although they had involved a reduction of salary to two-thirdsof that which he had been receiving a t Millwall, he obtained acertain amount of freedom by way of compensation. He was tobe at liberty to publish his own work in his own name, provide2262 OBITUARY.that it made its appearance as Rothamsted work; but in caseswhere the work dealt with subjects which had already occupiedthe Rothamsted investigators, it was to be published in the jointnames of Lawes, Gilbert and Warington.This arrangement, how-ever, owing to some unforeseen difficulties, was not carriedout; and it was not until after a delay of two years that Waringtonwent to Rothamsted (in 1876), under an agreement for a yearonly, to work simply as Lawes’s private assistant. The engagementwas subsequently extended, and all his results were published,either in his own name or in the names of Lawes, Gilbert andWaring ton.Before removing to Harpenden he went to work at the laboratorya t South Kensington in order to learn water and gas analysisunder Frankland’s assistant, some of the Rothamsted soils beingsent to him for practising determinations of nitrogen. While therehe devised a method of extracting soils by the vacuum pump,which method has since been largely used a t Rothamsted.I n theautumn of the same yea$r (1876) he made a short tour among theGerman experimental stations, and then took up his residence forgood at Harpenden.The construction of a gas analysis apparatus (under Frankland’sdirection) for the Rothamsted laboratory, occupied a considerabletime, and, pending its completion, Warington made a study of theindigo method of determining nitric acid. This method, asgenerally used, he found to be full of sources of error.Theprincipal of these he succeeded in correcting, and, with the methodof determination thus rendered trustworthy, he proceeded to deter-mine regularly the nitrates in the drainage-water from the variouswheat plots in Broadbalk field. The chlorides were determineda t the same time. No such systematic work had been previouslydone, whilst the methods of sampling which had been adoptedwhen any analysis had to be made had been faulty. Waringtonnow altered these methods, so that the samples analysed shouldfaithfully represent the average composition of the drainage-waters.Having examined the indigo method for determining nitric acid,he next examined the Crum-Frankland method by agitation withmercury, and subsequently the method of Schlcesing, modified,however, in such a way that the nitric oxide produced was deter-mined by gas analysis.The exhaustive examination of thesemethods of analysis are described in a series of papers publishedin his own name in the Journal of the Chemical Society and else-where, extending down to 1882. The modified Schlcesing methodwas the one which he finally adopted, and with it he began it lonORITTJART. 2263series of determinations of nitrates in soils, and iu mmgels, swedesand potatoes.Having satisfied himself as to the methods of nitrogcn detler-mination, he next t,urncd his attention to those for the estrimatlionof carbon, and having examined the permanganate and theclichromate methods, and found them wanting, he finally adoptedthe comb~st~ion method, which proved to be thoroughly satisfact,ory,provided that carbonates were entirely removed by prolongedtreatment with sulphurous acid.I n this work lie was assist,etiby Mr. W. A. Peake, and the results were brought before tllcChemical Society in the names of Warington and Peake.Warington’s results from the examination of the rain anddrainage water, together with results previously obtained at,Rothamsted, formed the subject of a very long report publishedin the names of the three investigators in the Journal of t$hcRoyal Agricultural Society for 1882. The subject, however, con-tinued to occupy Warington’s attention long after this date, andwe find a report on the subject in the three joint names in 1883,and papers by Warington alone in 1889 and 1887.The last-mentioned paper is an important contribution (Trans., 1887, 51,500) to the study of well-waters, and deals with the wells in thechalk formation on which Harpenden is situated. I n later years(1904) Warington was enabled to give these results a practicalbearing on the supposed contamination of the Harpenden watersupply, and he saved the community, a t any rate, for a time, fromadopting an expensive and, apparent,ly, quite unnecessary systemof sewerage.So far Warington’s work, as here described, consisted largely ofexamining and perfecting methods of anaIysis for use in agri-cultural research. For this work the precision of his nature, andthe carefulness of his manipulation, pre-eminently fitted him, andmost of the methods of analysis which he elaborated have beenaccepted as standard methods, which promise to remain in usefor many years to come.The remainder of his work, however,is that by which he made his name, and if a strictly chronologicalsequence of events, had been followed it should have been men-tioned earlier in this notice, for it was in 1877 that he began t)ostudy nitrification, and this subject occupied the foremost placein his mind until 1891, when his opportunities for pursuing thesubject ceased. During this period he published about ten paperson the subject, all in his own name, the principal of which werefour communications to the Chemical Society, bearing the title“On Nitrification,” Parts I to IV.That the natural conversion of ammonia into nitric acid wasVOL.XCIII. 7 8264 OBITUARY.the work of an organism had been suggested by A. Muller asearly as 1873, but it had been reserved for Schlaesing and Miintzto establish definitely that this was the case. I n 1877 they showedthat, when sewage was allowed to percolate through a column ofsand and limestone, the nitrification which occurred during itspassage could be prevented by the presence of a sterilising agent,such as chloroform vapour, and after such sterilisation, the activityof the sand could be resuscitated by inoculating it with a fewparticles of vegetable mould. Questions affecting the problems con-nected with nitrr>gen in the soil had naturally been amongst thoseto which the Rothamsted investigators had, from the first, devotedthemselves, and, consequently, they a t once set to work to examinesuch an important observation as that of Schlcesing and Muntz.A complete verification of it was obtained by Warington, operatingwith garden soil only, and using a solution of ammonium chlorideinstead of sewage; and he was enabled to add the additional in-formation that nitrification occurred only in the dark.This paperappeared within a year of that of Schloesing and Munt z. Two anda-half years later he published a second paper, which added consider-ably to the facts already established. He showed that the nitrifyingorganism, besides requiring darkness in order to do its work, mustalso be supplied with food for its growth-potash, lime andphosphorus-and, moreover, that all liberation of free acid mustbe prevented, by the presence of some salifiable base, such as calciumcarbonate.He found, also, that after the introduction of a smallquantity of active soil or solution into a liquid capable of nitrifica-tion, no action occurred until a certain time had elapsed, this periodof incubation being probably due to the organisms having tomultiply to a certain extent before they become sufficientlynumerous to produce recognisable results. An increase of tem-perature was found to favour the action up to a certain point, andit was shown that various vegetable moulds and known bacteriawere not the organisms to which nitrification could be attributed.Many difficulties, however, still remained to be cleared up, notablythe want of uniformity of the action, which resulted in the pro-duction of nitrates in some instances, and nitrites in others. Wenow know that the process is performed by two quite distinctorganisms, and that their nutrition is, in some respects, whollydifferent from that of any other organism hitherto studied; butuntil this knowledge had been gained, work on the subject wassingularly difficult, and the results were very perplexing.Warington’s third paper on nitrification added considerably toour knowledge of the circumstances attending the action, andestablished the fact that the organisms are almost entirely confineOBITUARY.2265to the first nine inches of ordinary soil. The distribution of theorganism in the soil was dealt with still more exhaustively in asubsequent communication in 1887.The prize coveted by the workers on this subject was, however,the isolation of the organism itself; and to prepare himself forthis task, Warington went to London for a time, in 1886, to learnbacteriology under Dr.Klein a t the Brown Institution. FromDr. Klein he obtained a large number of pure cultures of variousbacteria, and all the’se, as well as others obtained from his OWKIexperiments with soils, he examined as to their behaviour towardsammonia and nitrates, and also as to their mode of growth onskim-milk. The results were brought before the Chemical Society,and proved that none of the bacteria, except the nitrifyingorganism itself, possessed any appreciable power of nitrification.The majority of the organisms examined, however, were activedenitrifiers. Denitrification-w hereby nitrates are converted intonitrites, oxides of nitrogen, or even nitrogen gas-was, at this time,a well recognised work of micro-organisms, but was one whichnaturally enhanced to a considerable extent the difficulties met inelucidating the reverse phenomenon of nitrification. Warington’swork added a good deal to our knowledge of the subject, and showedthat denitrification is a property actively exhibited by a largenumber, but by no means by all, micro-organisms, and that in asoil it becomes complete, before the nitrifying organisms begiutheir task of reversing the reaction.An excellent account of thcdenitrification of farmyard manure was subsequently written forthe Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society (1897, 8, Part IV).Warington’s work on nitrification was amply sufficient to establishthe fact that the oxidation of ammonia in the soil was the workof an organism, but that organism seems to have been isolated firstby Schlcesing and Muntz in 1879, although the method which theyadopted left, a t the time, considerable doubt as to its real identity.But even the isolation of this organism did not solve the wholeproblem : there was still the independent formation of nitritesand nitrates to be accounted for ; and it was here that Warington’swork was most conducive to a solution of the difficulties, for liesucceeded in proving that one organism alone could not be heldaccountable for the various phenomena observed, and that twodifferent organisms must be concerned in the process of nitrificrt-tion.His success all lay in the chemical aspects of the subject.He was the first to obtain (1879) liquid cultures which convcrtcdammonia into a nitrite, and preserved this power in all sub-cultures,but which was incapable of producing any nitrate; and shortlyafterwards (1881) he obtained cultures which were able to convertVOL. XCIII. 7 32266 OBITUARY.nitrites into nitrates, but were unable to oxidise ammonia. Thiswas a practical separation of two distinct organisms, but a t thetime Warington did not grasp the true meaning of his results, andhe associated the change from nitrites into nitrates with a whitegrowth which appeared floating in the liquid, but which really hadnothing to do with it.I n 1890, after the work of others had resulted in the isolationof the nitrous organism (that which converted ammonia intonitrites), Warington returned to the subject; and found that thewhite surface organism could not be held accountable for the con-version of the nitrites into nitrates.He eventually succeeded inisolating the organism which really produces this change, andobtained a nearly pure culture of the nitric organism. A t thesame time he showed that organic carbon is not necessary for thegrowth of these organisms, as he had previously imagined, but thatthey can obtain their carbon from carbonates. These results werepublished in his fourth paper on nitrification (1891), and werecommunicated to the Chemical Society only a few days beforeWinogradski made a similar communication to the French Academy.Winogradski, however, had pushed the matter somewhat further,having obtained the organisms in bodily form, and having shownhow they could be cultivated on solid media, a problem which hadbaffled Warington and other investigators.Warington, therefore,had to share his final hard-won success with another.The practical results of nitrification in the soil were beinginvestigated while the search for the organism was still in progress,and Warington began a long series of determinations of nitratesin the Rothamsted soil, the first results of which were published asa lecture given before the Society of Arts, for which he was awardeda silver medal.The quarrels even of eminent men are generally better left tobury themselves in oblivion, but we should hardly be doing justiceto Warington if we were to pass over in silence the circumstanceswhich made his work so arduous to him, and finally brought it toa premature conclusion.Indeed, there is so much that is pathetic,and even grand, in the unfortunate disagreement which arose andbecame intensified between Gilbert and Warington, that a briefallusion to the subject cannot lessen our appreciation of either ofthem. That two of the greatest of England's agricultural chemistsshould be at variance.with each other may afford no subject forwonder, but what must surprise the layman is that in spite ofthis strong personal disagreement these two should for years con-tinue to work under the same roof, on the same subjects, publishORITUARY.2267ing their results as joint productions. No mere forbearance (ofwhich there was much), no mere love of gain (of which there wasnone), could have effected this; it was the love of science, pure,simple and unselfish, which could alone accomplish such a task,and obtain a mastery over the more human passions.m7hen, in 1889, %awes resigned his active control to the presentCommittee of Management, it was evident that the work of thestation could no longer be carried on in this painful state of tension,and, all attempts a t accommodation having failed, the Committeewere reluctantly forced to decide that Warington’s work theremust terminate.This was in June, 1890, and it was arranged thatlie was to leave in the following January. Having, however, inthe meantime, reached a very interesting stage in his work onthe nitrifying organism, he petitioned to be allowed to stay on,without remuneration, until June of 1891. This petition wasgranted, and before that date he succeeded in bringing the workon hand to a successful termination.Throughout all the trying circumstances of these years Lawesshowed an undeviating friendship towards Warington, andWarington’s feelings towards Lawes were those of love andveneration. Perhaps, however, the highest tribute which couldhave been paid to his rectitude and disinterestedness was paidwhen the Royal Society requested him t o undertake the obituarynotice of Gilbert.A t first he declined, and ultimately consented,only on the understanding that what he wrote should be revisedby those who could have no personal bias in the matter, his onefear being-as he told the present writer in the last conversationwhich he had with him-that his own feelings might unconsciouslylead him to do insufficient justice to his subject. That the per-formance of this kindly office inust have gone far to soften therecollection of past animosities we may feel assured, and beforethe end came there was but little of bitterness left in the mindof the survivor. All three great workers now lie at rest in thesame quiet country churchyard, their united work in the causeof scientific agriculture forming the most fitting and enduringmonument of their labours, for its importance becomes every daymore and more evident with the development of the superstructurewhich is being raised upon it.Although Warington’s original work in agricultural chemistrywas brought to a close on his severance from Rothamsted, muchuseful work remained for him to do.The Committee of Manage-ment appointed him American lecturer under the Lawes TrLlst, andhe consequently proceeded to the United States to perform hisfunctions. The six lectures which he there delivered dealt chiefly7 M 2268 OBITUARY.with the subject of nitrification, illustrated by his own work a tRothamsted. They were published by the United States Depart-ment of Agriculture.On his return to England, Sir John Lawes invited him to carryout an investigation a t his tartaric and citric acid factory atMillwall, on the contamination of these acids by the lead of thcvessels used in their preparation.This Warington undertook, a i dhe succeeded in finding a method for obviating the evil. Heobtained, in addition, an excellent method for the accurate volu-iiietric determination of lead in the acid. This formed the subjectof a communication to the Society of Chemical Industry in 1893,the last communication of any investigation made by him.I n 1894 he was appointed one of the examiners in Agricultureunder the Science and Art Department, and in the summer of thcsame year he was elected Sibthorpian Professor of Rural Economya t Oxford for three years.The papers, other than those on original investigations, whichWarington wrote, are numerous, and are all characterised by alucidity of expression and precision of argument which rendersthem specially valuable.One of the most useful of his writingsis, undoubtedly, a little volume entitled " The Chemistry of theFarm." The amount of appreciation with which it has been re-ceived, and the good which it has done, may be measured by thefact that it is now in its fifteenth edition, and is accepted as thetext-book on the subject throughout the world, and as a model ofwhat a text-book of that sort should be.Hishabits and tastes did not predispose him to take any active partiir village management, but whenever he thought that his know-ledge might be of service to the community, he did not hesitate togive what assistance he could.Educational or charitable work, however, always enlisted hissympathies and engaged his active support ; whilst his strongreligious convictions, guided by his clear judgment and absolutesincerity, rendered his church and philanthropic work peculiarlyvaluable.I l e certainly had an unusually high sense of publicduty, and persistently throughout life did what he could to makcliis f cllow-creatures better and happier. Missionary work alwaysheld a prominent place in his heart, as also did the training ofthe young, whether in religious or secular subjects, and during thelast few years of his life much of his time and care was devotedt o the Church day-schools.He was greatly interested in all workamongst the poor and needy, and was a liberal supporter of anywganised charity which appealed to his judgment. Partly owingWarington continued to reside in Harpenden until the endOBITUARY. 2269to his isolated boyhood and youth, and partly to his lack of robusthcalth, life went harder with him than it otherwise would bavedone, for the characteristics thus developed stood in his way, andoften prevented liis gaining the sympathy and appreciation whichhe was so ready to give to others.Warington was elected to the Chemical Society in 1863, and t’othe Royal Society in 1886. He served for two periods on theCouncil of the Chemical Society, and for one period as vice-president.For many years he was on the Library‘ Comniittee oftJiis Society, and did much useful work for the Fellows during thereorganisation and cataloguing of the books. For this his exten-sive acquaintance with chemical literature rendered him speciallyfitted.His first wife was a daughter ofG. H. Makins, M.R.C.S., formerly chief Assayer to the Bank, andone of the Court of Assistants a t the Society of Apothecaries. Hissecond wife was a daughter of Dr. F. R. Spackman, who had formany years been medical practitioner a t Harpenden. He has leftfive daughters by his first wife. I n 1906 his health gave way, andhe had a serious illness which necessitated a very difficult anddangerous operation. For this he prepared with singularequanimity and courage.The operation was successful; butthough he nominally recovered from it, he never regained hisstrength, and eleven months afterwards (March 20t11, 1907) hepassed sway.Warington was married twice.SPENCER U. PICKERTNG.AUGUST DUPRE.BORN SEPT. GTH, 1835; DIED JULY 15TH, loo’i.AUGUST DLTRI:: was born at Mainz on September Gth, 1835, anddied a t liis residence, Mount Edgcumbe, Sutton, Surrey, aftersome weeks’ illness, on JU~Y 15th, 1907, in his seventy-second year.He was the second son of J. F. Dupr6, a merchant and citizen ofthe then Freie Reichsstadt of Frankfurt-am-Main, and his birthwas entered in the register of the “ Freie Franzosische Gemeinde”of that city. On his father’s side Dupr6 traces his descent in adirect line from Cornelius Dupr6, a French Huguenot who leftFrance in 1685, after the suspension of the Edict of Nantes, andsettled in the Palatinate, and who distinguished himself later asan officer in the army of Prince Eugene.Dupr6’s mother was alsoof Huguenot descent. His family was, therefore, originally French2270 OBITUARY.but by intermarriage had become practically German in the courseof a hundred and fifty years.Dupr6 had a somewhat varied school education, which he com-pleted a t the Polytechnic schools of Giessen and Darmstadt, andentered as a student of the University of Giessen in 1852, a t theage of seventeen. There he studied chemistry under ProfessorWill, also attending the lectnres of Kopp and others. FromGiessen he proceeded to Heidelberg in 1554, Bunsen and Kirchhoffbeing among his teachers, and there he finally took his degree ofDoctor of Philosophy in 1855, being barely twenty years old.Itis interesting tlo note that fifty years later, in 1905, the Universityrenewed his Diploma (Goldenes Doctor-Jubilaum) in recognition ofhis scientific work. Among his fellow students at Giessen andHeidelberg who became famous in later life were Harley,Matthiessen, Roscoe, and Volhard.I n the autumn of 1855 Dupr6 proceeded to London and becameassistant to Odling, whom he accompanied to Guy’s Hospital,remaining with him until 1863.I n 1864 he was appointed Lecturer on Chemistry and Toxicologya t the Westminster Hospital Medical School, in succession to hiselder brother, Dr.F. W. Dupr6, who had given up the appointmentin order to take up mining in the then recently discovered saltdeposits a t Stassfurt, in connexion with which he is now so wellknown.August Dupr6 remained in London for the rest of his life, andbecame a naturalised English subject in 1866. He resigned hisappointment at the Westminster Medical School in 1897, afterthirty-three years’ tenure, but during the last ten years, owingto pressure of consulting work, he had practically handed overthe lectureship to the writer, who was associated with him asAssistant-Lecturer from 1885. From 1897 until his death in 1907he continued to practise as consulting chemist, both privately andin connexion with several Government Departments, a t his privatelaboratory in Edinburgh Mansions, Westminster.Soon after he left the University Dupr6 began to publish variousscientific papers, and, owing doubtless to this fact and the reputa-tion for ability which he enjoyed in his own immediate circle, itwas not long before he obtained several other public appointmentsin addition to the lectureship at Westminster.Thus in 1871 he wits appointed Chemical Referee to the LocalGovernment Board, and about this time he was first consulted bySir Vivian Majendie, then Colonel Majendie, Chief Inspector in theExplosives Department of the Home Office, to which Departmenthe shortly after became permanently attached aa ConsultinORITU.4RY. 227 1Chemist.In 1873 he became Public Analyst for Westminsbr,which post he held until 1901.In 1874 he was appointed Lectureron Toxicology a t the London School of Medicine for Women, anappointment in which he always showed the keenest interest andwhich he held until 1901.He was also consulted by the Board of Trade, the Treasury, andtjhe late Metropolitan Board of Works.I n all these appointments and consultations he may be said tohave distinguished himself brilliantly by his rapid and thoroughgrasp of the problems in hand, his marked originality, his extremeconscientiousness, his intense enthusiasm, and his infinite capacityfor taking trouble.In 1875 he was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. In 1877he became President of the Society of Public Analysts. From1871 to 1874 he sat on the Council of the Chemical Society. In1885 he was made a Vice-president of the Institute of Chemistry.I n 1886 he was elected Examiner in Chemistry to the Royal Collegeof Physicians, and again in 1892.I n 1888 he was appointed a Member of the War Office Committeeon Explosives, in 1891 an Associate Member of the OrdnanceCommittee, and in 1906 a Member of the Ordnance ResearchBoard.His earlier work for the Local Government Board, beginning in1871, was largely analytical, but in 1884, 1885, and 1887 he madea series of investigations in connexion with the purification ofwater sup-plies by agration and by the agency of bacteria, whichmust certainly rank as original researches of high merit and whichundoubtedly have assisted greatly in the evolution of the mostmodern methods of treating sewage.They are published in theMedical Officers' Reports of the above dates, but are probably notwidely known in the present day.I n conjunction with Abel, Dibdin, Eeates, Odling, and Voelckerhe advised the late Metropolitan Board of Works as t o the condi-tion of the Thames in 1878, 1882, and 1883, and in 1884 madenumerous experiments in conjunction with Mr. Dibdin on thetreatment of London sewage on a large scale. This work is referredto a t great length in the Report of the Royal Commission onMetropolitan Sewage Discharge in 1884. He was a Member ofthe Departmental Committee on White Lead in 1893, and gaveevidence before numerous other Royal Commissions.Of all this Government work, it was the Home Office appoint-ment which mainly occupied him.When, in 1871, he was firstconsulted by the Explosives Department, the manufacture in Eng-land of dynamite and guncotton had but recently commenced,He rapidly rose to eminence2272 OBITUARY.and these two were practically the only high explosives known antthat time. Much had to be done on the part of the Government’in connexion with t,he safe manufacture, storage, transport, anduse of these explosives, and the rapid development of the industrynecessitated the introduction of the Explosives Act of 1875. I n1876 the authorised list of explosives comprised twelve kinds only,but in 1907 it had risen to 182. I n addition, during this period,108 explosives had been passed by the Home Office after examina-tion by Dupr6, and over one hundred had been rejected by hisadvice.He thus investigated, during a period of thirty-six years,nearly four hundred entirely new explosives of the most variedcomposition, and further examined, a t frequent intervals, allexplosives imported into England as to safety. In the course ofthis work he had often to evolve original methods of analysis orof testing for safety, and in this latter direction especially herendered great services to the Government and, indirectly, to thepublic.It was also part of his duty to assist H.M. Inspectors in investi-gating the causes of various accidental explosions in factories andelsewhere, which occurred from time to time. His work, therefore,involved heavy responsibilities, and sometimes serious personalrisks, notably during the Fenian outrages in 1882-83, when hehad to examine several “infernal machines,” and on the occasionof the Birmingham scare in 1883, when he superintended andhimself assisted in the conversion of several hundred pounds ofimpure nitro-glycerine (which had been secretly manufactured inthe heart of Birmingham) into dynamite, and so averted whatmight have been a terribly disastrous explosion.He was highlycommended in the House of Commons by Sir William Harcourt,then Home Secretary, in connection with this “prompt andcourageous action,” and by Sir Vivian Majendie in the 8th AnnualReport of the Inspectors of Explosives in 1883. As late as 1907he devised a new method of testing for infinitesimal traces of mer-cury in explosive compounds.His private consulting work was alsoconsiderable, and he was engaged in many important law casesas a scientific witness.It might well be supposed that these responsible undertakingsengrossed him entirely, but this was far from being the case.During the first twenty years of his appointment a t the WestminsterHospital Medical School he gave great attention to his lecturesand to the practical teaching of chemistry. His lectures werealways very fully illustrated with experiments, which year afteryear seemed to give him renewed pleasure to perform, and althoughnot very easy to follow, he was always extremely interesting owinOBITUARY. 2273to the mass of information he had ever ready to hand. I n 18%he published, in conjunction with the writer, then recentllyappointed Assistant-TAectrurer, ‘‘ A Manual of Inorganic Chemistry,”wllich had some success, and which reached its third edition in 1901.This book was dedicated t o Professor Will, of Giessen, whom healways spoke of with the highest admiration and reverence as agreat teacher.The subject of toxicology, on which, as already said, he alsolectured both a t Westminster and a t the London School of Medi-cine for Women, had always specially interested him, and 1 1 ~became known and was not unfrequently consulted as a toxicologist.IIe was brought into particular prominence in connexion with thccelebrated Lamson case in 1881..As an instance of the thoroughness of his work, the writer wellremembers Dupr6 tasting sixteen quinine powders which hadbeen prepared for the unfortunate victim in this case, and hisalmost immediately experiencing the now familiar and somewhatalarming physiological effect of the aconitine which he found inthe last powder.He was associated in this case’with Sir ThomasStevenson.It has already been mentioned that very soon after leavingthe University Dupr6 began t o publish scientific papers, and itseems surprising that amid such varied occupations he found timeto work out so many original problems. His papers amount tono less than thirty-four in number between 1855 and 1902. Ofthese, five papers are included in the Proceedings and Transactionsof the Royal Society between 1866 and 1872. The first, in 1866,with Dr.Bence Jones, on “Animal Quinoidine,” may be said tohave anticipated the later important researches of Selmi and otherson Ptomaines. Another, in 1871, dealt ably with the Eliminationof Alcohol in the human subject, a problem then arousing mucliinterest. The remaining four papers, published between 1868 and1872, some of the work being done in conjunction with the lateMr. F. J. M. Page, rank, perhaps, as his best efforts, treating ofthe specific heat and other characters of various aqueous mixturesand solutions, nota.bly of mixtures of ethyl alcohol and water, inthe course of which he made the remarkable observation that mix-tures of these last two substances up to 36 per cent. of ethyl alcoholhad a specific heat sensibly higher than that of water itself.I n the Journal of the Chemical Society are found eight papersbetween 1867 and 1880.One on the Synthesis of Formic andSulphurous Acids, four on the Various Constituents of Wine, includ-ing compound ethers, one on the Estimation of Urea with Hypo-lwomite by means of an ingenious apparatus DOW so universally em2374 OR1 TU A RY.ployed, and two, in conjunction with the writer, on a New Methodof Estimating Minute Quantities of Carbon, which was includedby the late Dr. E. Frankland in his well-known work on WaterAnalysis.Between 1877 and 1883 he read no less than thirteen papersbefore the Society of Public Analysts dealing with the analysis offoods or water, and most of the methods evolved by him in thesepublications are still used or have given rise to improved operations,notably those dealing with butter fat, fuse1 oil in whiskey and otherspirits, alum in flour and bread, foreign colouring matters in wine,and methods of water analysis.He published only two papers on Explosives, tlo which he hadgiven such great attention, before the Society of Chemical Industry,and these as late as 1902. As a matter of fact, however, muchoriginal work was done by him in this branch of chemistry, someof which appears in the Annual Reports of H.M.Inspectors ofExplosives, while again much could not be put forward owing tohis official connexion with the Home Office.His earliest papers, published between, 1855 and 1862, are six innumber, and deal with volumetric methods and spectrum analysis(conjointly with his brother, Dr.F. W. DuprB), the iodic test formorphia, and the presence of copper in plant and animal tissues,this last in conjunction with Odling.To the chemistry of wine, as will be seen from the above sum-mary, he devoted a good deal of attention, and was joint authorwith Dr. Thudichuin of .a work entitled I‘ On the Origin, Nature,and Varieties of Wine,’’ published in 1872, in which a considerableamount of original analytical work is embodied.Dupr6 married, in 1876, Miss Florence Marie Robberds, of Man-Chester, and leaves a family of one daughter and four sons, twoof whom, Frederick and Percy, are now carrying on his work forthe Home Office. He was of a striking personality, of mediumheight, but very powerfully built, with a massive head and brow,and must have possessed an iron constitution. As a young manhe was a skiIled fencer and swimmer.He was of somewhat excitabletemperament, but had a most kindly disposition. Although not afluent speaker, he was impressive from his obvious sincerity, andthe thorough knowledge he displayed. He therefore made an excel-lent expert witness, and was more than once complimented in Courton his straightforward evidence. I n controversy he was unsparingwhere facts were concerned, and a t times intensely sarcastic.Although almost wholly devoted to chemistry, his mind foundmany other outlets. He was a great student of history, and hisquite remarkable memory was frequently exemplified in conversaOR1 TU AR P .2275tion on this subject. He was also exceptionally well read in generalas well as in scientific literature, both English and German, andamassed a large collection of books. Among other hobbies hepursued astronomy and photography. His mind, indeed, seemsrarely to have been idle; he had a perfect passion for work, and,except for a few weeks' holiday annually, he never relaxed. Thereis little doubt that a t one time, about 1591, he overstrained hisbrain, and was obliged for some months to take a complete rest,which, fortunately, restored him to renewed energy. Like manygreat men, he was of a modest and retiring nature, and probably butfew of his contemporaries have realised the magnitude and varietyof the work he accomplished during fifty years of almost unceasingac tivi t y .H.T\'ILSON HARE.JOHN CLARK, PH.D., F.I.C.EORN 1844; DIED JULY ~ T H , 1907.DR. CLARK was born in 1844, being the only son of John Clark, asolicitor of eminence in the City of Glasgow. He received hiseducation in the classics a t Glasgow University, and during hisperiod of study there acquired a taste for chemistry and becamea pupil in the laboratory of the late Dr. Frederick Penny, who wassuccessor to Graham., Ure, and Gregory in the Chair of Chemistryof Anderson's College, now incorporated in the Glasgow and Westof Scotland Technical College. He subsequently proceeded t o theUniversity of GBttingen, where he worked with Fittig andWohler, gaining the degree of Doctor of Philosophy for a disserta-tion on amidovalerianic acid. He also studied for a session a tHeidelberg under Bunsen, and afterwards worked in Paris for ninemonths in the laboratory of Prof.Payen a t the Conservatoiredes Arts et Metiers. At the still early age of twenty-three hereturned to Glasgow, where he was for three years senior assistanta t the Andersonian College to his old teacher, Penny, acting as hissubstitute during the illness which ended in Penny's death. I n1870 he joined his friends, Mr. Tatlock and the late Dr. Wallace, informing the widely-known firm of Wallace, Tatlock and Clark, who,in addition to their analytical practice, carried on a very successfulprivate school of technical chemistry. For some years Dr. Clarkalso lectured on chemistry in the Medical School of the RoyalInfirmary a t Glasgow.I n 1888 the original partnership was dis-solved by the retirement from the firm of Mr. Tatlock, who estala2276 0 RITU A R V.lished the separate practice which he still carries on in conjunctionwitlli Nr. R. T. Thomson; and the deatlh of Dr. Wallace left Dr.Clark in sole chargc of the laboratory of the original firm a t 138,Bath Street, until his son and survivor, Mr. R. M. Clark, hecnnicqualified, a few years since, to join his father in partnership.Dr. Clark’s contributions to chemical literature were many, beingalmost wholly directed to the practical advancement of analyticalchemistry. I n the AnuZ?j.st only one paper appears to have beenpublished, namely, one on the “ Composition of Dutch Butter,” 1901.I n the Journal of the Chemical Society he published the follow-ing papers : -‘( Estlimation of Phosphoric Acid with Nitrate ofSilver,” 1888 ; Separation of Arsenic, Antimony, and Tin,” 1892 ;“The Use of Sodium Peroxide as an Analytical Reagent,” 1893;Fleitman’s Test with Arsenic Acid,” 1893 ; ‘ I Improvements inReinsch’s Test for Arsenic,” 1893.In the Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry : - f f Com-position of Tobacco,” 1884 ; “ New Method of Estimating Sulphurin Pyrites,” 1885; “New Method of Estimating Arsenic inPyrites,” 1887 ; ‘( Alloys of Aluminium,” 1887 and 1891 ; “ Trans-vaalite, a New Cobalt Mineral,” 1890; ‘‘ Analysis of Copper, &c.,”1900 ; “ Separation of Bismuth from Lead,” 1900 ; “ Direct Estima-tion of Arsenic in Minerals, Metals, &c.,” 1891 ; “Estimation ofChromium in Steel,” 1892 ; ‘‘ Estimation of Chromium in Ferro-Chromium and Steel,” 1892 ; “ Determirmtion of Arsenic in Alka-line Solution,J’ 1893; ‘( Estimation of Nickel and Zinc asPhosphate,” 1896 ; ‘‘ Estimation of Antimony in Ores andMetals,” 1896.I n the Journal of the Philosophical Society of Glasgow : -“ Action of Phosphuretted Hydrogen on the Animal Organisms,”1879; “Volumetric Process for the Estimation of Cobalt andNickel,” 1883; ‘‘ A New Process for the Estimation of Nickel andCobalt,” 1883.I n the Chemical News :-(‘ Estimation of Chromium,” 1871.Among the public appointments he held were the Public Analyst-ships for the counties of Lanark and Renfrew, and the burghs ofAyr, Kilmarnock, Girvan, Dumbarton, Kinning Park, Motherwell,Partick, Barrhead, Paisley, Renfrew, and Dornoch, and for theCity of Glasgow, the last-named appointment being held con jointlywith Mr. Tatlock and Mr.Harris.A t the time of his death Dr. Clark was President of the Associa-tion of Public Analysts of Scotland, as well as of the parent Societyof Public Analysts, and a member of the Council of the Instituteof Chemistry, and he had filled the office of Chairman of tlheScottish Section of the gociety of Chemical IndustryOBITUARY. 2277His acquisition of French and German a t an early age enabledhim t o read, write, and speak these languages with facility, and tokeep himself abreast of. the chemical literature of the Continent.Although fully occupied in his professional life, he found timeand opportunity for physical recreation of various kinds, golfing,bowling, and angling, in all of which he excelled, and in thiscapacity received presidential honours from the clubs and associa-tions with which he was connected. During his German Universitystudent days he was a sufficiently orthodox student to earn thereputation of a keen duellist, and in moments of early reminiscencehe was still proud of the scars which constituted the lastingtrophies of this mimic but sanguinary warfare.His adventures inthis direction must be put down to his love of sport rather than t oany natural tendency to quarrel, for his disposition was one of thekindliest and most genial, and his bright face and physically hand-some presence will be long missed in the circles in which he per-sonally moved.Few, probably, have gained greater respect thanhc commanded, both within his profession and in the eye of thcpublic, and the loss of his friendship, as well as of his ever-readyadvice and assistance, will be widely felt.R. R. TATLOCK.FREDERICK JAMES MONTAGUE PAGE.BOJiK JUNE 27’I’H, 1848 ; DIED AUG. 1 6 ~ ~ , 1907.FREDE~ZICK JAMES MONTAGUE PAGE was born a t Chelmsford 011June 27th, 1848, being an only child. When he was eight yearsold he came to London with his parents, and in due course enteredthe City of London School, at that time in Milk Street. Whilethere, he carried off many prizes and medals, and obtained the‘’ John Carpenter ” Scholarship.In 1866, when eighteen years ofagc, he gained an exhibition to the ’Royal School of Mines, wherclie studied under Huxley, Tyndall, Frankland, and Percy. Thcfollowing year he was first in chemistry and in physics, and a t thcclosc of his three years’ training, 1869, he took the associateshipof the Royal School of Mines, again passing first in chemistry andiirst; in physics. He took his final B.Xc. London in the same year,having passed the preliminary’ (first class) in 1868 with honours inchemistry and ‘‘ natural philosophy.”His first appointment on leaving the Royal School of Mines wasthat of assistant gas examiner to the Corporation of the City o fLondon, but in 1870 he went to Dr. Thudichuiii as his assistant,where he was occupied for about three years in chemid researc2278 OBITUARY,undertaken for the Medical Department of the Privy Council.I n1873 he left Dr. Thudichum to become the assistant of Dr. BurdonSanderson, first at the Brown Institute and subsequently atUniversity College, remaining with him until the year 1883, whenhe was appointed lecturer in physics and demonstrator in prac-tical chemistry to the London Bospital-appointments he held a tthe time of his death. During the winter of 1879 and 1880 hedelivered courses of lectures on physics and chemistry a t theRoyal Gardens, Kew, and from 1880 to 1906 he gave lectures onchemistry and physics at the establishment of the well-knowntutors, Messrs. Wren and Gurney. He was for two years assistantexaminer in physiology at London University, and also held anexaminership a t the Society of Apothecaries.Page was with the writer of this obituary at the Birminghammeeting of the Society of Chemical Industry in July, 1907, and thenseemed to be in bad health, but put aside the suggestion that heshould consult a medical man.I n August he went to Weymouthfor a holiday, and, being an excellent swimmer and fond of thesport, he went into the sea, but became unconscious and wasbrought ashore. He was attended by three resident physicians,and his colleague, Dr. Head, of the London Hospital, also camedown to see him, but he never recovered consciousness, and died ofcerebral hzmorrhage on August 16tb, 1907, ten days after theattack.His contributions to science were more pliysiological thancheinical; amongst them are a paper “ On the Specific Heats ofMixtures of Ethyl Alcohol and Water,” published in the I’hiZ.Tj-am., 1869, p.591, in collaboration with Dr. A. Dupr6; one “ Onthe Influence of Surrounding Temperature on the Discharge ofCarbonic Acid in the Dog ” ; and four papers in conjunction withSir Burdon Sanderson, one being “On Mechanical Effects and onthe Electrical Disturbance Consequent on Excitation of the Leafof Dionaa m,uscipula,” Proc. Roy. Soc., 1877, 25, 4, and the otherspublished in Yroc. Roy. Soc., 1877, 25, 411; 1878, 27, 410; 1880,30, 373; and in J . Physiol., 2, p. 384, “ On Escitatory Processeson the Ventricle of the Heart of the Frog.” His only contribu-tion to our Journal was in 1876, i, p.24, describing a simple gasregulator for thermostats. I n conjunction with Dr. Luff he pro-duced a “Manual of Chemistry” and also a text-book on‘’ Elementary Physics.’’He served on t%e Council of the Chemical Society, and five timeson the Council of the Institute of Chemistry. He was also amember of the Society of Chemical Industry and of thePliysiological SocietyOBITUARY. 2279He was an enthusiastic musician, no mean performer on thepiano, and in his younger days had a fine tenor voice-this wassweet and sympathetic even up to the time of his decease.He was a staunch Churchman, and member formerly of thechoir of St. Martin’s-in-the-Fields, and subsequently of St. Peter’s,Eaton Square. He loved (( part singing,” and was for many yearsa member of the well-known “Moray Minstrels” and also of the“City Glee Club,” of which he had been elected president shortlybefore his death. He was a member of the John Carpenter Club,holding the office of president in 1902.As a man, all those who knew him well held him in highesteem, he was ever ready to do a kindness, and that not merely tohis intimate friends; his genial manner, ready wit, and sterlinggood sense will long live in the memory of many of us.C. E. G.SIR DAVID GAMBLE, BART., K.C.B.BORN YEB. 3RD, 1823 ; DIED FEB. 4TH, 1907.SIR DAVID GAMBLE, Bart,, E.C.B., was born on February 3rd,1823, in Dublin. His father, Josias Christopher Gamble, wasdescended from an Ayrshire family, which removed to Lisbellaw,near Enniskillen, in 1620. Jos. C. Gamble removed with his familyt n Lancashire in 1828 to find a suitable site for chemical works.This lie found a t St. Helens, on the banks of the St. Helens Canal.David Gamble went to school a t Cowley Hill, St. Helens, kept bya Mr, Morley, and afterwards a t Runcorn. On leaving school hestudied chemistry a t University College, London, under ThomasGraham, and afterwards a t the Andersonian Institution, Glasgow.While ig Glasgow he niade the acquaintance of the Tennant family,with whom the firm had business relations. In 1842, a t the age ofnineteen, he joined his father’s firm, which then became Jos. C .Gamble & Son.Mr. Gamble was preparing bleach at the Gerards Bridge Works,but the anxieties connected with the disputed validity of one ofhis patents, added to the claims continually made by landownersand agriculturists on account of damage done by escaping hydro-chloric acid, had so told on his health that David on coming intothe firm almost immediately assumed charge. I n 1846 the firm wasGamble, Son and Sinclair, and very soon afterwards became againJos. C. Gamble & Son. A t this time they manufactured alum, aswell as the products usually made at alkali works. The firm wasone of the first and largest to manufacture Epsom salts on a larg2280 OBITUA BYscale from carbonate of magnesia imported from Greece. Thiswas, about the 'sixties, much used for weighting calico.David Gamble married Elizabeth Haddock, in 1847, and residednear to the works, ultimately building the mansion " Windlehurst "in 1860. His eldest son, Josias Christopher Gamble, the secondbaronet, who died soon after succeeding to the title, joined thefirm in 1867, which was a t that time the first to carry outWeldon's process for the recovery of manganese on a largeindustrial scale. The firm was now Jos. C. Gamble & Son.They were also one of the first to make potassium chlorate on alarge scale, and about 1869 they bought the I'iardshaw BrookWorks, where they manufactured chiefly saltcake, bleach, andpotassium chlorate. They also manufactured for a short timechlorates of barium, aluminium, etc. The firm carried on operationson a very large and important scale with increasing success, andwhen the United Alkali Co., Ltd., was formed, in 1890, there wassome difficulty in inducing Messrs. Jos. C. Gamble and Son to join.However, in 1891 they joined the United Alkali Co., which thussecured a practical monopoly in Great Britain of alkali manufac-ture and kindred industries.Sir David Gamble was one of the most active members of thecommittee which raised funds for the establishment of the Volun-teer force in St. Helens in 1859 and 1860. He was captain of thefirst company, and as the force grew he was promoted to be major,in which capacity he served so earnestly and with so much skill thatthis force became one of the best equipped and trained units inthe country. Ultimately he became 1ieut.-colonel. It was hisgcnerosity which provided a drill-hall and parade-ground ; inshort, he provided in every way for the efficiency of the 47thLancashire Volunteers during the twenty-seven years that he was itscommanding officer. He retired in 1887, becoming honorarycolonel. He was also very fond of the sea, which he enjoyed inhis own yacht. He was a leading member of the Royal MerseyYacht Club for forty-nine years, becoming vice-commodore in 1873and commodore in 1882, a position which he retained until hisdeath in 1907. Residing as he did near St. Helens, in the midstof a community almost entirely engaged in manufactures, he paid agreat deal of attention to organising and improving the conditioiiof the town and its inhabitants. Taking a leading part in obtain-ing the Improvement Act, 1845, he became Chairman of thcImproveiiient Commissioners, and when in 1868 St. Helens wasincorporated, Colonel Gamble became fhc first mayor, a position towhich he was re-elected twice in successive years. He was alsowayor iu 1882-3, and again in 1886-7OBITUARY. 2281On the occasion of Queen Victoria’s Jubilee in 1887 he was madeCommander of the Bath. He was created a baronet in 1897 andK.C.B. in 1904.Sir David Gamble took a leading part in the foundation of theUniversity College, Liverpool, which afterwards became theUniversity of Liverpool. He not only contributed liberally andrepeatedly to its funds, but devoted time and attention to itsinterests as a member of the Court of Governors as well asprivately. His interests were not confined to the Chemical Depart-ment, although to it he was on many occasions a good friend. Hewas always willing in the most courteous way to listen to appeals,whether for help or advice, and many important advances weredue in great measure to his wisdom, his sympathy, and hisgenerosity.In 1868 Sir D. Gamble built the Windle Schools a t Cowley Hill,St. Helens. He was a governor of Cowley Schools, and promotedthe extension of these schools, and also built and equipped a high-class technical school and free libray for St. Helens, known as theGamble Institute.During sixty-four years of active industrial and public life, SirDavid Gamble was characterised by the great consideration andcourtesy which he extended to everyone with whom he had to doeither in a public or private capacity. Possessed of great ability,he spent his energies more for others than for himself. Histhoughtful care for the workpeople around him led him intoschemes for their benefit far too many to be enumerated. Hiswork and gifts were bestowed in the most unostentatious manner.Besides his activity in the public service as a magistrate and other-wise, his business ability made him a valued director of Parr’s Bankfrom its foundation, and of other companies. He was a partner iniron works at Ditton. He and Mr. Henry Deacon built and startedthe works a t Widnes which became the Tharsis Sulphur and Copperworks there.And when, on February 4th, 1907, the day after his eighty-fourthbirthday, he passed away full of years and still active, the wholecommunity of St. Helens, the County of Lancashire, and innumer-able friends far beyond the boundaries of the county felt that theyhad suffered an irreparable loss.J. CAMPBELL BROWN

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302214

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

INDEX OF AUTHORS’ NAMES.TRANSACTIONS A N D PROCEEDINGS. 1908.(Marked T. and P. respectively.)COMPILED BY MARGARET D. DOUGAL.a.Allmand, Arthur Johit. See HenryGeorge Denham.Applebey, Malcolm Percival. See HaroldKartley.Auld, Samuel James Mansow, the hydro-lysis of amggdalin by emulsin. PartsI. and II., T., 1251, 1276; P., 97,181.Austin, Percy Corlctt, the synthesis ofcomplex acridines, T., 1760 ; P., 200.Austin, Percy Corlett. See also AIfTedSenier.B.Baddiley, James. See Arthur GeorgeQreen.Ball, Waller Craven, the slow decom-position of ammonium chromate, di-chromate, and trichromate by heat,P., 136.Baly, Edward Charles Cyril, John Xor-man Collie, and Herbert EdmestonWatson, the relation between absorp-tion spectra and chemical constitution.Part XIII.Sonie pyrones and alliedcompounds, P., 268.Baly, Edward Charles Cyril, and CecilBenry Desch, the relation betweenabsorption spectra and chemical con-stitution. Part IX. The nitroso- andnitro-groups, T., 1747 ; P., 173.Baly, Edward Charles Cyril, and (illiss)E f i Gwendoline Marsden, the relationbetween absorption spectra and chenii-cal constitution. Part XII. Someamico-aldehydes and -ketones of thearomatic series, T., 2108 ; P., 235 ;discussion, P., 236.Baly, Edward Charles Cyril, and KonradSchaefer, the relation between absorp-tion spectra and chemical constitution.Part X. Unsaturated acids of thebenzene series, T., i806 ; P., 207.XCIII.Baly, Edward Charles Cyril, and Wil-liam Bradshaw Tuck, the relation be-tween absorption spectra and chemicalconstitution.Part XI. Some aromatichydrocarbons, T., 1902 ; Y., 223.Barger, George, the action of thionylchloride and of phosphorus penta-chloride on the methylene ethers ofcatechol derivatives, T., 563 ; P.,50.the action of phosphorus pentachlorideon the methylene ethers of catecholderivatives. Part 111. The cycliccarbonates of dichloro-ethyl- and-propyl-catechol, T., 2081 ; P., 237.Barger, George, and Arthur James Ewins,the action of thionyl chloride on themethylene ethers of catechol deriva-tives. Part 11. Piperonyloin, pi-peril, and hydropiperoin, T., 735 ;P., 60.the synthesis of thionaphthen deriva-tives from styrenes and thionylchloride, T., 2086 ; P., 237.Barker, Thomas Vipond, note on theiodates and periodates of the alkalimetals and the ammonium radicle,T., 15.Barlow, William, and William JacksonPope, on polymorphism, with especialreference to sodium nitrate and calciumcarbonate, T., 1528 ; P., 193.Barnett, Edward de Barry, and SamuelSmiles, note on phenolic thetines andtheir action with benzoyl chloride,P., 123.Barrett, Ernest, and Arthur Lapworth,the influence of acids and alkalis onthe velocity of formation of acetoxime,T., 85.Barrowcliff, Marmaduke, Frank Lee Py-man, and Frederic George Percy Rem-fry, aromatic arsonic acids, T., 1893 jP., 229.7 2284 INDEX OF A‘LTTHORS.Bengough, Guy Dumtan, a method forthe measuremeut of rate of change insolid alloys ; preliminary note, P.,145.Bentley, William Henry, and CharlesWeizmann, researches on the anthra-quinones, T., 435 ; P., 5’2.Berry, Leslie Handton, the products ofreduction of azoxybenzene ; pre-liminary note, P., 211.Best, Stanley Robert, and Jocelyn FieldThorpe, the formation and reactionsof imino-compounds.Part VII. Theformation of 1 :3-naphthyleiiedianiinefrom 8-imino-a-cyano-y-phenylprop-ane, P., 283.Blackman, Philip, a new method of de-termining vapour densities. Part I.,P., 8.Bone, William Arthur, and HubertFrank Coward, the thermal decom-position of hydrocarbons. Part I.[Methane, ethane, ethylene, andacetylene], T., 1197 ; P., 167 ; dis-cussion, P., 168.the direct union of carbon and hydro-gen; synthesis of methane, T.,1975 ; I?., 222 ; discussion, P., 222.Bousdeld, William Bobert, a new formof pyknometer, T., 679 ; P., 69.Boyd, David Runciman, and ErnestRobert Marle, the condensation of epi-chlorohydrin with phenols, T., 838 ;P., 92.Briggs, Samuel Henry Clllfford, the con-stitution of co-ordinated compounds,T., 1564; P., 94.Brill, Otto, and (Miss) Clare de BreretonEvans, the use of the micro-balancefor the determination of electrochemicalequivalents and for the measnrenientsof densities of solids, T., 1442 ; P.,185.Brislee, Francis Joseph, the velocity of re-duction of the oxides of lead, cadmiurn,and bismuth by carbon monoxide, andthe existence of the suboxides of thesemetals, T., 154.Burt, Frank Playfair.See Aobcrt Whyt-law Gray.Buttle, Bertram Haward, and John Theo-dore Hewitt, solubility of silver chlor-ide in mercuric nitrate solution, T.,1405 ; P., 173.C.Cain, John Cannell, para- and mcta-nitrosoacetanilide, T., 681 ; P., 78.note on the oxidation of phenylhydr-azine by Caro’s acid, P., 76.Cain, John Cannell, and Frank Nicoll,note on the determination of the rateof chemical change by measurement ofthe gases evolved, P., 282 ; discussion,P., 282.Cameron, Alexander Thomas, and (Sir)WilZia?nRamsay, the chemical actionof radium emanation.Part 111. Onwater and certain gases, T., 966 ;P., 132.the chemical action of radium emana-tion. Part IV. On water, T., 992 ;P., 133.Campbell, Norman Phillips. See BaroldChapman, David Leonard. See HerbertChattaway, Frederick Daniel, the oxida-tion of aromatic hydrazines by me-tallic oxides, permanganstes, andchromates, T., 270; P., 10.the quantitative conversion of aromatichydrazines into diazonium salts, T.)852 ; P., 74.a new general method of preparingdiazonium bromides, T., 958 ; P.,93.the constitution of the diazonium per-bromides, Y., 172.an alternative structure for the sup-posed stereoisomeric a-osazones, P.,175.Chick, (Niss) Frances, and NormanThomas Nortimer Wilemore, acetyl-keten; a polgmeride of keten, T.,946; P., 100.Clark, John, obituary notice of, T., 2275.Clarke, Herbert Eilnzund, and DmidLeonard Chapman, the measurementof a homogeneous chemical change ina gas ; (the thermal decomposition ofozone), T., 1638 ; P., 190.Clarke, figinald William Lane, ArthurLapworth, and Elkan Wechsler, con-densation of ketones containing thegroup *CH;CO.CH : with esters inpresence of sodium ethoxide, T.,30.Clayton, Arthur, the residual affinity ofthe conmnrins and thiocoumarins asshown by their additive compounds,T., 524 ; P., 26.the coumarin condensation, T., 2016 ;P., 229.Clough, George William.See Alex-ander McKenzie.Cocksedge, Herbert Ed~oin, telluriumboron tliiocyanate, T., 2177 ; P., 270.Cohen, Julius Berelid. See WilliamErnest Cross,Hartle y.Edmund Clarke.some reactions of keten, P., 77.dicyanide, T., 2176 ; P., 269INDEX OF AUTHORS. 228.5Colefax, Arthur, the action of potassiumsulphite on potassium tetrathionate inaqueous solution, T., 798.Collie, John Norman.See EdwardCharles Cyril Baly.Cooke, William Ternent. See EdwardHenry Rennie.Coward, Hz6bert Frank. See WilliamArthur Bone.Creeth, Norman Allen, and Jocelyn FieldThorpe, the action of bromine on 8-hydrindone, T., 1507 ; P., 192.Crewdson, (Miss) Mary 5: See JamesFrederick Spencer.Crompton, Holland, and (Mrs.) EraRichardis Cyriax , 4-chloroacenaphth-ene, P., 241.Cross, William Ernest, and Julizu Be-rend Cohen, the use of pyridine basesas halogen carriers, P,, 15.Crossley, Arthur Willia?rz, and CharlesGilling, hydroaromatic ketones ;preliminary note, P., 130.hydroaromatic ketones. Part I. Syn-thesis of trimethylcyclohexenone(isophorone) and some homolognes,P., 281.Crossley, Arthur William, and (Miss)Nora Renouf, substituted dihydro-benzenes. Part 11.1:l-Dimethyl-A2:4-dihydrobenzene and 1:l-di-methyl-~l~:~-dihydrobenzene, T., 629 ;nitro-derivatives of o-xylene ; prc-liminary note, p., 58.Cumming, A lexander Charles, malacone,a silicate of zirconium, T., 350; P., 28.Cunningham, (Miss) Xary, and Fred-erick Molluo Perkin, studies on thecobaltinitrites, P., 212.Cyriax, (Mrs.) Eva Richardis. SeeHolland Crompton.P., 59. ’D.Dawson, Harry Medforth, the forinationof polyiodides in nitrobenzene solution.Part 111. The chemical dissociation ofthe polyiodides of the alkali nietnlsand ammonium radicles, T., 1308 ; P.,181.Dawson, Harry firedforth, and Coli?tGyrth Jackson, the influence offoreign substances on transitiontemperatures and the detcrininationof molecular weights, T., 344 ; P., 26.the formation of polyiodides in nitro-benzene solution.Part IV. Theelectrolytic dissociation of the poly-iodides of the alkali metals andammonium radicles, T., 2063 ; P.,213.Denham, Henry George, the electrometricdetermination of the hydrolysis ofsalts, T., 41.the existence in aqueous solution of aunivalent cadmium ion, a subvalentthallium ion, and a bivalent bismuthion, T., 833 ; P., 76.Denham, Henry George, and Arthur JohnAllmand, anomalous behaviour of thehydrogen electrode in solutions of leadsalts, and the existence of univalentlcad ions in aqueous solutions, T., 424 ;I’., 14.Desch, Cecil Henry. See EdwardCharles Cyril Baly.Divers, Edward, decomposition of hypo-nitious acid, I’., 16.the action between potassium sulphiteand potassium pentathionate, P., 122.Dixon, Augustw Edward, and JohnTaylor, acylogens and thiosarb-amides, T., 18.the constitution of “ thiocyanates ”containiiig an electronegative group,T., 684 ; P., 73.study of the constitution and pro-perties of the rhodanides of in-organic radicles, T., 2148 ; P., 238.DorBe, Charles, and John AddynianGardner, cholestenone, T., 1328 ;P., 173.coprosterol.Part I., T., 1625 ; P., 196.Dunstan, Albert Ernest, and JamesArthur Stubbs, the relation betweenviscosity and chemical constitution.Part 111. The enol-ketonic tautomer-ism, T., 1919 ; P., 224.Dunstan, Albert Ernest, and FerdinandBernard Thole, the viscosity ofaqueous pyridine solutions, T., 561 ;I?., 59 ; discussion, P., 59.the relation between viscosity andchemical Constitution. Part 11.Theexistence of raceinic compounds inthe liquid state, T., 1815 ; P., 213.Dunstan, Albert Ernest. and Xobert Wil-liam Wilson, the viscosity of fumingsulphuric acid, T., 2179 ; P., 270 ;discussion, P., 270.Dunstan, Albert Ernest. See also GeorgeYoung.Dunstan, Wyndham Rozuland, mercuriczinc cyanide ; a correction, P., 135.Dupr6, August, obituary notice of, T.,2269.E.Engels, Paul, William Renry Perkin,j m . , and Robert Robinson, brazilin,h~!matoxylin, and their derivatives.Part IX. 011 brazilein, hzematein,and their derivatives, T., 111 5 ; P., 142286 INDEX OF AUTHORS.Evans, (Miss) Clare de Brereton, tracesof a new tin-group element in thorian-ite, T., 666 ; P., 60.Evans, (Miss) Clare de Brereton.Seealso Otto Brill.Everatt, Reginald William, the effectof constitution on the optical activityof nitrogen compounds, T., 1225 ; P.,148.Everatt, Eeginald William, and Eunz-phrcy Owen Jones, the effect of con-stitution on the rotatory power ofoptically active nitrogen compounds.Part III., T., 1789 ; P., 212.Everatt, Beginald William. See alsoKennedy Joseph PrevilS Orton.Ewins, Arthur James. See GeorgeBarger.F.Faraday, Michael, presentation of bustof, by Professor Emerson Reynolds,P., 233.Fawsitt, Charles Edward, the viscosityof solutions, T., 1004 ; P., 121.viscosity determinations a t high teni-peratures, T., 1299 ; P., 146.Fenton, Henry John Horstman, titani-dihydroxymalic acid, and the detectionof titanium, T., 1064 ; P., 133.Fierz, Hans Eduard.See Nartin Om-low Forster.Finnemore, Horace, the constituents ofCanadian hemp. Part I, Apo-cynin, T., 1513 ; P., 171.a new synthesis of apocynin, T., 1520 ;P., 171.Fisher, Kenneth, and William HenryPerkin,. jun., experiments on thesynthesis of the terpenes. Part I.(continued). Resolution of d l - l -methyl-~i-cyclohexene-4-carboxylicacid and synthesis of the opticallyactive modifications of terpineol, T.,1871 ; P., 228.experiments on the synthesis of the ter-penes. Part XIII. Synthesis of iso-carvestrene (Ae8(9)-m-menthadicne)and its derivatives, T., 1876 ; P.,228.Fitzgerald, E&ward, and Arthur Lap-worth, ester catalysis and a moditi-cation of the theory of acids, T.,2163 ; P., 274.experiments on the formation anti hy-drolysis of esters, metals, and alliedcompounds ; preliminary note, P.,153.Flaschner, Otto, and Basil MacEwen,the mutnal solubility of 2-inethvl-piperidine and water, T., 1000 ; P.,119.Fleming, Robert, See Frank GeorgePope.Fliirscheim, Bernhard, the chlorinationof para-nitronniline, T., 1772 ; P., 211.Fliirscheim, Bernhard, and TheodorSimon, the reduction of aromatic nitro-compounda to azoxy-derivatives inacid solution, T., 1463.Forster, Martin Onslow, and HmsEduard Fierz, the triazo-group.Part 1.Triazoacetic acid and tri-azoacetone (acetonylazoimide), T.,72.the triazo-group.Part 11. Azoimidesof propionic ester and of methylethyl ketone, T., 669 ; P., 54.the triazo-group. Part IV. Allylazo-imide, T., 1174 ; P., 143.the triazo-group. Part V. Resolu-tion of a-triazopropionic acid, T.,1859 ; P., 226.the triazo-group. Part VI. Triazo-ethyl alcohol and triazoacetalde-hyde, T., 1865; P., 227.Forster, Martin Onslow, Hans EduardFierz, and Walter Philip Joshua, thetriazo-group. Part 111. Bistriazo- de-rivatives of ethane and of aceticester, T., 1070 ; P., 102.Forster, Murtin Onslow, and HenryHolmes, studiesin the camphane series.Part XXV. Action of diazomethaneon the two modifications of isonitroso-camphor, T., 242 ; P., 8 ; discussion,Fox, John Jacob, and John TheodoreHewitt, constitution and colour ofazo-compounds.Part 11. The saltsof para-hydroxyazo-compounds withacids, T., 333; P., 6; discussion, P., 7.Friend, John Albert Newton, valency,T., 260; P., 14.a criticism of Werner's theory and theconstitution of complex salts, T.,P., 9.'1006 ; P., 122.G.Gamble, (Sir) David, obituary notice of,Gardner, John Addyman. See Charlesaardner, Wubter Myers, and HerbertHenry Hodgson, the action of re-ducing agents on tannic and gallicacids, P., 212.the action of iodine on phenols and amodified process for the estimationof tannic acid, P., 273.Gazdar, ( J s s ) illaud, and Sa?nueZSmiles, the interaction of hydrogendioxide a d sulphides, T., 1833; P.,21 6.T., 2279.DorBeINDEX OF AUTHORS.2287Gebhard, Norman Leslie, a simple mano-meter for vacuum distillation, P. ,51.Gibson, Charles Stanley, some molecularcompounds of styphnic and picric acids,T., 2098 : P., 241.Gilling, Charles. See Arthur WilliamCrossley.Gilmour, Robert. See James ColquhounIrvine.Gittins, James Mylam. See JohnJoseph Sudborough.Glover, Walter Hamis, a-methylcamphorand fenchone, T., 1285 ; P., 151.Godden, William, condensation productsfrom aminopinenedicarboxylic acid, T. ,1171 ; P., 144.Gortner, Ross Aitken. See WilliamRobert Lang.Goulding, Ernest, and Eussell GeorgePelly, a new isomeride of vanillinoccurring in the root of a species ofChlorocodon ; preliminary note, P.,62.the volatile oil of the leaves of Ocimumviride; preliminary note, P., 63.Gray, Robert Whytlaw, and Frank Play-Jair Burt, the relative atomic weightsof hydrogen and chlorine, P., 215.Green, Arthur George, constitution ofthe salts of the phthaleins and thecause of colour in the triphenylmethaneseries, P., 206 ; discussion, P., 206.Green, Arthur George, and James Baddi-ley, the colouring matters of the stilb-ene group.Part V. The action ofcaustic alkalis on derivatives of para-nitrotoluene, T., 1721 : P., 201.Green, William Heber, studies on theviscosity and conductivity of someaqueous solutions. Part I. Solu-tions of sucrose, hydrogen chloride,and lithium chloride, T., 2023 ; P.,187.studies on the viscosity and conduc-tivity of some aqueous solutions.Part 11. Mixtures of solutions ofsucrose and lithium chloride; acontribution towards the elucidationof the connexion between ionicmobility and the fluidity of thesolntion, T., 2049 ; P., 187.Greenwood, Harold Cecil, the reductionof refractory oxides by carbon, T.,1483; P., 188.the production of ferro-alloys, 7'.,1496; P., 189.Gregory, Arnold Willi'am, a colori-metric method ior the determinationof small percentages of iron in copperalloys, T., 93.a new test for silver, P., 125.H.Harden, Arthur, and William JohqzYoung, the fermeiitation of mannoseand lzvulose by yeast juice; pre-liminary note, p., 116 ; discussion, p.,116.Harding, Victor John, JVulter Norma?&Haworth, and WiZLiam Henry Perkin,j s ~ n . , experiments on the synthesis of1-methylcyclohexylidene-4-acetic acid.Part II., T., 1943 ; P., 230.Hartley, Harold, and Norman PhillipsCampbell, the solubility of iodine inwater, T., 741 ; P., 58.Hartley, Hurold, Norman Phillips Camp-bell, and Begimld Hollzday Poole, thepreparation of conductivity water, T.,428 ; P., 47 ; discussion, P., 48.Hartley, Harold, Bernard Mouat Jones,and George Adrian Hutchinson, thespontaneous crystallisation of sodiumsulphate solutions, T., 825 ; P., 70.Hartley, Harold, Noel Garrod Thomas,and Malcolm Perciral Applebey, somephysico-chemical properties of mixturesof pyridine and water, T., 538 ; P.,22 ; discussion, P., 22.Hartley, Walter Noel, the absorptionspectrum of camphor, T., 961 ; P.,120.the nature of the impurity found inpreparations of triphenylmethane,the constitution of p-benzoquinone,P., 285.Hartley, Walter Noel, and Alfred God-frey Gordon Leonard, the absorptionspectra of p-benzoquinone, quinol, andquinhydrone in the state of vapour andin solution, P., 284.Haworth, Walter Norman, and William.Henry Perkin, jzcn. , experiments onthe synthesis of the terpenes. PartXII. Synthesis of terpins, terpineois,and terpenes derived from methyliso-propylcyclopentanes, Me-C,I18-CHMe,,T., 5 i 3 ; P., 64.Haworth, Walter Norman. See alsoVictor John Harding.Hay, James Gordon. See Xaphael Meldola.Heilbron, Isidore Morris. See GeorgeGerald Henderson.Henderson, George Gerald, and IsidoreMorris Heilbron, contributions t o thechemistry of the terpenes.Part 111.Some oxidation products of pinene, T.,288 ; P., 31.Hewitt, John Theodore. See BertramHaward Buttle and John Jacob Fox.Higgin, Alfred James. See EdwadHenry Rennie.P., 942285 INDEX OF AUTHORS.Hilditch, Thomus Percy, the relationbetween unsaturation and opticalactivity. Part I. The menthyl andbornyl esters of B-phenylpropionic,cinnamic, and phenylpropiolic acids,T., 1.the relation between unsaturation andoptical activity. Part 11. Alkaloidsalts of corresponding saturated andunsaturated acids, T.: 700 ; P., 61.the relation between nnsaturation audoptical activity. Part 111. Opti-cally active salts of acids containingadjacent unsaturated groups, T.,1388 ; P., 186.aromatic a-disulphones, T., 1524 ; P.,192.the relation between unsaturation andoptical activity.Part IV. Therelative influence of bi-, quadri-,and sexa-valent sulphur on rotatorypower, T., 1618 ; P., 195.note on the optical rotatory power ofmeiithyl cinnamate, P., 286.Hilditch, Thomas Percy, and SamwelSmiles, aromatic selenonium bases, T. ,1384.Hilditch, Thomas Percy. See alsoXainuel Smiles.Hill, ArtJwr EdKin, a new form of gasburette, T., 1857 ; P., 210.a combined stopcock and capillary con-necting tube for gas burettes, P.,95.a new form of potash bulb, P., 182.Hill, John Robertshaw. See HuaiphreyOwen Jones.Hodgson, Herbert Henyy. See WalterMyers Gardner.Holmes, Henry. See Martin OnslowForster.Holt, AIfred, jun,, the decomposition ofcarbon dioxide by the silent electyicdischarge, P., 271.Homer, (Miss) Annie, and John EdtmrdPurvis, the study of the absorptionspectra of the hydrocarbons isolatedfrom the products of the action ofaluminium chloride on naphthalene,T., 1319 ; P., 147.Hooton, William Marrs, the decomposi-tion of ammonium dichromate by heat,P., 27.Hutchinson, George Adrian.See HaroldHartley.I.Inglis, John Kenneth Barold, and (Miss)Lottie Emzily Knight, the conductivi-ties of the a-oximino-€atty acids, T.,1595 ; P., 191.Inglis, John Kenneth Harold, and FredWootton, the electrolytic chlorinationof the salts of organic acids, T., 1592 ;I'., 174.Irvine, Jctmes Colquhouit, and RobertQilmour, the constitution of glucosederivatives. Part I. Glucose-anilide,-oxime, and -hydrazone, T., 1429 ; P.,186.Irvine, James ColquJLoun, and David I\bc. Nicoll, the condensation of benzoinwith methyl alcohol, T., 950 ; P.,119.the formation of ethers from com-pounds of the benzoin type, T., 1601 ;Irvine, James Colquhoun, and (Miss)Agnes Marion Moodie, derivatives oftetramethyl glucose, T., 95.Isaac, (Miss) Florence, the temperaturesof spontaneous crystallisation of mixedsolutions and their determination bymeans of the index of refraction ; mix-tures of sodium nitrate and lead nitrate,T., 384 ; P., 30.Isaac, (Miss) Florence.See also ffenry,4 lexarnder Yiers.P., 191.J.Jackson, Colin Gyrth. See Harry Jfed-forth Dawson.Jaeger, Frans Naurils, the crystal formof halogen derivatives of open-chainhydrocarbons with reference to theBarlow-Pope theory of structure, T.,517 ; P., 29.Jamieson, James Sprunt, a delicate testfor bromides alone or in solution withchlorides, P., 144.Jones, Bernard Jlouat, the spontaneouscrystallisation of solutions of somealkali nitrates, T., 1739 ; P., 196.Jones, Bernard Mount. See also HuroldHartley.Jones, Uumphrey Owen, and John Robert-s h w Hill, the effect of constitution onthe rotatory power of optically activeammonium compounds. Part II., T. ,295 ; P., 28.Jones, Rt6mphrey Owen, and HubertSanderson Tasker, note on oxalylchloride, P., 271.Jones, Humphrey Owen. See also Regi-nald William Everatt.Jones, Lionel Manfred. See ThomasXlater Price.Joshua, Walter Philip.See MartinOnslow Forsfer.H.Kahan, (Miss) Zelda, the effect of heaton the alkyl iodides, T., 132INDEX OF AUTHORS. 2289Kipping, Frederic Stanley, organic: de-rivatives of silicon. Part VI. Theoptically active sulphobenzylethyl-propylsilicyl oxides, T., 457 ; P., 47.Kipping, lirederic Stanley. See alsoBernard Dunstan Wilkinson Luff,Herbert Marsden, and Robert Robison.Knight, (Miss) Lottie Bmily. See JohnKenneth Harold Inglis.L.Lamplough, Francis Edward EGcrard,the deterniinatioii of the rate of chemi-cal change by measurement of thegases evolved, P., 29.Lang, William Robert, John FrancisMackey, and Ross Aitken Gortner,some csters of arsenious acid, T.,1304; P., 150.Lang, William Robert, and John ObinsWoodhouse, the volumetric estimn-tion of silver, T., 1037 ; P., 122.Lapworth, Arthur, an examination ofthe conception of hydrogen ions incatalysis, salt formation, and electro-lytic conduction, T., 2187 : P., 275.saponification of ethyl formate bywater in presence of acids as catalyticagents, P., 100.ester hydrolysis and theories of esteri-fication, P., 152.Lapworth, Arthur.See also ErnestBarrett, aegina Id William LaneClarke, and Edward Fitzgerald.Law, Berbert Druke, and FrederickMollwo Perkin, oxidation of hyclro-carbons of the benzene series. Part 11.Substances containing a negativeradicle, T., 1633 ; P., 195.Leonard, Awred Godfrey Gordon, theabsorption spectrum of triphenyl-methane, P., 93.Leonard, Alfred Godfrey Cordon. Seealso Walter Noel Hartley.Le Pla, (Miss) Margaret. See JamesFrederick Spencer.Le Bosaignol, Robert.See SamuelSmiles.Le LSueur, Henry Bondel, the action ofheat on a-hydroxycarboxylic acids.Part IV. Racemic aa'-dihydroxyadipicacid and nieso-aa'-dihydroxyadipicacid, T., 716 ; P., 70.Levy, Leonard Angelo, the fluorescenceof platinocyanides, T., 1446 ; P., 178.Lewis, Samuel Judd. See Edgar Wede-kind.Leyson, Lewis Thomas. See GeraldTattersall Moody.Littlebury, William Oszoaltl. See RobertHowson Pickard.Lowry, Thonias MartiYL, and EgbertHockey Magson, studies of dynamicisomerism. Part VI. The influenceof impurities on the mutarotation ofnitrocamphor, T., 107.studies of dynamic isomerism. PartVII. Note on the action of carbonylchloride as an agent for arrestingisomeric change, T., 119.Luff, Bernard Dunstan Wilkinson, andFrederic Stanley Ripping, organicderivatives of silicon.Part V11.The synthesis OF dl-sulphobenzyl-ethylisobutylsilicyl oxide, T., 2004 ;P., 224.organic derivatives of silicon. PartVIII. The resolution of dt-sulpho-benzylethylisobutylsilicyl oxide andthe properties of the optically activeacids, T., 2090 ; P., 236.1.McDonald, David Paterson. See ThomasStewart Patterson.MacEwen, Basil. See Otto Flaschner.McKenzie, Alexander, and GeorgeWilliam Clough, the displacement ofhalogen in Z-phenylchloroacetic acid byhydroxy- and methoxy-groups ; a con-tribution to the chemistry of the Wal-den inversion, T., 811 ; P., 91 ; dis-cussion, P., 92.McKenzie, Alexander, and Henry Wren,the preparation of 1-benzoin, T., 309 ;P., 25 ; discussion, P., 25.Mackenzie, John Edwin, and HughMarshall, the trithionates and tetra-thionates of the alkali metals. Part I.T., 1726 ; P., 199.Mackey, John Francis.See WilliamRobert Lang.McMillan, Andrew. See Thomas StewartPatterson.McNicoll, Dawid. See James ColquhounIrvine.Magson, Egbert Hockcy. See ThomasMartin Lowry.Marle, Ernest Robert. See David Runci-man Boyd.Marples, Horris Edgar. See ArthurWalsh Titherley.Marsden, (Miss) Efle Gwendoline. SeeZdwc6rd Charles Cyril Baly.Marsden, Herbert, and Frederic StanleyKipping, organic derivatives of silicon.Part IV. The sulphonation of benzyl-ethylpropylsilicyl oxide and of benzyl-ethyldipropylsilicane, T., 192 ; P.,122290 INDEX OFMarsh, James Ernest, and Robert deJersey FZerning Struthers, doublesalts of potassium iodide with mer-curic iodide and dimercnriodocam-phor in organic solvents, P., 266.the action of mercuric iodide on ketonesin alkaline solntion, P., 266.the condensation of camphor withmerciiric iodide, P., 267 ; discussion,P., 268.Marshall, Hugh.See John Edwin Mac-Meldola, Baphael, and James GordonHay, syntheses with phenol deriva-tives containing a mobile nitro-group. Part I. The interaction of2:3: 5-trinitro-4-acetylaminoplienoland arnines, T., 1659 ; P., 197.a molecular comDound of trinitro-kenzie.acetylaminopheiol and 8-naphthol,P.. 210.Meldrum, Andrew 'Norman, a B-lactonicacid from acetone and mnlonic acid,complex nitrites containing potassiumand lead ; preliminary note, P., 97.the composition and formula of Well'spotassiuni lead periodide, P., 97.Meldrum, Andrew Norman, and WilliamHenry Perkin, jm., the cis- and tram-modifications of l-methylcyclohexan-2-ol-4-carboxylic acid and their con-version into l-methyl- Al-cyclohexene-4-carboxylic acid, T., 1416 ; P., 187.Meldrum, Andrew Norman, and WilliamErnest Stephen Turner, the molecularcomplexity of nmides in various sol-vents, T., 876 ; P., 98.Micklethwait, (Miss) Frances MaryGore.See Gilbert Thomas Morgan.Miers, Henry Alexander, and (JZ&s)Florence Isaac, the spontaneous crys-tallisation of substances which form acontinuous series of' mixed crystals ;mixtures of naphthalene and 8-naph-thol, T., 927 ; P., 125.Mills, William Eobson, and (Miss) SibylT.Widdows, benzeneazo-2-pyridone,T., 1372 ; P., 174.Mitchell, Alec Duncan. See ClarenceSmith.Moodie, (Miss) Agnes Marion. See JamesColpuhoun Irvine.Moody, Gerald Tattersall, and LewisThomas Leyson, the solubility of limein water, T., 1767 ; P., 202.Xoore, Charles Watson, and Jocelyn FieldThorpe, the formation and reactions ofimino-conipouuds. Part VI. Theformation of derivatives of hvdrindener, 598 ; P., 31.from o-phenylenediacetonitrde, T., 165;P., 12.AUTHORS.Moore, Richard B., the densities ofkrypton and xenon, T., 2181 ; P.,272.Morgan, Gilbcrt Thomas, and (Miss)Frances Mar?/ Gore Micklethwait,derivatives of para-diazoiminobenz-ene, T., 602 ; P., 48 ; discussion,P., 49.a study of the diazo-reaction in thediphenyl series, T., 614 ; P., 51.organic derivatives of arsenic.Part I.Dicamp1iory:arsinic acid, T., 2144 ;P., 268 ; discussion, P., 269.N.Nicoll, Frank. See John Cawnell Cain.0.Orton, Kennedy Joseph Previtk, andReginald William Everatt, the re-action of diazonium salts with mono-arid di-hydric phenols and with naph-thols, T., 1010; P., 118.Orton, Kennedy Joseph Previtk, and(Miss) Constance Pearson, the wander-ing of bromine in the transformationof nitroaminobromobenzenes, T., 725 ;P., 62.See also Orton, Kennedy Joseph Previtd(Jiiss) Alice Emily Smith.P.Page, Frederick James ilhnztague, obitu-ary notice of, T., 2277.Patterson, Thomas Stewart, the in flu-ence of solvents on the rotation ofoptically active compounds.PartXIII. Ethyl tartrate in aromaticnitro-derivatives. Influence of tern-perature-change on rotation in solu-tion, T., 1836 ; P., 216.Patterson, Thomas Stewart, and DavidPaterson McDonald, the influence ofsolvents on the rotation of opticallyactive compounds. Part XII. Ethyltartrate in aromatic halogen deriva-tives, T., 936 ; P., 125.Patterson, Thomas Stewart, and An-drew McYillan, the polarimetricstudy of intramolecular rearrangementin inactive substances, T., 1041 ; P.,135.Patterson, Thomas Stewart, and DavidThomson, the influence of solvents onthe rotation of ol'tically active com-pounds. Part XI. Ethyl tartrate inaliphatic halogen derivatives, T., 355.Pearson, (Miss) Constance.See KennedyJoseph Previtk Orton.Pelly, Russell CT'eorge. See ErnestGoulding2291 INDEX OF AUTHORS.Perkin, Arthur George, note on morindin,P., 149.Perkin, Adhur George, and FrederickMolliuo Perkin, the electrolytic oxida-tion of some hydroxybenzoic acids,T., 1186 ; P., 149.Perkin, Frederick Nollwo, note on theformation of lead ethoxide, P., 179.Perkin, Frederick; A!Iollwo. See also(Miss) iVary Cunningham, HerbertBrake Law, and Arthur GeorgePerkin.Perkin, (Sir) William Henry, obituarynotice of, T., 2214.Perkin, William Henry, jun., andWilliam Jackson Pope, experimentson the svnthesis of l-methvlcvclo- U d hexyliden&4-acetic acid,CH b l e < ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ > C : C H *CO,H.Part I., T., 1*075;yP., 145.Perkin, IVilliam Henry, j z t n ., and RobertRobinson, brazilin and haematoxylin.Part VIII. Synthesis of brazilinicacid, the lactones of dihydrobrazilinicand dihydrohzmatoxylinic acids, an-hydrobrazilic acid, etc. The constitu-tion of brazilin, hzmatoxylin, and theirderivatives, T., 489 ; P., 54.Perkin, William Nenry, jun. , RobertRobinson, and (in part) MauriceRussell Turner, the synthesis and con-stitution of certain pyranol salts re-lated to brazilein and haematein, T.,1085, P., 148.See alsoPaul Engels, Kenneth Fisher, YictorJohn Harding, Walter A'orman Ha-worth, and Andrew Norman Meldrum.Perman, Edgar Philip, the direct actionof radium on copper and gold, T.,1725 ; P., 214.Philip, James Charks, the refraction anddispersion of triazo-compounds, T.,918 ; P., 114 ; discussion, P., 115.the dissociation constants of triazoace-tic and a-triazopropionic acids, T.,925 ; P., 114 ; discussion, P., 115.Phillips, Harry Edward William, theelectrical conductivity of phosphoricacid, P., 239.Phillips, Nenry Ableti!.See OswaldSilberrad.Pickard, Robert Howson, and WilliamOswald Littlebury, the isomeric men-thols, P., 217.Pickard, Robert Eowson, and JosephYates, contributions to the chemistryof the cholesterol group. Part I. Theaction of hydrogen peroxide and offused potassium hydroxide on chol-esterol, T., 1678 ; P., 121, 199.Perkin, William I-Tenry, jun.Pickard, Robert Howson, and JosephYates, contributions to the chemistryof the cholesterol group.Part 11.Some oxidation products of sito-sterol, T., 1928 ; Y., 227.the action of fused potassium hydr-oxide and of hydrogen peroxide ancholesterol ; preliminary note, P.,121.Pickles, Samuel Shrowder, the constitu-ents of Cyprus origanum oil ; isolationof a new terpene (origanene), T., 862 ;Plimmer, Robert Henry Aders, the pro-teins of egg-yolk, T., 1500 ; p., 190.Plimmer, Robert Henry Ader.9, andPrederick Hughes Scott, a reactiondistinguishing phosphoprotein fromnucleoprotein and the distribution ofphosphoproteins in tissues, T., 1699 ;Poole, Reginald Holliday. See HaToldHartley.Pope, Frank George, colour and constitu-tion of azomethine compounds. PartI..T., 532 ; P., 24 ; discussion, P., 24.Pope, Fraak George, and Robert Fleming,colour and constitution of azomethinecompounds. Part II., T., 1914; P.,228.Pope, William Jackson, and John Bead,the optical activity of compoundshaving simple molecular structure, T.,794 ; P., 99.Pope, William Jackson. See alsolt7illiam Barlow and William HenryPerkin, jun.Power, Frederick Belding, and ArthurHenry Salway, the constituents of theexpressed oil of nutmeg, T., 1653 ; P.,197.Power, Frederick Belding, and FrankTutin, the constituents of oliveleaves, T., 891 ; P., 117.the constituents of olive bark, T., 904 ;P., 117.Price, Thomas Xlater, and Lionel Man-fred Jones, the preparation of diselen-ides ; dibenzyl diselenide ; preliminarynote, P., 134.Price, Thomas Xlater, and Douglas FrankTwiss, the preparation of disul-phides.Part 11. The action ofalkalis on sodium alkyl thiosul-phates, T., 1395 ; P., 179.the preparation of disulphides. Part111. The nitrobenzyl disulphides,T., 1401 ; P., 185.the preparation of disulphides. PartIV. Esters of dithiodiglycollic anddithiodilactylic acids, T., 1645 ; P.,198.P., 91.P., 2002292 INDEX OFPrideaux, Edmttnd Brydyes Budhall, theatomic volumes of phosphorus. Part11. Phosphorus and bromine, P., 214.Pring, John Norman, the formation ofsome carbides, T., 2101 ; P., 240.Purvis, JoJm Edward. See (Afiss) A?~nieHomer.Pyman, Frank Lee, relation betweenchemical constitution and physiologicalaction in certain substituted amino-alkyl esters, T., 1793 ; P., 208.Pyman, Frank Lee, and William Cole-brook Reynolds, aromatic arsonic andarsinic acids, T., 1180; P., 143 ;discussion, P., 144.meteloidine, a new solanaceous alka-loid, T., 2077 ; P., 234.Pyman, Frank Lee.See also &Iarmn-duke Barrowcliff.R.Ramsay, (Sir) William, presidentialaddress, T., 774 ; P., 87.Ramsay, (Xir) William See also Alex-ander Thomas Cameron.Rankin, Irvine Giles, and Sidney Mon-tagu Revington, the sulphides andoxysulphides of silicon, P., 131 ; dis-cussion, P., 131.Bay, Prafulla Chundra, molecularvolumes of the nitrites of silver,mercury, and the alkali metals, T.,997 ; P., 75.lithiuni nitrite and its decompositionby heat, P., 75.the molecular volumes of the nitritesof barium, st,rontium, and calcium,P., 240.Read, John.See William Jackson Pope.Remfry, Frederic George Percy. SeeMarnzaduke Barrowcliff.Rennie, Edward Henry, Alfred JamesHiggin, and William Ternent Cooke,the interaction of copper and nitricacid in presence of metallic nitratesconsidered with reference to the exist-ence of hydrates in solution, T., 1162 ;P., 141 ; discussion, P., 142.Renouf, (Miss) Nora. See ArthzmWilliam Crossley.Report of the Council, T., 763 ; P., 82.Report of the International Committeeon atomic weights, 1908, P., 2.Revington, Sidney Moiztagu. See IrvineGiles Rankin.Reynolds, James Emerson, silicon re-searches. Part XI. Silicotetra-pyrrole, P., 279.silicon researches. Part XII. Theaction of silicochloroform on potass-ium pyrrole, P., 279.AUTHORS.Reynolds, James Emerson, silicon re-searches.Part XIII. Silicon halidesand pyridine, acetonitrile, kc., P. ,280.Reynolds, William Colebrook. SeeFrank Lee Pyman.Rich, (Miss) Elizabeth Mary, isomericchromous chlorides, P., 215.Richardson, Arthur, the reaction be-tween calcium carbonate and chlorinewater, T., 280.Robertson, Philip Wilfred, orthobromo-phenols and some bromonitro-phenols, T., 788 ; P., 73.the melting points of the anilides, p-toluidides, and a-naphthalides of thenormal fatty acids, T., 1033 ; P., 120.Robinson, Aobert. See Paul Engels andCYilliant Eenry Perkin, jun.Robison, Robert, and Frederic StanleyRipping, organic derivatives of silicon.Part V.Benzylethylsilicone, dibenzyl-silicone, and other benzyl and benzyl-ethyl derivatives of silicane, T., 439 ;P., 25.Roy, Charles Smart. See Oswald Sil-berrad.Ruhemann, Siegfried, the formation of4-pyrone compounds from acetylenicacids. Parts I. and II., T., 431,1281 ; P., 52, 177.the action of mustard oils on the ethylesters of malonic and cyanoaceticacids, T., 621 ; P., 53.Rule, Alexander, the action of nitrousgases on dicyclopentadiene, T., 1560 ;P., 175.S.Salway, Arthur Henry. See FrederickBelding Power.Sand, Henry Julius Salomon, the rapidelectro-analytical deposition and separ-ation of metals. Part 11. Antimonyand tin. The employment of a dia-phragm, T., 1572 ; P., 189.Schaefer, Konrad. See Edward CharlesCyril Baly.Scott, Frederick Hughes.See XobertHenry Aders Plimmer.Sell, William James, the chlorinationof methyl derivatives of pyridine.Part 11. 2-Methylpyridinc7 T.,1993 ; P., 225.the chlorine derivatives of pyridine.Part IX. Preparation and orienta-tion of 3:5-dichloropyridine, T.,1997 : P., 225.the chlorine derivatives of pyridine.Part X. Orientation of 2:3:5-tri-chloropyridine, T., 2001 ; P., 225INDEX O F AUTHORS. 2293Senier, AIfred,,and Percy Corlett Bus tin,attempted synthesis of I -di-naphthacridines ; condensation ofmethylene dichloride and l-substi-tuted-2-naphthylamines1 T., 63.Senter, George, rate of hydrolyQis ofchloroacetates, bromoacetates, and a-chlorohydrin by water and by alkali,and the influence of neutral salts onthe reaction velocities ; preliminarynote, P., 89 ; discussion, P., 90.Sheppard, Samuel Edward, the opticaland sensitising properties of the iso-cyanine dyes, P., 134.Sidgwick, Necil Vincent, and HenryThomas Tizard, the colour of cupricsalts in aqueous solution, T.,187.the initial change of the radium emana-tion, P., 64.Silberrad, Oslcald, constitution of thephthaleins of mellitic and pyromelliticacids, P., 209.Silberrad, Oswald, and Henry AblcltPhillips, the metallic picrates, T.,474; P., 22.Silberrad, Oswald, and Charles SmnrtRoy, the relationship of colour andfluorescence to constitution.Part 11.Rhodamines of mellitic acid, P., 204 :discussion, P., 205.Simon, Theodor. See Bernhnrd Flur-scheim.Simonsen, John Lionel, ethyl 6-methyl-2-pyrone-3:5-dicarboxylate and itsderivatives, T., 1022 ; P., 136.syntheses with the aid of nionochloro-methyl ether.Part I. The actionof monochloromethyl ether on thesodium derivatives of ethyl malonateacd ethyl isopropylmalonate, T. ,1777 ; P., 212.Slade, Bolami Edqar, the reducibility ofB-N--8B--CHBmainesinm ox& by carbon, T., 327 ;P., 29.Slator, Arthur, studies in ferment-ation. Part 11. The mechanism ofalcoholic fermentation, T., 217 ; P.,11.Slator, Arthur, and Douglas FrankTwiss, the chemical dynamics of thereactions between sodium thiosuhhateand organic halogen compounds. PartIIJ., P., 286.Smedley, (Miss) Ida, the refractive powerof diphenylhexatriene and allied hydro-carbons, T., 372.Smiles, Sarnuel, dinitrodiphenylamine-o-sulphonic acids ; preliminary note,P., 147.Smiles, Sanuuel, and Thomas PercyHilditch, derivatives of S-phenylphen-azothioniurn. Parts I.and II., T.,145, 1687 ; P., 199.Smiles, Samuel, and Robert Le Rossignol,the sulphination of phenolic ethersand the influence of substitnents, T.,745; P., 61.Smiles, Samuel. See also Edward deBarry Barnett, (Miss) Maud Gazdar,and Thomas Percy Hilditch.Smith, (Miss) Alice E?nily, and KennedyJoseph Previte' Orton, the bromina-tion of p-hydroxydiphenylamine, T.,314; P., 27.acids as accelerators in the acetylationof amino-groups, T., 1242 ; P.,132.Smith, Clarence, [and, in part, Alee Dm-can Mitchell], constitution of hydroxy-azo-compounds ; action of diazometh-ane and of mercuric acetate, T., 842 ;P., 70 ; discussion, P., 71.Smythe, John Armstrong, benzyl sulph-oxide ; a possible example of dynamicisomerism, P., 285.Spencer, James Frederick, and (Miss)Mary h! Crewdson, the direct inter-action of magnesium and alkyl halides,T., 1821 ; P., 194.Spencer, James Frederick, and (iMiss)Hargaret Le Pla, quantitative separa-tion of thalliuni from silver, T., 858 ;Spencer, James Frederick, and (Miss)Eleanor Marguerite Stokes, the directinteraction of aryl halides and mag-nesiniri, T., 302.Spencer, James Yrederick, and (bliss)JIarion Love Wallace, the interactionof metals of the aluminium group andorganic halogen derivatives, T., 1827 ;P., 194.Steele, Bertram Billon, the oxidation of~~hosphorous acid by iodine, T., 2203 ;P., 193.Stewart, Alfred Valter, the relationbetween dielectric constant andchemical constitution.Part I.Stereoisomeric compounds, T., 1059 ;P., 124.an apparatus for determining thespecific inductive capacity of organicliquids, T., 1062 ; P., 124.Stokes, (Uiss) Eleanor Marguerite. SeeJames Frederick Spencer.Struthers, Robert de Jersey Fleming,some reactions of phenylhydrazine withmetallic cyanides and other salts, P.,179.Struthers, Robert de Jersry Fleminq.See also James Ernest Marsh.P., 752294 INDEX OFStubbs, James Arthur. See A7bcrtErnest Duns tan.Sudborough, John Joseph, and JamesJfylanz Qittins, the esterification con-stants of the iiornial fatty acids, T.,210 ; P., 14.T.Tasker, Hubert Sanderson.See Hunt-phrey Owen Jones.Taylor, John. See Augustus EdwardDixon.Thole, Ferdinand Bernard. See AlbertErnest Duns tan.Thomas, Noel Garrod. See HaroldHartley.Thomson, David. See Thomas StewartPatterson.Thorpe, Jocelyn Field. See StanleyRobert Best, b-orman Allen Creeth,and Charles Watson Moore.Threlfall, Richard, apparatus for experi-ments a t high temperatures and pres-sures, and its application to the studyof carbon, T., 1333 ; P., 131.Tilden, William A q w t u s , the rustingof iron, T., 1356 ; P., 169 ; discussion,P., 169.Tinkler, Charles Kenneth, studies of theperhalogen salts. Part II., T., 1611 ;P., 191.Titherley, Arthur Walsh, labile iso-merism among acylsalicylamides andacylhydroxyamines, P., 78.Titherley, Arthur Walsh, and MorrisEdgar Marples, the condensation ofsalieylaldehyde and benzamide, T.,1933 ; P., 229.Tizard, Henry Thomas. See Nevi1 Fin-cent Sidgwick,Tsakalotos, Demetrius E., the passage ofhydrogen thrnugh a palladium septum,and the pressure which it produces,P., 208.Tuck, William Bradshaw. See EdwardCharles Cyril Baly.Turner, Maurice BusseZZ. See Il;'.illiamHenry Perkin, jun.Turner, William Ernest Stephen. SeeAndrew Norman Meldrum.Tutin, Frank, the constitution of umbel-Inlone.Tutin, Frank. See also Frederick Bekd-i r q Power.Twiss, Douglas Prank. See ThomasSlnter Price and Arthur Slator.Part I I I . , T., 252 ; P., 23.AUTHORS.v.Veley, Victor Herbert, the affinity con-stants of bases as deterniined bythe aid of methyl-orange, T., 652,2122 : P., 50, 238.the affinity of certain alkaloids forhydrochloric acid, T., 2114 ; P.,234 ; discussion, P., 235.the affinity values of tropine aid itsderivatives, P., 280.W.Wallace, (dfiss) Narion Lore. See JamesFrederick Spencer.Warington, Bobert, obituary notice of,T., 2258.Watson, Herbert Ednreston. See EdwardCharles Cyril Baly.Wechsler, Elkan. See Reginald Wil-liam Lane Clarke.Wedekind, Zdgar, and Samurl JuddLewis, studies on zirconium, P., 170.Weizmann, Charles. See Willia2mEIenry Bentley.Whiteley, (Miss) Martha Anwie, libera-tion of iodiue from hydriodie acid bycertain halogenated nialonvl deriva-tives, Y., 286:Widdows, (Ilfissl Sib$ T. See Williana , - Hobson Mills.Wilsmore, Noriiinn Thoinas ilfo~timr.See (Miss) Frances Chick.Wilson, Robert William. See AZBertErnest Duns tan.Wood. John Kerfoot, amphoteric metallichydroxides. Part I., T., 411 ; P., 15.Woodhouse, John O b i m . See WilliamBobert Lang.Wootton, Pred. See John KemethHarold Inglis.Wren, Henry. See Alexander McKenzie.Y.Yates, Joseph. See Robert HotcsonPickard.Young, George, and Albert Ernest Dun-stan, contributions to the chemistryof the amidines. Part 11. Anilino-benzoxazole and the supposed anilodi-hydrobenxoxazole, T., 1052 ; P., 136.Young, William John. See ArthurHarden

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302283

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS. 1908.(Marked T. and P. respectively.)A.Absorption spectra. See under Photo-chemistry.Acenaphthene styphnate (GIBSON), T.,2098 ; P., 241.Acenaphthene, 4-chloro-, and itspicrate (CROMPTON and CYILIAX), P.,241.Acet-. See also Acetoxy-, Acetyl-, andunder the parent Substance.Acetals, formation and hydrolysis of(FITZGERALD and LAPWORTH), P.,153.Acetanilide, m- and p-nitroso- (CAIK),T., 681 ; P., 78.Acetic acid, mercuric salt, action of, onhydroxyazo-compounds (SMITH andMITCHELL), T., 842 ; P., 70.Acetic acid, ethyl ester, bistriazo-deriva-tive of (FORSTER, FIERZ, and JOSHUA),T., 1070 ; P., 102.bromo- and chloro-, and their salts,rate of hydrolysis of, by water andby alkali, and the influence ofneutral salts on the reaction veloci-ties (SENTER), P., 89.cyano-, ethyl ester, action of phenyl-thiocarbiniide on (RUHEMANN), T.,Aceto-. See Acetoxy-, Acetyl-, andunder the parent Substance.Acetone, reaction of, with niercuriciodide in alkaline solution (MARSHand STRUTIIERH), P., 266.Acetonitrile, additive CompQund of, withsilicon tetrabromide (REYNOLDS), P.,280.Acetonylazoimide.See Triazoacetone.Acetophenone, reaction of, with mercuriciodide in alkaline solution (MAESHand STRUTHERS), P., 267.Acetovanillone. See Apocynin.Acetic acid, amino-. See Glycine.621 ; I?., 53.Acetoxime, inHuence of acids andalkalis on the velocity of formationof (BARRETT and LAPWORTH), T.,8 5.Acetoxy-. See also under the parentSubstance.p-Acetoxyphenylarsonic acid and itssodium salt (BARROWCLIFF, YYMAN,and REMFRY), T., 1895.2-Acetoxytolyl-5-arsonic acid and itssodium salt (BARROWCLIFF, PYuN,and REMFRY), T., 1896.Acetyl-.See also Acet-, Aceto-, Acet-oxy-, and under the parent Sob-stance.a-Acetylisoaconitic acid, ethyl ester,anilide of (SIMONSEN), T., 1031.Acetylamino-. See under the parentSubstance.Acetylanhydropurpurogallonecarboxylicacid (A. G. and F. M. PERKIN), T.,1192 ; P., 149.1-Acetylanilinobenzoxazole (YOUNG andDUNSTAN), T., 1055 ; P., 136.Acetylanthranilic acid, brucine andcinchonine salts, and their opticalactivity (HILDITCH), T., 1391 ; P.,186.Acetylation of amino-groups, acids asaccelerators in the (SMITH and ORTON),T., 1242 ; P., 132.y-Acetylbutyric acid and its semicarb-azone and hydrate (HAWOETH andPERKIN), T., 588.a-Acetyl-bb-diphenylthiocarbamide andthe action of caustic alkali and of heaton (DIXON and TAYLOR), T., 690;Acetylene, thermal decomposition of(BONE and COWARD), T., 1197; P.,167.Acetylenedicarboxylic acid, alkaloidalsalts, and their optical activity (HIL-DITCH), T., 706 ; P., 61.P., 742296 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Acetylenic acids, formation of 4-pyronecompounds from (RUHEMANN), T.,431, 1281 ; P., 52, 177.phenylhydrazide (CHICK and WILS-MORE), T., 946 ; P., 100.Acetylsalicylic acid, brucine and cin-chonine salts, and their optical activity(HILDITCH), T., 1391 ; P., 186.Acid, C,H,O, and its esters, from thehydrolysis of ethyl 6-methyl-2-pyrone-3:5-dicarboxylate (SIMON-SEN), T., 1027.C,H,,O,, from the oxidation of1 : 1 : 5 - triniethyl- A*-cyclohexenone- 3(CROSSLEY and GILLIKG), P., 130.Cl0HI4O2, and its silver salt, frompinene (HENDERSON and HEILBRON),T., 291 ; P., 31.ClOHl,O,, and its chloride, and theirbromo-derivatives, from pinene(HENDERSON and HEILImON), T.,290; P., 31.CZjH4,O2, froin olive leaves (POWERand TUTIN), T., 894 ; P., 117.C,H,,O,, and its ethyl ester, fromolive bark (POWER aiid TUTIN), T.,907 ; P., 117.C=H,,O,, from the oxidation of theketonic acid, C,6H,,0, (DORI~E anclGAHDNER), T., 1331.C,Hp40,? and its silver salt, from theoxidation of cholesterol (PICKARI)and YATES), T., 1686 ; P., 121.Acetylketen and its phenylhydrazone-Acids, normal fatty, nrelting points ofanilides, p-toluidides, and a-naph-thalidcs of (ROBERTSON), T., 1033 ;P., 120.organic, salts, the electrolytic chlorin-ation of (INGLIS and WOOTTON), T.,1592 ; P., 174.sitnrated or unsaturated, alkaloidsalts, relation between opticalactivity and uiisaturation in (HIL-DITCH), T., TOO: P., 61.unsaturated, of the benzene series,relation between the absorptionspectra and chemical constitutionof ( HALY and SCHAEPEX), T., 1808 ;P., 207.See also Acetylenic acids, Amino-cnrboxylic acids, Hydroxy-acids,a-Hydroxycarboxylic acid, Ketonicacids, aiid a-Oxiniino-fatty acids.Acridines, complex, synthesis ofAcylhydroxyamines, labile isomerismAcylsalicylamides, labile isomerismAddress, piesidential (RAMSAY), T., 7'74 ;Adipic acid, ??2eso-aaf-dihydrosy-, pre-paration of, arid action of heat on,and its methyl ester, amide, anilide,and lactone-lactide (LE SUEUR), T.,716 ; P., 70.r-aa'-dihy droxy-, preparation of, and(AUKIN), T., 1760 ; P., 200.among (TITHYRLEY), P., 78.among (TITHEKLEY), P., 78.P., 87.C30H5802, and its ethyl ester, fromolive bark (POWER and TUTIN), T.,912; P., 118.C,,,H,O,, and its ethyl ester antl-salts,coumariils as shown by theiradditive compounds (CLAYTON),T., 524 ; P., 26.Affinity constants of bases as deter-Acid chlorides, reactions of, with tliio-carbainides (DIXON andTAYLoR),T., 18.Acids, modification of the theory ofChemical change, homogeneous, in agas, measurement of a (CLARKEand CHAPMAN), T., 1638 ; P., 190INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2297(HARI)ING, HAWORTH, and PERKIN), 'r., 1968.Alkali iodates and periodates, specificAFFINITY, CHEMICAL :-Dynamic isomerism, studies of (LOWRYand MAGSON), T., 107, 119.benzyl sulphoxide as a possibleexample of (SMyrHE), P., 285.Catalysis, examination of the concep-tion of hydrogen ions in (LAP-WORTH), T., 2187 ; P., 275.Eydrolysis of salts, electrometric de-termination of t h e ( D E N ~ ~ n i ) , T., 41.Velocity of chemical change, deter-mination of the, by measurement ofthe gases evolved ( LAMPLOUGH), P.,29 ; (CAIN and NICOLL), P., 282.Velocity of change in solid allois,method for the measurement of(BENGOUGH~, P., 145.Velocity of hydrolysis of chloroacet-ates, bromoacetates, and a-chloro-hydrin by water and by alkali, andthe influence of neutral salts onthe reaction velocities (SENTEE), P.,89.Velocity of reduction of the oxides ofbismuth, cadmium, and lead bycarbon monoxide (BRISLEE), T., 154.Alcohol, C,H,,O, and its phenylurethnneand acid phthalic ester, from pinene(HENDERSON and HEILBRON), T.:292 ; P., 31.C,,H,,O, from the substance C,,,Hl60(TUTIN), T., 257.C,pHssO, from olive bark (POWER andIUTITS), T., 910 ; P., 118.See also Keto-alcohol.Alcoholic fermentation.See Fermenta-tion.P., 31.Amines, interaction of, with 2 3:5-tri-nitro-4-acetylzn~inophenol (hIEL-Alkyl haloids, interaction of, with alu-minium (SPENCER and WALLACE),T., 1829 ; P., 194.direct interaction of, with magnesium(SPENCER and CREWDSON), T.,1821 ; P., 194.iodides, effect of heat on (KAHAN), T.,132.sodium thiosulphates, action of alkalison (PRICE and TWISS), T., 1395,1403 ; P., 179, 185.Alkylsulphine perbromides and period-ides (TIXKLER), T., 1611 ; P., 191.Alloys, method for the measurement ofrate of change in solid (EENGOUGH),P., 145.Allylazoimide and its dibromide and di-azoamino-compound (FORsTER andFIERZ), T., 1174; P., 143.Allylthiocarbamide, reaction of, withacetyl chloride ( D r x o ~ and TAYLOR),T., 22.Allylthiocarbimide, action of, on ethylsodiomalonate (RUHEMANK), T., 625.Aluminium, interaction of, with alkylhaloids (SPEKCER and WALLACE), T.,1829; P., 194.Aluminium carbide, formation of ( PILING),hydroxide, smphoteric character ofAmides, molecular complexity of, invarious solvents ( MELDRUM andTURNER), T., 876 ; P., 98.Amidines, the chemistry of the (YOUKGand DUxS'rAN), T., 1052 ; P., 136.Amine.C,H,,N. and its hvdrochlorideT., 2103; P.. 240.(~VOOD), T., 417 ; P., 15.solutions of (JONES), T., 1739 ; P ,196.trithionates and tetrathionates (MAC-the aromatic series, relation betweenthe absorption spectra and chemicalconstitution of (HALY and MARSDEN),KENZIE and MARSHALL), T., 1726 ;Alkalis, action of, on sodium alkyl thio-sulphates (PRICE and TWISS), T., 1395,1403 ; P., 179, 185.P., 199.T., 2108 ; P., 235.Aminoalkyl esters, relation betweenchemical constitution and physiologicalaction in certain snbstitnted (PYMAN),T., 1793 ; P., 208.Alkaloids, affinity of certain, for hydro- Bminocarboxylic acids, affinity constantsof, as determined by the aid of niethyl- chloric acid (VELEY), T., 2114 ; P., 1 234., ontiige (VELEY), T., 662 ; P., 502298 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Amino-groups, acids as accelerators inthe acetylation of (SMITH and ORTOK),T., 1242 ; P., 132.Amino-ketones and amino-aldehydes, re-lation between the absorption spectraand chemical constitution of (BALYand MARSDEN), T., 2108 ; P., 235.Ammonia, chemical action of radiumemanation on(CaMERoN and RAMSAY),T., 984 ; P., 132.Ammonium chromate, dichromate, andtrichromate, slow decomposition of,by heat (BALL), P., 136.dichromate, decomposition of, by heat(HOOTON), P., 27.pcriodate, specific gravity and solu-bility of (BARKER), T., 17.Ammonium cyanate and carbamide, iso-merism of (PATTERSON and McMrr,-LAN), T., 1050 ; P., 135.thiocyanate and thiocarbamide, iso-merism of (PATTEI~SON and MCMIL-LAN), T., 1040 ; P., 135.Ammonium compounds, optically active,effect of constitution on the rotatorypower of (JONES and HILL), T., 295 ;P., 28.Ammonium radicles, chemical dissocin-tion of polgiodides of (DAWSON), T.,1308 ; P., 181.electrolytic dissociation of polyiodidesof (DAWSON and JACKSON), T., 2063 ;P., 213.Amygdalin, hydrolysis of, by cmulsin(AULD), T., 1251, 1276 ; P., 97, 181.I-Amy1 alcohol, sulphur derivatives of,and their optical activity (HILDITCII),T., 1619 ; P., 195.isoAmyl arsenite (LAKG, MACKEY, andGORTNER), T., 1367 ; P ., 150.Analysis, new form of potash bulb forelectrolytic, rapid, of metals (SAXD),Anhydrobrazilinic acid, synthesis of(PERKIN and ROBISSON), T., 489;P., 54.Anhydro-S-phenetyl-3:3’-dinitrophen-azothionium (SMILES and HILDITCH),T., 150.Anilides, p-toluidides, and a-naphthalidesof normal fatty acids, melting pointsof (ROBERTSON), T., 1033 ; P., 120.Aniline, acetyl derivative. See Acet-anilide.di-o-su bstituted, preparation of mono-acetyl derivatives of (SMITH andORTON), T., 1249 ; P., 132.picrate, na-nitro- (GIBSON), T., 2100 ;(HILL), P., 182.T., 1572 ; P., 189.P., 242.styphnate, m-nitro- (GIBSON), T., 2100 ;P., 241.Aniline, 2:6-dibromo-, preparation of(ORTON and PEARSON), T., 735.p-nitro-, chlorination of (FLUE-SCHEJM), T., 1772 ; P., 211.Anilinobenzoxazole and its acetyl de-rivative (YOUNG and DUNSTAN), T.,1052; P., 136.Anilodihydrobenzoxazole.See s-Di-phen ylcarbamide.Anisoin, alkylation of (IRVINE aridMCNKOLL), T., 1605 ; P., 191.Anisole, sulphination of (SMILES andLE ROSSIGNOb), T., 755.Anisyl-sulphoxide and -sulphone(SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL), T.,755.Anisylideneaniline hydrochloride (POPEand FLEMING), T., 1916.Anisylidene-a-naphthylamine and itshydrochloride (POPE and FLEMIKG),T., 1916.1 -Anisyl-2-methylbenziminazoles, 0-, ?n-,and p - , 4:7-dinitro-6-hydroxy, andtheir salts and derivatives ( MELDOLAand HAY), T., 1674.Anisyl-. See also Methoxyphenyl-.Annual General Meeting, T., 763 ;Anthracene, oxidation of (LAW andPEHKIN), T., 1637; P., 195.Anthranilic acid, brucine and cinchon-ine salts, and their optical activity(HILDITCH), T., 1390 ; P., 186.Anthraqninones, researches on the(BENTLEY and WEIZMANN), T., 435 ;P., 52.Antimony, the electroanalytical deposi-tion of (SAND), T., 1572 ; P., 189.Apocynin (acetovanillone), isolation andconstitution of, and its derivatives(FINNEMORE), T., 1513 ; P., 171.new synthesis of, and its benzoyl.derivative (FINNEMORE), T., 1520 ;P., 171.Apocynol and its benzoyl derivative(FINNEMORE), T., 1521 ; P., 171.Apocynuna cannabinurn, constituents ofArsenic :-P., 81.(FINNEMOKE), T., 1513 ; P., 171.Arsenious acid, esters (LANG,MACKEY, and GORTKER), T.,1364 ; P., 150.Arsenious hydroxide, amphotericcharacter of (WOOD), T., 412 ; P.,15.Arsenic organic compounds (MORGANand MICKLETHWAIT), T., 2144 : P.,268.Arsinic acids, aromatic (PYMAN andEETNOLDS), T., 1180 ; P., 143.&sonic acids, aromatic (PYMAN andXEYKOLDS), T., 1180 ; P., 143INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2299Arseaic i-Arsonic acids, aromatic, and theirphysiological action ( BARROWCLIFF,PYMAN, and REMIFRY), T., 1893 ;P., 229.Aryl halides, interaction of, with mag-nesium (SPENCER and SroKm), T.,68.Brylsulphonylbenzidines and their di-azoninm salts (MORGAN and MICKLE-THWAIT), T., 614 ; P., 51.Aspartic acid, condensation of, withaminopinenedicarboxylic acid (GOD-DEN), T., 1173 ; P., 144.Atomic weights, report of the Inter-table of, P., 5.relative, of chlorine and hydrogenAzobenzene, action of mercuric acetateon (SMITH and MITCHELL), T., 847.Azobenzene-4’-arsonic acid, 4-hydroxy-,and its sodium salts ( BARROWCLIFF,PYMAN, and REMFBY), T., 1896.Aao-compounds, constitution and colourof (Fox and HEWITT), T., 333 ; P., 6.Azo-compounds, hydroxy-, constitutionof, and the action of diazomethaneand of mercuric acetate on (SMITHand MITCHELL), T., 842 ; P., 70.p-hydroxy-, salts of, with acids, colourand constitution of (Fox andHEWITT), T., 333 ; P., 6.Azomethine compounds, colour and con-stitution of (POPE), T., 532 ; P., 24 ;(POPE and FLEMING), T., 1914; P.,228.Azoxybenzene, products of reductionof (BERRY), P., 211.Azoxybenzene, broniodinitro- ( FLUR-SCHEIM and SIMON), T., 1480.Azoxy-compounds, aromatic, formationof, from nitro-derivatives (FLURSCHEIMand SIMON), T., 1463.Azoxy-xylene, dinitro- (FLURSCHEIMand SIMON), T., 1480.B.Balance Sheets of the Chemical Societyand of the Research Fnnd.SeeAnnual General Meeting, T., 769.Barbituric acid derivatives, liberationof iodine from hydriodic acid by(WHITELEY), P., 288.Banum nitrate, polyniorphism of (BAR-LOW and POPE), T., 1532.nitrite, molecular volumes of (RAY),P., 240.Bases, aEnity constants of, as deter-mined by the aid of methyl-orange(VELEY), T., 652,2122 ; P., 50,238.national Committee on, P., 2.(GRAY and BURT), P., 215.See also Amines.XCIII.Benzaldehyde, o-, m-, and p-chloro-, and,m- and p-nitro-, semicarbazones of(LAW and PERKIN), T., 1635 ;P., 195.dihydroxy-, methyl ether of, and itsoxime, phenyhydrazone, andsodium derivative from the root ofa species of Chlorocodon (GOULDINGand PELLY), P., 62.Benzsynaldoxime, p-iodo-, velocity of re-arrangement of, in n-propyl tartrate(PATTERSON and MCMILLAN), T.,1047 ; P., 135.Benzamide, condensation of, with salicyl-aldehyde (TITHERLEY and MARPLES),T., 1933 ; P., 229.Benzene, bromonitroaniino-derivatives,the wandering of bromine in, andtheir reduction (ORTON and PEAR-SON), T., 725 ; P., 62.2:4- arid 2:6-dibromo-l-nitroamino-,preparation a i d transformation of,and their barium salts (ORTON andPEAXSON), T., 729 ; P., 62.1:2-dihydroxy-.See Catechol.1:3-dihydroxy-. See Resorcinol.1:4-dihydroxy-. See Quinol.Benzeneazo-m-bromo-p-creaol, action ofmercuric acetate on (SMITH andMITCHELL), T., 851.Benzeneazo-p-cresol and m-bromo-, ac-tion of mercuric acetate on (SMITHand MITCHELL), T., 851.and p-chloro-, action of diazomethaneon (SMITH and MITCHELL), T.,846.mercuri-acetate and -chloride (SMITHand MITCHELL), T., 851 ; P., 71.Benzeneazo-p-cresyl methyl ether, p-chloro- (SMITH and MITCHELL), T.,846.Benzeneazo-3-hydroxyyridine (MILLSand WIDDOWS), T., 1378 ; P., 174.Benzeneazo-a-naphthol, 2:4:6- tribromo-Benzeneazo-8-naphthol, p-chloru- (OR-TON and EVERATT), T., 1020.Benzeneazo- a -naphthols, a- and ,9-,action of diazomethane on (SMITH andMITCHELL), T., 845 ; P., 71.Benzeneazo-o-nitrophenol, mercuri-acet-ate and -bromide (SMITH and MIT-CHELL), T., 850.Benzeneazo-orcinol, p-mono- and s-tri-bromo- (OmoN and EVEEATT), T.,1019.Benzeneazophenol and its bromo-deri-vatives, mercuri-salts of (SMITH andMITCHELL), T., 847 ; P., 71.action of diazomethane and of mer-curic acetate on (SMITH and MIT-CHELL), T., 845.(ORTON and EVERATr), T., 1020.7 2300 INDEX OF5-Benzeneazo-2-pyridone, synthesis andreduction of, and its chloro-derivative(MILLS and WIDDOWS), T., 1372;P., 174.Benzene-4-azoresorcinol, p-mono- and s-tri-bromo- and p-nitro-, and theirsalts (ORTON and EVERATT), T., 1017.2-Benzeneazotoluene-5-arsonic acid,4-hydroxy-, and its sodium salts( BARROWCLIFF, PYMAh', and REMFRY),T., 1898.Benzenediazonium salts.See Diazo-benzene salts.Benzenehexacarboxylic auid.See Mel-litic: acid.Benzenesulphinic acid, alkaloidal salts,and their rotatory power (HILDITCH),T., 1621.Benzenesulphonic acid, alkaloidal salts,and their rotatory power (HILDITCH),T., 1621.Benzil (dibenzoyl), 3:4:3':4'-tetra-hydroxy-, and its tetrabenzoyl deriva-tive (BARGER and EWINP), T., 737 ;P., 60.Benzoic acid, brucine and cinchoninesalts, and their optical activity(HILDITCH), T. , 1390.Bsnzoiu acid, o-amino-. See Anthranilicacid.hydroxy-derivatives, electrolytic oxi-dation of (A. G. and F. M. PERKIN),T., 1186 ; P., 149.o-hydroxy-. See Salicylic acid.3:4-dihydroxy-. See Protocatechuicacid.3:4:5-trihydroxy-. See Gallic acid.Benzoin, alkylation of (IRVINE andMCNICOLL), T., 1604 ; P., 191.condensation of, with methyl alcohol(IRVINE and MCNICOLL), T., 950 ;P., 119.ethyl ether, melting point of (IRVINEand MCNICOLL), T., 1601.Z-Benzoin, preparation of (MCKENZIEand WREN), T., 309 ; P., 25.Benzoinoxime, alkylation of (IRVINEand MOODIE), T.? 103.p-Benzoquinone, constitution of (HART-LEY), P., 285.absorption spectra of, in a state ofvapour and in solution (HARTLEYand LEONARD), P., 284.Benzoxy-.See Benzoyloxy-.Benzoyl-. See also Henz-, and underthe parent Substance.Benzoylacetylacetone and the action ofphenylhydrazine on (RUHEMANN), T.,1283 ; P., 178.Benzoylanthranilic acid, briicine andcinchonine s a h , and their opticalactivity (HILDITCH), T., 1391 ; P., 186.SUBJECTS.5 -Benzoyl- 1:3-diphenylbarbituric acid,5-brorno-, preparation of, and theestimation of bromine in (WHITELEY),P., 288.a-Benzo yl-bb-diphenylthiocarbamide(DIXON and TAYLOR), T., 693 ; P.,74.B-Benzoyl- a- A'-cyclohexenepropionicacid, a-cyano-, ethyl ester (HARDING,HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T., 1958.8-Benzoyl-a- l-methyI-A3-4-cycZohexene-propionic acid, ethyl ester (HARDING,HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T., 1966.Benzoyloxydiphenylamine, bromo-deri-vatives (SMITH and ORTON), T., 318 ;P., 27.Benzoyloxyethylamine, p-amino-, andits hydrochloride, picrate, and dibenz-oyl derivative (FORSTER and FIERZ),T., 1869 ; P., 227.phenylethyldimethylamine and itsadditive salts and physiological action(PYMAN), T., 1796 ; P., 208.Benzoylsalicylic acid, brucine andcinchonine salts, and their opticalactivity (HILDITCH), T., 1391 ; P.,186.Benzoylthiocarbimide and its reactions(DIXON and TAYLOR), T., 692; P.,74.Benzyl arsenite (LANG, MACKEY, andGOBTNER), T., 1370 ; P., 151.bromide, p-nitro-, interaction of, withisoiiitrosocamphor in presence ofsilver oxide (FORSTER and HOLMES),T., 250; P., 9.chloride, p-nitro-, interaction of, withisonitrosocamphor in presence ofsodium ethoside ( FORSTER andHOLMES), T., 248 ; P., 8.sodium thiouulphates, o-, m-, and p -nitro-, and the action of alkalis on(PRICE and TWISS), T., 1403 ; P.,185.sulphoxide, a possible example ofdynamic isomerism (SMYTHE),P., 285.Benzyle thylisobutylsilicol and its chlor-ide and oxide, synthesis of (LUFF andKIPPING), T., 2006 ; P., 224.Benzylethyldipropylsilicane and itssulphonation (MABSDEN and HIPPING),T., 198 ; P., 12.Benzylethylpropylsilicyl oxide and itssulphonation (MARSDEN and KIPPING),T., 198 ; P., 12.Benzylethylsilicon dichloride, prepara-tion of (LUFF and KIPPING), T.,2005.Benzylethylsilicone (RORISON and KIP-PING), T., 439 ; P., 25.B-Benzoyloxy-B-3:4-me thylenedioxyINDEX OF SUBJECTS.2301Benzylideneacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-,action of hydrochloric acid onT., 1110.Benzylidene-1-amino-B-naphthol, p-nitro-, hydrochloride of (POPE andFLEMING), T., 1918.Benzylidene-4-amino-a-naphthol, p -nitro- (POPE), T., 536.Benzylidene-paminophenol hydrochlor-ide aud o- and p-nitro-, and theirIiydrochlorides (POPE and FLEMING),T., 1915.Benzylidene-o- and -p-aminophenols,and nz- and p-nitro- (POPE), T., 533 ;Benzyliden~-5-aminosalicylic acid, p -nitro- (POPE), T., 534.Benzylideneaniline, o-hydroxy-, and itsm’- and p‘-nitro-derivatives(POPE), T., 535 ; P., 24.and its p’-nitro-derivative, hydro-chlorides of ( POPE and FLEMING),T., 1916.Benzylidene-o-anisidine, p-nitro-, andits hydrochloride (POPE aud FLEMIKG),T., 1917.Benzylidene-p-anisidine, hydrochlorideand p-nitro-, and its hydrochloride(POPE and FLEMING), T., 1915.Benzylidene-a-naphthylamine, o-hydr-oxy-, and its hydrochloride (POPE andFLEMING), T., 1916.Benzylidene-p-phenetidine hydrochlor-ide and its nitro-derivatives and theirhydrochlorides (POPE and FLEMING),T., 1916.Benzylisothioanilinocyanomalonic acid,ethyl ester (RUHEMASN), T., 627.Benz ylisothioanilinomethanetricarb-oxylic acid, diethyl ester (RUHE-MANN), T., 625 ; P., 53.Bis-p-acetylaminophenylarsinic acidand its sodium salt (PyhiAx andREYKOLDS), T., 1185 ; P., 144.Bis-2-acetylaminotolyl-5-arsinic acidand its sodium salt (PYMAN andREYNOLDS), T., 1183 ; P., 143.Bis-;a-aminophenylarsinic acid and itssodium and barium salts (PYMMAN andREYNOLDS), T., 1184 ; P., 144.Bis-2-aminotolyl-5-arsinic acid and itssodium salt (PYbfAK and REYNOLDS),T., 1181 ; P., 143.Bis-1-cyano-2-hydroxyindene and itssalts (MOORE aiid THOUPE?, T., 178.Bishydroxyp yridylcarbamide (MILLSand WIDDOWS), T., 1382 ; P., 174.Bismuth oxide, velocity of reductionof, by carbon monoxide, and theexistence of the suboxide (BRISLEE),T., 154.(PERKIN, ROBINSON, and TURNER),P., 24.Bismuth ion, bivalent, existence iuaqueous solutions of a (DENHAM),T., 833 ; P., 76.Bis-2:4:6- trinitrophenyl-~-phenylene-diamine (MORGAN and MICKLE-THWAIT), T., 609.Bis -m- and -p-nitrosoacetanilides(CAIN), T., 682.Bistriazoacetic acid, ethyl ester( FORSTER, FIERZ, and JOSHUA), 1’.,1073; P., 102.1:2-Bistriazoethane and the actionof magnesium phenyl bromide on(FORSTER, FIERZ,, and JOSHUA), T.,1071 ; P., 102.Books, gift of, from Sir Henry E.Roscoe, P., 278, 289.Boron thiocyanate ( COCKSEDGE), T.,2177 ; P., 270.Brazilein and its derivatives (ENGELB,PERKIN, and ROBINSON), T., 1115 ;P., 148.methylation of (ENGELS, PERK~N,and EOBINSON), T., 1131.Brazilic acid, constitution of (PERK~Nand ROBINSON), T., 502.Brazilin and haematoxylin and theirderivatives (ENGELS, PERKIN, andROBINSOX), T., 1115 ; P., 148.constitution of ( PERKIN and ROBIN-SON), T., 489 ; P., 54.Brazilinic acid, synthesis of (PERKINand ROBINSON), T., 489 ; P., 54.Bromides, delicate test for, alone, or insolution with chlorides (JAMIEWN),P., 144.Bromine absorption of unsaturated com-pounds, apparatus for the determina-tion of the (CROSSLEY and RENOUF),T..648.Burette, gas new form of (HILL), T.,1857 ; P., 210.Burettes, gas, a combined stopcock andcapillary connecting tube for (HILL),P., 95.Butanedicarboxylic acids. See Adipicacid and isoPropylrnalonic acid.Butane.aayy-tetracarboxylic acid, 6.hydroxy- (SIMONSEN), T., 1781.Butanone-2 (methyl ethyl ketone) azo-irnides of (FORSTER and FIERZ), T.,669 ; P., 54.isoButyl arsenite (LANG, hIACKEY, andGORTNER), T., 1367 ; P., ,150.C.Cadmium oxide, velocity of reduction of,by carbon monoxide and the existenceof a suboxide ( BRISLEE), T., 154.ladmium ion.univalent. existence inaqueous solitions of a (DENHAM), T.,833 ; P., 762302 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Caesium iodate and periodate, specificgravity and solubility of (BARKER),T., 16.nitrate, crystallisation of (JONES), T.,1743 ; P., 196.trithionate and its monohydrate (MAC-KEKZIE and MARSHALL), T., 1736 ;Caesium and rubidium, estimation of(MACRENZIE and MARSHALL), T.,1738 ; P., 200.Calcium carbonate, polymorphism of(BARLOW aud POPE), T., 1528 ;P., 193.reaction of, with chlorine water(RICHARDSON), T., 280.nitrite, molecular volumes of (RAY),P., 240.oxide (lime), solubility of, in water(MOODY and LEYSON), T., 1767;Camphor, absorption spectrum of (HART-LEY), T., 961 ; P., 120.mercury derivatives (MARSH and STRU-THERS), P., 267.double salts of, with potzssium iodideand mercuric iodide (MARSH andSTRUTHERS), P., 266.Camphor, a-bromo-, action of amylnitrite on, in presence of sodiumethoxide (CLARKE, LAPWORTH, andWECHSLER), T., 40.imino-, action of formaldehyde on(FORSTER and HOLMES), T., 250 ;nitro-, influence of impurities on themutarotation of (LOWRY andMAGSON), T., 107.action of carbonyl chloride in arrest-ingisomeric change in (LOWRY andMAGSON), T., 119.isonitroso-, action of diazomethane onthe two modifications of (FORSTERand HOLMES), T., 242 ; P., 8.interaction of, with p-nitrobenzylbromide andchloride (FORSTER andHOLMES), T., 248 i P., 8.N-ethyl ether of (FORSTER andHOLMES), T., 251 ; P., 9.&Camphor, sulphur derivatives of, andtheir rotatory power (HILDITCH), T.,1619 ; P., 195.Camphorquinone, action of hydrogenperoxide on (FORSTER and HOLMES),T., 252 ; P., 9.Carbamide and ammonium cyanate, iso-merism of (PATTERSON and MCMIL-LAX), T., 1050; P., 135.Carbamides, thio-.See Thiocarbaniides.Carbanilide. See s-Diphenylcarbamide.Carbides, formation of some (PRING),P., 199.P., 202.P., 9.T., 2101 ; P., 240.Carbon, apparatus for experiments a thigh teniperatures and pressures on(THRELFALL), T., 1333 ; P., 131.direct union of, with hydrogen (BONEand COWARD), T., 1075 ; P., 222.reducibility of magnesium oxide by(SLADE), T., 327 ; P., 29.Carbon oxides, chemical action of radiumemanation on (CAMERON and RAM-SAY), T., 981 ; P., 132.dioxide, decomposition of, by thesilent eIectric discharge (HoLT), P.,271.Carbonyl chloride, action of, as an agentfor arresting isomeric change (LOWRYand MAGSON), T., 119.Carbonyldioxybenzene, formation of(BARGER), T., 566.3:4-Carbonyldioxybenzoic acid and itsmethyl, phenyl, and methoxyphenylesters, chloride, sud anilide ( BARGER),T., 568.Carbonyldioxymethylthionaphthen, di-chloro- (BARGER and EWINY), T.,2090.a-3:4-Carbonyldioxyphenylethane, as-dichloro- (BAEGER), T., 2084 ; p.,237.a-3:4-Carbonyldioxyphenylpropane, as-dichloro- (BARGER), T., 2085 ; P., 237.Carbonyldioxytbionaphthen, 4: 5( or 5 : 6)-,1 :2-dichloro- ( BARGER and EWINS),T., 2087.Carboxy -a-acetylglutaric acid, e t h y 1ester, synthesis and hydrolysis of(SIMONSEN), T., 1786.B-Carboxy-6-acetylvaleric acid and itsoxime and seniicarbazone (MELDRUMand PERKIN), T., 1427.2-Carboxy-45-dimethoxyphenylaceticacid, preparation of ( PERKIN andROBINSON), T., 516.Carboxyethylthiocarbimide and the ac-tion of dipheuylamine on (DIXON andTAYLOR), T., 697 ; P., 74.2-Carbaxy-5-methoxyphenoxyacetic acid(ENGELS, PERKIN, and ROBINSON),T., 1146.synthesis of (PERKIN and ROBINSOX),T., 504.a- Carboxymethyl-ab-diphenylthiocarb-amide, preparation of (PIXON andTAYLOR), T., 697 ; P., 74.Carboxymethylthiocarbimide and the ac-tion of diphenylaniine on (DIXONand TAYLOR), T., 696 ; P., 74.Carvestrene dihydrobromide and di-hydrochloride, formation of (FISHEK.aiid PEitIiIN), T., 1888.isocarvestrene (A6a(9)-m-menthadiene),synthesis of (FISHER and PERKIN),T., 1876 ; P., 228INDEX OICatalysis. See under Affinity, chemical.Catechol, roaction of diazoniom salts with(ORTON and EVERATT), T., 1021;P., 118.derivatives, methylene ethers, actionof phosphorus pentachloride 011(BARGER), T., 2081 ; P., 237.action of thionyl chloride and ofphosphorus pentachloride on(RARGER), T., 563 ; P., 50.action of thionpl chloride on (BAR-GER and EWINS), T., 735; P.,60.Chemical change.See under Affinity,constitution, and absorption spectra,relation between (BALY andDESCH), T., 1747 ; P., 173 ; (BALYand SCHAEFER), T., 1808 ; P.,207 ; (BALuand TUCK)? T., 1902 ;P., 223 ; (BALY and MARSDEN),T., 2108 ; P., 235 ; discussion, P. ,236 ; (BALY, COLLIE, and WAT-relation of, to colour and fluorescence( SILBERRAD and ROY}, P., 204.and colour of azomethine compounds(POPE), T., 532 ; P., 24 ; (POPEaud FLEMING), T., 1914; P.,228.and dielectric constant, relation be-tween (STEWART), T., 1059 ; P.,124.and physiological action, relationbetween, in certain substitutedaminoalkyl esters ( PYMAN), T.,1793 ; P., 208.andviscosity, relation between (DUN-STAN and THOLE). T.. 1815 : P..chemical.SON), P., 268..213 ; (DUNSTAN and STUBBS), T.;1919 ; P., 224.effect of, on the oDtical activitv ofnitrogen compoGnds (EVERLTT),T., 1225 ; P., 148.effect of, on the rotatory power ofoptically active ammonium coin-pounds (JOXES and HILL), T.,295; P., 28.effect of, on the rotatory power of op-tically active nitrogen compounds(EVERATT and JONES), T., 1789 ;P., 212.dissociation and dynamics. See underChlorination, electrolytic, of the salts oforganic acids (INGLIS and WOOTTON),T., 1592 ; P., 174.Chlorine and hydrogen, relative atomicweights of (GRAY and BURT), P.,215.water, reaction of, with calcium car-bonate (RICHARDSON), T., 280.Affinity, chemical.SUBJECTS. 2303Chlorocodon froin Uganda, a new isomer-ide of vanillin from (GOULDING andPELLY), P., 62.a-Chlorohydrin, rate of hydrolysis of, bywater and by alkali, and the influenceof neutral salts on the reaction velo-city (SENTER), P., 89.Cholestenone and its oxonide (DOREEand GARDSER), T., 1328 ; P., 1i3.Cholesterol, action of fused potassiumhydroxide and of hydrogen per-oxide on (PICKARD and YATES),T., 1678 ; P., 122.ozonide of (DORI~E and GARDSER),T., 1331 ; P., 173.Cholesterol group, contributions to thechemistryof the ( PICKARD and YATES),T., 1678, 1928 ; P., 121,227.Chromium sesquioxide, reduction of, bycarbon (GREENWOOD), T., 1488 ; P.,188.Chromous chloride, preparation ofpure, and its hydrates (RICH), P.,215.Cinnamic acid, alkaloidal salts, and theiroptical activity (HILDITCH), T., 703 ;P., 61.Cinnamic acid, horny1 and menthylesters, optical properties of (HIL-DITCH), T., 1.menthyl ester, optical rotatory powerof (HILDITCH), P., 286.Cobaltinitrites, studies on the (CUNNING-Colloidal solutions, viscosity of (FAW-Colour and constitution of azomethinecompounds (POPE), T., 532 ; P., 24 ;(POPE and FLEMING), T., 1914 ; P.,228.and fluorescence, relation of, to consti-tution (SILBERRAD and ROY), P.,204.iu the triphenylnietliane series, causcof (GREEN), I?., 206.Colouring matters of the stilbene group(GREEN and BADDILEY), T., 1721 ;P., 201.Co-ordinated compounds, constitution of(BRIGGS), T., 1564 ; P., 94.Copper, interactiou of, with nitric acidin presence of metallic nitrates(REKNIE, HIGGIS, and COOKE), T.,1162 ; P., 141.direct action of radium on (PERMAN),T., 1775 ; P., 214.Copper alloys, coloriinetric method forthe estimation of small percentagesof iron in (GREGORY), T., 93.Cupric salts, colour of, in aqueoussolution (SIDGWICK and TIZARI)),T., 187.HAM and PERKIN), P., 212.SITT), T., 1004 ; P., 1212304 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Coprostanone and its oxime, semicarb-azone, and phenylhydrazine compound(DoR'EE and GARDNER), T., 1628 ; P.,196.Coprosterol (DORJ~E and GARDXER), T.,1625 ; P., 196.$-Coprosterol and its acetate and henzoate(DORI~E and GARDNER), T., 1630 ; P.,196.Coumarin and thio-, and their mercuri-chlorides (CLAYTON), T., 525 ; P.,26.Coumarin, 6- and 7-chloro-, formationof (CLAYTOK), T., 2021.Coumarins and thio-, residual afinity of,as shown by their additive com-pounds (CLAYTON), T., 524 ; P.,26.formation of (CLAYTON), T., 2016;P., 229.o-Cresol, 3-brOmO-, 3-bromo-5-nitro-, andits potassium salts, and 5-bromo-3-nitro-, potassium salts of (R~BERT~ON),T., 789 ; P., 73.p-Cresol, condensation of, with epichloro-hydrin (BOYD and MARLE), T., 839 ;P., 92.m- and p-Cresol methyl ethers, sulphina-tion of (SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL),T., 756.Crystal form of halogen derivatives ofopen-chain hydrocarbons with refer-ence t o the Rarlow-Pope theory ofstructure (JAEGER), T., 517 ; P.,29.Crystallisation, spontaneous, the tem-peratures of, of mixed solutionsand their determination by meansof the index of refraction (ISAAC),T., 384 ; P., 30.of solutions of some alkali nitrates(JONES), T., 1739 ; P., 196.of substances which form a con-tinuous series of mixed crystals(MIERS and ISAAC), T., 927 ; P.,125.$-Cumeneazo-orcinol, 6-bromo- (ORTONand EVERATT), T., 1020.q-Cumene-4-azoresorcino1, 6-bromo- (OR-TON and EvERArT), T., 1019.$-Cumenol, coumarins from (CLAYTON),T., 2020.l-~-Cumy1-2-methylbenziminazole, 4 : 7-dinitro-6-hydroxy- (MELDOLA andHAY), T., 1677.Cupric salts.See under Copper.Cyanates, thio-. See Thiocyanates.Cyanides. See Metallic cyanides.isocyanine dyes, optical and sensitisingproperties of (SHEPPARI)), P., 134.See also Polymorphism.1D.Unlura Aletcloides, meteloidinc from(PYMAN), T., 2077 ; P., 234.Dehydrocholestanedionol (ozychokstcne-diol), formation of (PICKARD andYkres), T., 1684 ; P., 121.Dehydrositostanedionol, Dehydrosito-stenedione and its phenylhydrazone,and Dehydroeitostanedione and itsdioxime (PICKARD and YATES), T.,1931 ; P., 227.Dehydrositostanetriol and its acyl tle-rivntives (PICKARD and YATES), T.,1930 ; P., 227.Density, apparatus for determining the.See Pyknometer.of solids, use of the niicro-balancefor the measurement of (BRILL andEVANS), T., 1442 ; P., 185.Dextrose derivatives, constitution of(IRVINE and GILMOUR), T., 1429;P., 186.Diacetanilide, s-tribromo- and 2:6-di-chloro-4-nitro- (SMITH and ORTON),T., 1250.Diacetanilides, formation of (SMITH andORTON), T., 1246 ; P., 132.Diamond, summary of information as tothe artificial production of (THREL-FALL), T., 1351 ; P., 131.Diisoamyl sulphoxide, preparation of(GAZDAR and SMILES), T., 1834 ; P.,216.Diazobenzene (benzenediaxonium) broni-ide, preparation of (CHATTAWAY),T., 959.chloride, rate of decomposition of(CAIN and NICOLL), P., 282.p-Diazoiminobenzene, derivatives of(MORGAN and MICKLETHWAIT), T ,602 ; P., 48.Diazomethane, action of, on the twomodifications of isonitrosocamphor(FORSTER and HOLMES), T., 242 ;action of, on hydroxyazo-compounlls(SMITH and MI~THELL), T., 842 ;P., 70.Diazonium bromides, new general methodof preparing ( CHATTAWAY), T.,958; P., 93.pcybromides, constitution of (CHATTA-salts, quantitative conversion ofaromatic hyclrazines into (CHATTA-WAY), T., 852 ; P., 74.reaction of, with mono- and di-hydric phenols and with naph-thols (ORTON and EVERATT), T.,P., 8.RAY), P., 17%.1010; P., 118INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2305Diazo-reaction, study of, in the diphenylseries (MORGAN and MICKLE’IHWAIT),T., 614 ; P., 51.Diazotoluene (toluenediazmiunt) brom-ides, o- and p-, preparation of(CHATTAWAY), T., 960.Dibenzoyl. See Benzil.Dibenzoyl-. See also under the parentSubstance.as-Dibenzoyl-a-methoxydibenzyl and itsreactions (IRVINE and MCNICOLL),T., 956; P., 119.s-Di-B-benzoyloxy-l:4-diethylpiperazineand its additive salts and physiologicalaction (PYMAN), T., 1795 ; P., 208.By-Dibenzoyloxydiethylprop ylamineand its additive salts and physiologicalaction (PPMAN), T., 1794 ; P., 208.B y-Dibenzoyloxydimethylpropylamineand its additive salts and physiologicalaction (PUMAS), T., 1794 ; P., 208.s- BB-Dibenzoyloxymethyldie thylamineand its additive salts and physiologicalaction (PYMAN), T., 1794 ; F’., 208.By-Dibenzoyloxy -l -propylpiperidineand its additive salts and physiologicalaction (PYMAN), T., 1794 ; P., 208s-88-Dibenzoyloxytriethylamine and itsadditive salts and physiological action(PYMAN), T., 1794 ; P., 208.Dibenzyl diselenide (PRICE and JONES),P., 134.disulphide, preparation of (PRICE andTWISS), T., 1399.sulphoxide, preraration of (GAZDARand SMILES), T., 1835 ; P., 216.Dibenzylethyl-silicol and -silicyl oxide(ROBISON and KIPPING), T., 449 ; P.,25.Dibenzylsilicols, a- arid B- (ROBISONand KIPPING), T., 448 ; P., 25.Dibenzylsilicon dichloride (ROBISON andKIPPING), T., 451 ; P., 25.Dibenzylsilicone and its termolecularcompound (ROBISON and KIPPING),T., 439 ; P., 25.Dicamphorylarsinicacid and its cadmiumand silver salts and chloride (MORGANand MICKLETHWAIT), T., 2144 ; P.,268.3 :43’:4’-Dicarbonyldioxybenzil( BARGERand EWINS), T., 737.3:4: 3’:4’-Dicarbonyldioxy-aa-dichloro-deoxybenzoin ( BARGER and EWINS),T., 736.3 4 :3‘:4- Dicarbonyldiox y- aB- di- and-tetra-chloro-s-diphenylethane (BAR-GER and EWINS), T., 740.Dicarboxyglutaric acid, ethyl ester,preparation of (SIMONSEN), T., 1784.Diisocarvestrene, synthesis of (FISHERand PERKIN), T., 1892.Dicholeateryl ether, oxidation of (PICK-ARD and YATES), T., 1682 ; P., 121.Dielectric constant.See under Electro-chemistry.1 :4-Diethanolpiperazine and its additivesalts (PYMAN), T., 1802 ; P., 208.4:4’-Diethoxydiphenyl sulphoxide, pre-paration of (GAZDAR and SMILES),T., 1835 ; P., 216.Diethoxypyridine, dibromo- and di-chloro- (SELL), T., 1996, 1999; p.,225.Diethyl disulphide, preparation of (PRICEand TWISS), T., 1399.Diethylaminoethyl phthalate and itsadditive salts (PYMAN), T., 1804 ; P.,208.Diethyl ketone, reaction of, with mer-curic iodide in alkaline solution(MARSH and STRUTHERS), P., 267.Diglycollic acid, dithio-, and its esters(PRICE andTwIss), T., 1645 ; P., 198.Di-Al-cyclohexeneacetic acid, a-cyano-,methyl ester (HARDING, HAWORTH,and PERKIN), T., 1957,Dihydrobenzenes, substituted (CROSSLEYand RENOUF). T., 629 ; Y., 59.Dihydrobrazilinic acid, lactone of,synthesis of (PERKIN and ROBINSON),T., 489 ; P., 54.Dihydroisocarveatrenol ( A6-m-rnenthenol-(8)) and its nitrosochloride, synthesisof (FISHER and PERKIN), T., 1887;P., 228.Dihydrodicyclopentadiene, nitro-, nitriteof, nitrohydroxy-, and its sodium saltand +-nitrol, and nitroisonitroso-(RULE), T., 1561 ; P., 175.Dihydrohsmatoxylinic acid, lactone of,synthesis of (PERKIN and ROBINSON),T., 489 ; P., 54.Dilactylic acid, a- and B-dithio-, andtheir esters (PRICE and TWISS), T.,1645; P., 198.Dimethoxyanthraquinone, trihydroxy-(BENTLEY and WEIZMANN), T., 438 ;P., 52.1:4-Dimethoxybenzene.See Quinol di-methyl ether.9-Dimethoxpbenzoin. alkvlation of(IRVINE ind MCNICOLL), T., 1607 ;P., 192.2’ :4‘-Dimethoxsbenzorlbenzoia acid.preparation if (PERKIN and ROBINSON);T., 510.l:4-Dimethoxybenzoylpropionic acid andits methyl ester, and the condensationof the ester with ethyl oxalate (PERKINand ROBINSON), T., 506.l:4-Dimethoxybenzoylpyrnvic acid,ethylester, preparation of (PERKIN andROBINSON), T., 5052306 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2’:4‘-Dime thoxybenzylideneacetophen-one, 2-hydroxy-, and the action ofhydrochloric acid on, and its potassiumderivative ( PERKIN, ROBINSON, andTURNER), T., 1109.5:6-Dimethoxy-2-benzylidene-l-hydr-indone, 2‘:4‘-dihydroxy- (ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBIXSON), T., 1154.5: 6-Dimethoxy-2-chloromethylene- 1-hydrindone (EKGELS, PERKIN, andROBINSON), T., 1153.5: 6 -Dime thoxy-2-hydroxyme thylene - 1 -hydrindone (ENGELS, PEKKIN, andROBINSON), T., 1153.4’ :5‘-Dimethoxy-2:3-indenobenzo-pyranol(l:4) and 7-hydroxy-, salts of(PERKIN and ROBINSON), T., 1103.74’-Dimethoxy-4:3-indenobenzopyranol(1:4), 5’-hydroxy-, salts of (ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBINSON), T.,1147.p Dimethoxyphenyl sulphide and sulph-oxide (SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL),T., 760.2’:4’-Dimethoxy-2-phenylbenzopyranol(1:4) salts (PERKIN, ROBINSON, andTURNER), T., 1114.22‘-Dimethoxystilbene, 4:4f-dinitro-(GREEN and BADDILEY), T., 1724;3:6-Dimethoxytetra-&nisyltetrahydro-furan, 2-hydroxy- (IRVINE andMCNICOLL), T., 1603 ; P., 192.3 :5-Dimethoxytetraphenyltetrahydro-furan, 2-hydroxy-, and its triacetylderivative (IRVINE and MCNICOLL),T., 955 ; P., 119.acid and its sodium salts (BARROW-CLIFF, PYMAN, and REMFRY), T.,1898.and its hydrochlorides, platini-chloride, methiodide, acetyl and ben-zoyl derivatives, and ethyl ether andits dihydrochloride and platini-chlorides (Fox and HEWITT), T., 341 ;P., 6.4-Dimethylamino-2’-benzeneazotoluene-5‘-arsonic acid and its sodium saltsT., 1899.Dimethylbrazilein (ENGELS, PERKIN,and ROBINSON), T., 1132.4:7-Dimethylcoumarin and its additivesalts, oxime, and phenylhydrazone(CLAYTON), T., 528 ; Y., 26.Dimethylconmarins, 69-, 6:8-, and 5:8-,formation of (CLAYTON), T., 2018.l:l-Dimethyl-A2:4-dihydr~benzene andA2:5-dihydrobenzene ( CROSSLEY andRENOUF), T., 629 ; P., 59.P., 202.4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene-4’-arsonicDimethylaminobenzeneazo-a-naphthol(BARROWCLIFF, PYMAN,and REMFRY),1: l-Dimethyldihydroresorcinethyl ether,preparation and reduction of (CROSS-LEY and RENOUF), T., 640.Dimethylethylqchhexenone, synthesisof (CROSSLEY and GILLING), P., 281.1 :l-Dimethylcyclohexane (1 :1-dimethyl-hcxahydrobenxene), 2:3 : 5 : 6-tetmbromo-(CROSSLEY and RENOUF), T., 650.1 : 4- Dimethylcyclohexan-2-one and itssernicarbazone ‘(HARDING, HAWORTH,and PERKIN), T., 1970.1 :l-Dimethyl-A4-c?/clohexene (1 :l&-?nethyl-A4-tetrahydrobcn~ene), 3-hvdr-oxy- (CROSSLEY and RENOUF), ‘ T.,641.acetic acid, ethyl ester, and its semi-carbazone (CROSSLEY and GILLING),P., 130.BS-Dimethyloctan-F-onoic acid, oxime,p-nitrophenylliydrazone, and semicarb-azone of (CLARKE, LAPWORTH, andWECHSLER), T., 37.P:9-Dimethylphenazine-2:7-bisarsonicacid (BARROWCLIFF, PYMAN, andRKMFRY), T., 1901.OD-Dimethylpropane, tetmbromo-, crystalform of (JAEGER), T., 520; P.,29.Dimethylpropylcyclohexenone, synthesisof (CROSSLEY and GILLING), P., 281.1 : l-Dimethyl-5-propyl-A4-cycZohexenone-3 and its semicarbazone (CROSSLETand GILLIWG), P., 130.2:2’- Dimethylstilbene, 4 : 4’-dini tro-(GREEN and BADDILEY), T,, 1723;P., 202.l:l-Dimethyl-A4-tetrahydrobenzene.See1 :l-Dimethyl-A4-cycZohexene.4:7-Dimethylthiocoumarin and its mer-curichloride (CLAYTON), T., 529 ; P.,26.-Dinaphthacridine, 7-bromo-,and its additive salts (SENIER andAUSTIN), T., 66.-Dinaphthacridines, attempt-ed synthesis of (SENIER and AUSTIN),T., 63.j3B-Dinaphthyl, absorption spectra of(HOMER and PURVIS), T., 1321 ; P.,147.Di-o-, -m-,and pnitrobenzyl disulphides,preparation of (PRICE and TWISS), T.,1403 ; P., 185.Dicyclopentadiene, action of nitrous gason (RULE), T., 1560 ; P., 175.Diphenanthracridine, preparation of(AUSTIN), T., 1764 ; P., 200.Diphenetyl sulphoxide.See 4:4’-Di-ethoxydiphenyl sulphoxide.1: 1 - Dimethyl- A4-cycZohexen- $one- 5 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 2307Di-p-phenetyl-a-disnlphone (HILDITCH),T., 1527 ; P., 192.Diphenyl sulphoxide, 4 :4’-diamino-, pre-paration of (GAZDAR and SMILES), T.,1835; P., 216.Diphenylamine 2-p-phenetyl-sulphoxide,di-p-nitro- (SMILES and HILDITCH),T., 153.sulphoxide, isodinitro-, deiivatives of(SMILES and HILDITCH), T., 1691 ;Diphenylamine, heptabromo-p-hydroxy-,acetylation of (SMITH and ORTOX),T., 1250.p- hydroxy-, bromination of (SMITH andORTON), T., 314; P., 27.Diphenylamine-o-sulphonic acids, di-nitro-, and their salts (SMILES), p.,147.s-Diphenylcarbamide and its p-nzo?~o-,d i p and tri-chloro-derivatives (YOUNGand DUNSTAN), T., 1057 ; P., 136.Diphenyl-a-disulphone ( HILDITCH), T.,1526 ; P., 192.s-Diphenylethylene.See Stilbene.Diphenylethylsilicyl chloride and oxide(MAKSDEN and KIPPING), T., 207 ; P.,12.Diphenylhexatriene, and allied hydrocar-bons, synthesis and refractive powerof, and its hexabromide (SMEDLEY), T.,372.Diphenylmethane, oxidation of (LAWand PERKIN), T., 1637 ; P., 195.2:6-Diphenyl-4-pyrone and its platini-chloride (RUHEMANN), T., 434 ; P.,52.Diphenyl series, study of the diazo-re-action in the (MOKGAS and MICKLE-THWAIT), T., 614 ; P., 51.1:3-Dipheny1-2-thiobarbitnric acid, 5-mono- and -di-bromo-, preparation of,and the estimation of bromine in(WHITELEY), P., 288.Diselenides, preparation of (PRICE andJONES), P., 134.Dispersion.See under Photochemistry.Distillation, vacuum, n simple manome-ter for (GEBHARD), P., 51.Disulphides, preparation of (PRICE andTWISS), T., 1395, 1401, 1645 ; P.,179, 185, 198.a-Disulphones, aromatic (HILDITCH),T., 1524 ; P., 192.s-Di-p-tolylcarbamide (YOUNG and DUN-STAN), T., 1058 ; P., 136.Di-p-tolyl-a-disnlphone (HILDITCH), T.,1526 ; P., 192.Dixanthyl derivatives, new (SILBERRADand ROY), P., 205.Di-p-xylyl-a-disulphone ( HILDITCH), T.,1527 ; P., 192.P., 199.Dynamic isomerism.See under AEnity,chemical.E.Egg-yolk, the proteins of (PLIMMER),T., 1500 ; P., 190.ELECTROCHEMISTRY :-Electrochemical equivalents, use ofthe micro-balance for the determina-tion of (BRILL and EVANS), T.,1442 ; P., 185.Dielectric constant and chemicalconstitution, relation be tween(STEWART), T., 1059 ; P., 124.apparatus for determilling the, oforganic liquids (S.1 EWART), T.,1062 ; P., 124.Electrode, hydrogen, anomalous be-haviour of the, in solutions of leadsalts (DENHAM and ALLMAND), T.,424 ; P., 14.Electrolytic chlorination. See Chlor-ination.conduction, examination of the con-ception of hydrogen ions in (LAP-WORTH), T., 2187 ; P., 275.dissociation of the polyiodides ofthe alkali metals and ammoniumradicles (DAWSON and JACKSON),T., 2063 ; P., 213.conductivity and viscosity of aqueoussolutions (GREEN), T., 2023,2049 ;P., 187.Electron, the, as an clement ( RAMSAY),T., 774 : P., 87.Ionic mobility, elucidation of the con-nexion between, and the fluidity ofthe solution (GREEN), T., 2049 ; P.,187.Element, new tin-gronp, in thorianite(EVANS), T., 666 ; P., 60.Emulsin, hydrolysis of amygdalin by(AULD), T., 1251, 1276 ; P., 97,181.Epichlorohydrin, condensation of, withphenols (BOYD and MARLE), T., 838 ;P., 92.Ester catalysis (FITZGERALD and LAP-WORTH), T., 2163 ; P., 274.Ester hydrolysis ( LAPWORTH), P., 152.Esterification, theories of (LAPWORTH),P., 152.Esterification constants of the normalfatty acids(SunB0RouGHand G I ~ I N S ) ,T., 210 ; P., 14.Esters, formation and hydrolysis of( FITZGERALD and LAPWORTH), P.,153.Ethane, thermal decomposition of (BONESee also Aininoalkyl esters.and COWARD), T., 1197 ; P., 1672308 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Ethane, bistriazo-derivative of (FORSTEB,FIERZ, and JOSHUA), T., 1070; P.,102.Ethanedicarboxylic acid.See Methyl-malonic acid.Ethers, formation of, from compoundsof the benzoin type (IRVINE andMCNICOLL), T., 1601 ; P., 191.Ethoxide, lead, formation of ( PERKIN),P., 1’19.5-Ethoxy-1: l-dimethylhexahydrobenz-ene, 3-hydroxy-, and the action ofhydrogen bromide on ( CROSSLEY andRENOUF), T., 642.2-Ethoxyindene, 3-cyano-, formation of(MOORE and THORI’E), T., 177 ; P.,13.Ethoxyphenyl-.See Phenetyl-.Ethylcatechol, dichloro-, cyclic carbon-ates of (BARGER), T., 2081 ; P.,237.Ethylene, thermal decomposition of(BONE and COWARD), T., 1197; P.,167.Ethylene, tetraiodo-, crystal form of(JAEGER), T., 523 ; P., 29.Ethylenedicarboxylic acids. See Fn-mark acid and Maleic acid.F.Fenchone, comparison of, with a-methyl-camphor (GLOVER), T., 1285 ; P.,151.Fermentation, studies in (SLATOR), T.,alcoholic, the mechanism of (SLATOR),Ferro-alloys, production of (GREEN-WOOD), T., 1496 ; P., 189.Fluorene, oxidation of (LAW and PER-KIN), T., 1637 ; P., 195.Fluorene, 2-amino-, and its reactions(AUSTIN), T., 1765 ; P., 200.Fluorene- I -naphthamidine, prepara-tion of (AUSTIS), T., 1766 ; P.,200.Fluorescence and colour, relation of, toconstitution (SILBERRAD and ROY),P., 204.of platinocyanides (LEVY), T., 1446 ;P., 178.Formic acid, ethyl ester, saponificationof, by water in presence of acids ascatalytic agents (LAPWORTH), P.,100.Fumaric acid, alkaloidal salts, and theiroptical activity (HILDITCH), T., 704 ;P., 61.217 ; P., 11.T., 217 ; P., 11.N-uCH-BFuroin, alkylation of (IRVINE andMCNICOLL), T., 1608 ; P., 192.G.Gallic acid, electrolytic oxidation of (A.G.and F. M. PERKIN), T., 1186;P., 149.action of reducing agents on (GARDNERand HODGSON), P., 272.Gas, measurement of a homogeneouschemical change in a (CLARKE andCHAPMAN), T., 1638 ; P., 190.Gas burettes.See Burettes.Glucose. See Dextrose.Glucose-anilide, preparation, alkylation,aiid mutarotation of ( IRVINE and GIL-MOUR), T., 1434 ; P., 186.Glucosehydrazone, constitution of (IR-VINE and GILMOUR), T., 1429; P.,186.Glucoseoxime, preparation and alkyla-tion of (IRVINE and GILMOUR), T.,1435 ; P., 186.Glyceryl diphenyl ether (BOYD anddi-p-tolyl ether (BOYD and MARLE),Glycine (ami?wacetic acid), condensa-tion of, with aminopinenedicarboxylicacid (GODDEN), T., 1172 ; I’., 144.Gold, direct action of radium on (PER-MAN), T., 1775 ; P., 214.Guaiacol, o- andp-bromo-, and 6-bromo-4-nitro-, and its potassium salts, and 4-bromo-6-nitro-, potassium salts of(ROBERTSON), T., 791 ; P., 73.MARLE), T., 840 ; P., 92.T., 839; P., 92.H.Haematein and its derivatives (ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBINSON), T., 1115 ;P., 148.methylation of (ENGELS, PERKIN, andROBINSON), T., 1140.Haematoxylin and brazilin and theirderivatives (ENGELS, PERKIN, andROBIXSON), T., 1115; P., 148.constitution of (PERKIN and ROBIN-SON), T., 489 ; P., 54.Halogen carriers, use of pyridine basesas (CROSS and COHEN), P., 15.Halogen compounds, organic, inter-action of, with aluminium, indium,and thallium (SPENCER and WAL-LACE), T., 1827 ; P., 194.the chemical dynamics of the re-actions between sodium thiosul-phate and (SLATOR and TWISS),P., 286INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2309Halogen salts. See Perhalogen salts.Hemp, Canadian. See Apo ynunz caizna-Heptaldoxime. See Gnanthaldoxime.Hexahydro-p- tolualdehy de, preparationof (HARDING, HAWORTH, and PER-KIN), T., 1974.a:2:4:5:2’:5’-Hexamethoxy -8’-phenoxy -B-phenylisobutyric acid and itsmethyl ester and silver salt (ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBINSON), T., 1158.Hexameth yltriresorc ylselenonium(HILDITCH and SMILES), T., 1386.A1:3:5-Hexatriene di- and tctra-bromides,crystal form of (JAEGEIL), T., 521 ;P., 21.Al-cycZoHexeneacetic acid and its nitrile(HARDING, HAWORTH, and PERKIN),T., 1959.A1-cycloHexeneacetic acid, a-cyano-, andits ethyl ester (HARDING, HAWORTH,and PERKIN), T., 1956.a-A’-cycloHexenepropionic acid and itssilver salt and nitrile, and a-cyano-,methyl ester of (HARDING, HAWORTH,and PERKIN), T., 1961.qcZoHexylacetic acid, P-bromo- (HARD-ING, HAWORTH, and PXRKIN), T.,1960.cycZoHexy1-2-acetic acid, 2- bromo-l-hydroxy-, lactone of (HARDING, HA-WORTH, and PERKIN), T., 1963.cyctoHexylideneacetic acid ( HARDIKG,HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T., 1961.Homo-olestranol (POWER and TUTIN),T., 896 ; P., 117.Eydrazines, aromatic, oxidation of, bymetallic oxides, permanganates,and chromates (CHATTAWAY), T.,270 ; P., 10.conversion of, into diazonium salts(CHATTAWAY), T., 852 ; P., 74.Hydrindene derivatives, formation of,from o-phenylenediacetonitrile (MOOREand THORFE), T., 165 ; P., 12.Hydrindene, P-imino-a-cyano-, and itsphenylhydrazine derivative (MOOREand THORPE), T., 176 ; P., 12.8-Hydrindone, preparation of (MOOREand THORPE), T., 186 ; P., 13.action of bromine on (CRICETH andTHORPE), T., 1507 ; P., 192.B-Hydrindone, a-cyano-, and its phenyl-hydrazone, metallic salts, and 0-benzoyl derivative (MOORE andTHOILPE), T., 178 ; P., 13.formation of (CREETH and TIIORPE),T., 1509.Hydrocarbon, C,,H,, from the action ofmagnesium methyl iodide on ethyll-methyl-A5-cyclopentene-2-carboxyl-ate (HAWORTH and PERKIN), T., 597.binum.Hydrocarbons, formation of, by theinteraction of metals of the alumin-ium group with organic haloids(SPENCEE and WALLACE), T., 1827 ;P., 194.formation of, by the interaction ofalkyl haloids with magnesium(SPENCER and CREWDSON), T.,1821 ; P., 194.thermal decomposition of (BONE andCOWARD), T., 1197 ; P., 167.aromatic, relation between the absorp-tion spectra and chemical constitu-tion of (BALY and TUCK), T., 1902 ;P., 223.of the benzene series, oxidation of(LAW and PERKIN), T., 1633 ; P.,195.open-chain, halogen derivatives,crystal form of, with reference tothe Barlow-Pope theory of structure,(JAEGER), T., 517 ; P., 29.Hydrogen and chlorine, relative atomicweights of (GRAY and BURT), P.,215.passage of, through a palladiumseptum, and the pressure it pro-duces (TSAKALOTOS), p., 208.direct union of, with carbon (BONEand COWARD), T., 1975 ; P., 222.and nitrogen, chemical action ofradium ernanation on (CAMERONand RAMSAY), T., 984 ; P., 132.and oxygen, chemical action ofradium ernanation on (CAMERONand RAMSAY), T., 971 ; P., 132.Hydrogen chloride (hydrochZoric acid),conductivity and viscosity ofsolutions of (GREEN), T., 2023;P., 187.chemical action of radium emanationon (CAMERON and RAMSAY), T.,984 ; P., 132.dioxide, interaction of, with sulphides(GAZDAR and SMILES), T., 1833 ;P., 216.Hydrogen electrode.See Electrodeunder Electrochemistry.Hydrogen ions, examination of the con-ception of, in catalysis, salt formation,and electrolytic conduction (LAP-WORTH), T., 2187; P., 275.Hydrolysis. See under Affinity,chemical.Hydropiperoin and LsoHydropiperoin,action of thionyl chloride on ( BARGERand EWINS), T., 735 ; P., 60.Hydroxy-. See under the parentSubstance.Hydroxy-acid, C1,,HI6O3, and its salts,from pinene (HENDERSON and HEIL-CRON), T., 289 ; P., 312310 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.a-Hydroxycarboxylic acids, action ofheat on (LE SUEUR), T., 716 ; P.,70.Hyponitroue acid.See under Nitrogen.I.Iminazoles, forination of (MELDOLA andHAY), T., 1659 ; P., 197.Imino-compounds, formation and re-rtctions of (MOORE and THORPE), T.,165; P., 12; (BEST and THOKPE),P., 283.Indene-3-carboxylic acid, 2-amino-, andits ethyl ester and amide and theirhydrochlorides (MOORE and THORPE),T., 183; P., 13,23-Indenobenzopyranol( 1:4) and 7-hydroxy-, and their salts (PEHKIN andROBINSON), T., 1099.Iodides. See Polyiodides.Indium, interaction of, with organichalogen compounds (SPENCER andWALLACE), T., 1832 ; P., 194.Intramolecular rearrangement in in-active substances, polarimetric studyof (PATTERSON and MCMILLAN), T.,1041 ; P., 135.Iodine, liberation of, from hydriodic acidby halogenated malonyl derivatives(WHITELEY), P., 288.solubility of, in water (HARTLEY andCAMPBELL), T., 741 ; P., 55.reaction of, with phosphorous acid(STEELE), T., 2203 ; P., 193.Ionic mobility.See under Electro-chemistry.Ipnranol and its diacetyl derivative fromolive bark (POWER and TUTIN), T.,907 ; P., 118.Iron, metallic, constitution of (TILDEN),T., 1362.the rusting of (TILDEN), T., 1356;P., 169.rust, composition of (TILDEN), T.,1362; P., 169.Iron alloys. See Ferro-alloys.Iron carbide, formation of (PRING), T.,2105 ; P., 241.Iron, colorimetric method for the estima-tion of small percentages of, in copperalloys (GREGORY), T., 93.Isomeric change, action of carbonylchloride as an agent for arresting(LOWRY and MAGSON), T., 119.Ieomeriem, dynamic.See under Affinity,chemical.K.Xeten, some reactions of (CHICK andpolymeride of (CHICK and WILSMORE),WILSMORE), P., 77.T., 946 ; P., 100.Keto-alcohol, C%H,O,, and its acetateand phenylhydrazone, from the oxida-tion of the substance, C%H,O,, fromcholesterol ( PICKARD and YATES), T.,1653 ; P., 121.1 -Xe to-1 :2- dih ydrobenzoxazole and theaction of aniline on (YOUNG andDUXSTAN), ‘1’. , 1056.Ketone, C,H,,O, from pinene (HENDER-SON and HEILBBOS), T., 292 ; P.,31.Ketones, condensation of, with ethylphenylpropiolate (RUHEMANN), T.,431 ; P., 52.action of mercuric iodide OD, in alkal-ine solution (MARSH and S*rRuTH-ERS), P., 266.containing the group, .CH;CO CH:,condensation of, with esters in pres-ence of sodium ethoxide (CLARKE,LAPWORTH, and WECHSLER), T.,30.hydroaromatic (CROSSLEY and GIL-LING), P., 130, 281.See also Amino-ketones.Ketonic acid, C26HJ20S, and its oxinieand potassium salt, from cholestenoiie(DORI~E and GARDNER), T., 1330 ; P.,173.phen-3-dicarboxylic acid, ethyl ester,and its isomede (RUHEMANN), T.,627 ; P., 53.Krypton, density of (MOORE), T., 2181 ;4-Keto-2-phenyliminotetrahydrothio-u 0 - 6 3L.Lsevulose, fermentation of, by yeastjuice (HARDEN and YOUNG), P., 115.Lead potassium periodide, Wells’, com-position and formula of (MELDRUM),P., 97.nitrate and sodium nitrate, temper-atures of spontaneous crystallisationof mixtures of (ISAAC), T., 384 ;P., 30.po tassi urn nitrites, complex (MELD -RUM), P., 97.oxides, velocity of reduction of, bycarbon monoxide and the existenceof a suboxide (BRISLEE), T., 154.Lead ions, univalent, existence of, inaqueous solutions (DENHAM and ALL-MAND), T., 424 ; P., 14.Lime.See Calcium oxide.Lithium chloride, conductivity andviscosity of solutions of (GHEEN),T., 2023 ; P., 187.and sucrose, conductivity arid vis-cosity of mixtures of solutions of(GREEN), T., 2049 ; P., 157INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 2311Lithium nitrite and its decompositionmolecular volume of (RAY), T., 998 ;Livetin from egg-yolk (PLIMMER), T.,by heat (RAY), P., 75.P., 75.1501 ; P., 190.M.Magnesium, direct interaction of, withalkyl haloids (SPENCER and CREWD-SON), T., 1821 ; P., 194.interaction of, with aryl halides(SPENCER and STOKES), T., 68.Magnesium carbide, formation of(PRING), T., 2106 ; P., 241.oxide, reducibility of, by carbon(SLADE), T., 327; P., 29.Xalacone, a silicate of zirconium ( C n r -MING), T., 350 ; P., 28.Maleic acid, alkaloidal salts, and theiroptical activity (HILDITCH), T., 704 ;P., 61.Maleic acid, dihydrosy-, titanium de-rivative.See Titani-dihydroxymaleicacid under Titanium.Malonic acid, thioauilide of (I~uHE-Yalonic acid, ethyl ester, action ofphenylthiocarbiniide on ( KUHE-MAKN), T., 621 ; P., 53.sodium derivative, action of allyl-thiocarbimide on (RUHEMANN),T., 625.action of monochloromethyl etheron (SIMONSEN), T., 1777; P.,212.Malonic acid, cyano-, ethyl ester, thio-anilide of, and its salts(RUHEMAKN), T., 626.action of ethyl chloroacetate on(RUHEMANN), T., 627; P.,53.Malonyl derivatives, halogenated, libera-tion of iodine from hyriodic acid by(WHITELEY), P., 288.Malonyldiurethane, bromo-, preparationof, and the estimation of bromine in( WHITELEY), P., 288.Mandelonitrile glucoside, Fischer’s, for-mation of (AULD), T., 1281 ; P., 182.Manganous oxide, reduction of, by car-bon (GREENWOOD), T., 1491 ; p., 188.Mannose, fermentation of, by yeast juice(HARDEN and YOUNG), P., 115.Manometer, simple, for vacuum dis tilla-tion (GEBHARD), P., 51.2 m-Meconyl-5-methoxyphenol (PERKINand ROBINSON), T., 513.Mellitic acid (benzenehexacarboxylicacid), constitution of the phthaleinsof (SILBERRAD), P., 209.MANN), T., 624.Blellitic acid, rliodamines of (SILBERRADand ROY), P., 204.Melting points of the anilides, p-toluid-ides, and a-naphthalides of the normalfatty acids (ROBERTSON), T., 1033 ;P., 120.A1:3-p-Menthadiene. See Origanene.A6:8(y)-m-Menthadiene.See isoCarv-estrene.A6-m-Menthenol(8). See Dihydroiso-carvestrenol.Menthols, isomeric, and their acid esters(PICKARD and LITTLEBURY), P.,217.Menthone, action of amyl nitrite on, inpresence of sodium ethoxide (CLARKE,LAPWORTH, and WECHSLER): T., 36.Mercury iodide, condensation of, withcamphor (MARSH and STRUTHERS),P., 267.Mercuric iodide, action of, on ketonesin alkaline solution (MARSHand STBUTHERS), P., 266.double salt of, with potassiumiodide in organic solvents(MARSH and STRUTHERS), P.,266.nitrate solution, solubility of silverchloride in (RUTTLE and HEWITT),T., 1405 ; P., 173.Mercuric zinc cyanide, formula of(DUNSTAN), P., 135.Mercurous nitrite, molecular volumeof (RAY), T., 999 ; P., 75.Metallic cyanides, reactions of, withphenylhydrazine (STRUTHERS), P.,179.hydroxides, amphoteric (WOOD), T.,411 : P., 15.oxides,.reduction of, by carbon, inpresence of metallic iron and othersubstances (GREENWOOD), T.,1496 ; P., 189.refractory, reduction of, by carbon(GREENWOOD), T., 1483 ; P., 188.salts, fused, viscosity of, a t high tem-peratures (FAWsITr), T., 1302 ;P., 146.reactions of, with phenylhydrazine(STRUTHERS), P., 179.Metals, the rapid electro-analytical de-position and separation of (SAND),T., 1572 ; P., 189.viscosity of (FAWSITT), T., 1306 ; P.,146.Meteloidine from Datura Meteloides andits additive salts (PYMAN and REY-NOLDS), T., 2077 ; P., 234.Methane, synthesis of (BONE and COW-ARD), T., 1975 ; P., 222.thermal decomposition of (BONE andCOWARD), T., 1197 ; P., 1672312 INDEX 0%Methanesulphonic acid, chlorobromo-,strychnine and quinidine salts, andtheir optical activity (POPE and READ),T., 797 ; P., 99.Methanetricarboxylic acid, thioanilideand thioallylamide, diethyl estersand diamides of (RUHEMANN), T.,623 ; P., 53.diethyl ester, thioanilide of, action ofethyl chloroacetate on (RUHEMANN),T., 627 ; P., 53.3-Methoxyacetophenone, 4-hydroxy-.See Apocynin.Methoxyanthraquinone, dihydroxy-(BENTLEY and WEIZMANN), T., 437 ;P., 52.4-Methoxybenzoylpropionic acid, 2-hydroxg-, and its methyl ester, pre-paration of (PERKIN and ROBINSON),T., 508.8-Methoxybntane-aayy-tetracarboxylicacid and its ethyl ester and silver salt,synthesis and hydrolysis of (SIMON-SEN), T., 1784.Xethoxy dihydrodicyclopentadiene, nitro-(RULE), T., 1562; P., 175.2-Methoxyindene, 3-cyano- (MOORE andTHOKPE), T., 180 ; P., 13.?-Methoxy-23-indenobenzopyranol( 1:4)anhydroferrichloride ( PEBKIN andROBIKSON), T., 1102.7-Methoxy-43-indenobenzopyranol~l:4),4‘:5‘-dihydroxy-, salts of (ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBIKSON), T., 1150.u-Methoxymethylglutaric acid and itsbarium salt (SIMONSEN), T., 1783.8-Methoxymethylmalonic acid, ethylester, synthesis and reactioiis of(SIMONSRN), T., 1780 ; P., 212.8-Methoxymeth yl-B-isoprop ylmalonicacid and its ethyl ester and bariumsalt, synthesis of (SIYONSEN), T.,1787 ; P., 212.B - He t hoxyme t hy lisovaleric acid and itsethyl ester and silver salt, synthesisof (SIMONSEN), T., 1788.4’-1YTethoxy-2-phenylbenzopyranol( 1:4)salts (PERKIN, ROBINSON, andTURNER), T., 1111.3-Methoxyphenylmethylcarbinol, 4-hydroxy-.See Apocynol.4-Methoxyphenylphthalide, 2-hydroxy-(PERKIN and ROBINSON), T., 511.5-Methoxythionaphthen, tri- and tetra-chloro- (BARGER and EWINS), T., 2089.p-Me thoxy toluene-m-sulphinic acid andits oxidatioii (SMILES and LE ROS-SIGNOL), T., 758.m-Methoxytolyl sulphoxide (SMILES and‘LE ROSSIGNOL), T., 756.p-Methoxytolyl sulphoxide (SMILES andLF, ROSSIGNOL), T., 759.SUBJECTS.5-Methoxy-nt-xyleno-2-sulphinic acid(SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL), T., 761.5 -Methoxy -m- xylyl sulphoxida (SXILESand LE ROSSIGXOL), T., 761.Methyl alcohol, condensation of, withbenzoin (IRVINE and MCNICOLL), T.,950; P., 119.Methyl ether, w~onochloro-, syntheseswith (SIMOXSEN), T., 1777 ; P., 212.Methyloampholenitrile (GLOVE%), T.,1299 ; P., 152.a-Methylcamphor, preparation of, andits bromo-derivatives and 8-sul-phonic acid and its derivatives, andoxime (GLOVER), T., 1289 ; P., 151.coniparison of, with fenchone(GLOVER), T., 1285 ; P., 151.4-Methylcoumarin, 6- and 7-chloro-,formation of (CLAYTON), T., 2021.7-Methylcoamarin and its additive salts,oxime, and phenylhydrazone (CLAY-Methylene chloride, condensation of,with l-bronio- and l-chloro-2-naph-thylamines (SENIER and AUSTIN), T.63.Methylenedioxybenzene, conversion of,into cnrbonyldioxybenzene (BABGER),T., 566.4 :5’-Methylenedioxy-23-indenobenzo-pyranol(l:4) anhydroferrichloride(PEIIKIN and ROEINSON), T., 1105.a-3:4-Methylenedioxyphenylethane, aB-dichloro-, uB-ww-tetrachloro-, and B-chloro-a-hydroxy- ( HARGER), T., 2083 ;P., 237.methylamine, B-hydroxy-, arid itsbenzoyl derivative and their additivea-3 :4-Methylenedioxyphenylpropane, ai3-,XU-tetmchloro- (BAKGER), T., 2085 ;P., 237.Methyl ethyl ketone.See Butanone.1-Methylcyclohexane-3-carboxylic acid,cis- and trans-6-bromo- (FISHER andPERKIN), T., 1883.cis- l-Methyl~yclohexan-6-ol-3-carboxylicacid and its lactone (FISHER and PER-KIX), T., 1883.tm~~s-l-MethylcycZohexan-6-01-3-carb-oxylic acid, synthesis of (FISHER andPERKIN), T., 1882.1 -Methylqclohexan-2-01-4-carboxylicacids, cis- arid tram-, and their con-version into l-methyl-A1-c~clohexrene-4-carboxylic acid (~IELDILUM and PER-KIN), T., 1416 ; l’., 187.acid and its ethyl ester, oxime, andsemicarbasone, preparation of (MELD-RUM and PERKIN), T., 1425.TON), ‘r., 526 ; P., 26.B-3:4-Methylenedioxyphenylethyldi-salts (PYMAN), T., 1806 ; P., 208.l-Methylcyclohexan-2-one-4 carboxyliINDEX OF SUBJECTS.2313l-Methylcyclohexan-6-one-3-carboxylicacid and its oximc and semicarbazone,synthesis of (FISHER and PERKIN),T., 1880.l-Methyl-A3-cycZohexene-4-acetic acidand its ethyl ester and nitrile (HAKD-ING, HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T.,1967 ; P., 230.acid,a-cyano-, and its ethyl ester (HAILD-ING, HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T.,1963.acid and its calcium salt and ethylester, synthesis of (FISHER and PER-KIN), T., 1885 ; K'., 228.acid, formation of, from cis- and trans-l-methylcyclohexan-2-ol-4-carboxylicacids (MELDRUM and PERKIK), T.,1416 ; P., 187.dZ- 1 -Methyl- A1-c~clohexene-4-carboxylicacid, resolution of (FISHEK aud PER-KIN), T., 1871 ; P., 228.a- 1-Me thyl-A3--cjclohexene-4-propionicacid and its methyl ester and nitrileand a-cyano-, and its methyl ester( HAEDING, HAWORTH, and PERKIN),T., 1973.1-Methylcyclohexyl-4-acetic acid and itssil\ er salt, and a-bromo-, and its ethylester, and B-bromo-, and a-hydroxy-,and its silver salt (PEEKIN aud POPE),T., 1081.1-Methylcyclohexyl-4-acetic acid, 3:4-dibromo- and 3:4-dzhydroxy- andits lactone (HARDIKG, HAWORTH,and PERKIN), T., 1969.4-bronio-3-hydroxy-, lactone of (HARD-ING, HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T.,1970.1-Methylcyclohexyl-4-carbinol and itsbromide (PERKIN and POPE), T., 1078.1-Methylcyclohexylidene-4-acetic acid,experiments on the synthesis of, andits ethyl ester (PERKIN and POPE), T.,1075 ; P., 145 ; (HARDING, HAWORTH,and PEI~KIN), T., 1943 ; P., 230.a-Methyl-8-hydrindone, a-cyano-, andits phenylliydrazone (MOORE andTHORPE), T., 181 ; P., 13.Methylmalonic acid, 8-bromo-, ethylester, preparatiou and reduction ofMethyloleanol and its acetyl derivative(POWEI: and TUTIh), 'l'., 899 ; P., 117.1-lethylcyclopentane-2-carboxylic acid,5-brOmO-, and its ethyl ester, and 1:5-and 4 5-dibromo- (HAWORTH and PER-KIN), T., 584.2-Methylcyclopentanol-3-carboxylic acid(HAWORTH and PERKIN), T., 584.1 - Methyl-A3-cyclohexene -4- ace ticl-Methyl-A6-cycZohexene-3-carboxylic1-Methyl-A1-cyclohexene-4-carboxylic(SIMONSEN), T., 1783.8-Methylcyclopentanone-3-carboxylicacid and its ethyl ester, oxime, andsemicarbazone, synthesis of (HAWORTH:mi PERKIN), T., 579.2-Me thylcyclopcntanone-2 3-dicarboxylicacid, ethyl ester, and its hydrolysis(HAWORTH and PEKKIN), T., 579.2-Methylcyclopentanone-3 :5-dicarboxylicacid, ethyl ester (HAWORTH andPERKIN), T., 582.1-Methyl-A'- and -A5-pentene-2-carb-oxylic acids, formation and separa-tion of, and oxidation of, and theirethyl esters (HAWORTH and PER-KIN), T., 585.ethyl esters, action of magnesiummethyl iodide on (HAWORTH andPERKIK), T., 593.1-Methyl-A3-4-cyclopentene methyl ke-tone and its semicarbazone (HARD-IXG, HAWORTH, and PERKIN), T.,1969.2-Methylpiperidine and water, mutualsolubility of (FLASCHKER and MAC-EWEN), T., 1000 ; P., 119.l-Methyl-2-GopropenolcycZopentane, 5 -hydroxy- ( HAWORTH and PERKIN),T., 594.l-Methyl-3-isopropenolcyclopentane, 1-hydroxy- (HAWORTH and PERKIK),T., 593.1 -Methyl-2-isopropenol-A5- cyclopentene(HAWOR'I'II arid PERKIN), T., 597.1-Methyl-2-iso-propenol- and -propenyl-A'-cyclopentenes (HAWORTH and PER-KIN), T., 593.1-Methyl-3-iso-propenol- and -propenyl-mjclopentenes (HA WORTH and PEKKIN),T., 592.Methylisopropylcyclopentanes, synthesisof terpins, terpineols, aud terpenesfrom (HAWOBTH and PERKIN), T.,573 ; P., 64.2-Idethylpyridine (a-picoline), chlorina-tion of (SELL), T., 1993; P.,225.6-hydroxy- (SIMONSEN), T., 1031.2-Methylpyridine-3:5-dicarboxylic acid,6-hydroxy-, and its salts (SIMON-SEN), T., 1030 ; P., 136.ethyl-ammonium and ethyl-silverester salts (SIMONSEN), T., 1028 ;P., 136.acid, ethyl ester, and its derivativesand reactions ( SIMONSEN), T., 1022 ;P., 136.6-Methyl-2-pyrone-3:5-dicarboxylic7-Methylthiocoumarin (CLAYTON), T.,52'7 ; P., 26.a-Methyltricarballylic acid, formationof (HAWORTH and PERKIN), T.,5912314 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Micro-balance, use of, for the deterniiua-tion of electrochemical equivalents andfor the measurements of densities ofsolids (BRILL and EVANS), T., 1442 ;P., 185.Dblecular complexity of amides in varioussolvents ( MELDRUM and TURNER),T., 876 ; P., 98.conductivities of a-oximino-fatty acids(IWOLIS and KNIGHT), T., 1595 ; P.,191.Morindin and its acetyl derivative (PER-Mustard oils.See hllylthiocarbimideweights. See Weights.KIN), P., 149.and Phenylthiocerbimide.N.Naphthalene and its derivatives, absorp-tion spectra of (BALY and TUCK),T., 1302 ; P., 223.and &naphthol, crystals of, and of theirmixtures (MIEBS and ISAAC}, T.927; P., 12.5.oxidation of (LAW and PSRKIN), T.,1637; P., 195.absorption spectra of the hydrocarbonsisolated from the products of theaction of aluminium chloride on(HOMER and PURVIS), T., 1319;P., 147.styphnate, a-bromo- (GIBSON), T.,2099 ; P., 241.B-Naphthalene-4-azoresorcinol (ORTOXatid EVERATT), T., 1019.Naphthalene-B-sulphonylaminodi-phenyldiazonium salts (MORGAN andNaphthalene-B-sulphonyl-benzidine and-p-nitroaminodiphenyl (MORGAN andMICKLETHWAIT), T., 617.as- Naphthalene- B-sulphonylethyl- benz -idine and -diphenyldiazonium saltsand their azo-/%naphthols (MORGANand MICKLETHWAIT), T., 620.Naphthalene -8- sulphonylnitroethylam-inodiphenyl (MORGAN and MICKLE-THWAIT), T., 620.a-Naphthalides, anilides, andp- toluididesof iiormal fatty acids, melting pointsof (ROBERTSON), T., 1033 ; P., 120.&Naphthol and naphthalene, crystals of,and of their mixtures (MIERS andISAAC).T.. 927 : P.. 125.&fICKLETHWAIT), T., 618.Naphthols, azo-derivatives of (OKTONB-Naphtholazobenzene-4-arsonic acidand its sodium salts ( RARROWCLIFF,PYMAN, and REMFRY), T., 1897.Naphthyl arsenite ( LAKG, MACKEY, andGOHTNER), T. , 1370 ; P., 151.2-NaphthylamineJ-bromo- and 1-chloro-,condensation of, with methylene chlor-ide (SENIER and AUSTIN), T., 63.1:3-Naphthylenediamine, formation of,from 8-imino-a-cyano- y-phenylpropane(BEST and THORPE), P. , 283.Nicotinamide, 6-chloro- (MILLS and WID-DOWS), T., 1379 ; P., 174.Nicotinic acid, hydroxy-, ethyl ester,azide, and hydrazide of (MILLS andWIDDOWS), T., 1331 ; P., 174.Nitric acid. See under Nitrogen.Nitro-compounds, relation between theabsorption spectra and chemical cou-stitution of (BALY and DESCH), T.,1747 ; P., -173.and EVEItATT), ‘p., 1020.aromatic, reduction of, to azoxy-com-pounds in acid solution (FLUR-SCHEIM and SIMON), T., 1463.Nitrogen and hydrogen, chemical actionof radium emanation on (CAMERONand RAMSAY), T., 984 ; P., 132.Nitric acid, interaction of, with copperin presence of metallic nitrates (REN-N I ~ , HIGGIN, and COOKE), T., 1162 ;P., 141.Hyponitrous acid, decomposition of(DIVERS), P., 16.Nitrogen compounds, effect of constitu-tion on the optical activity of (EVER-ATT), T., 1225 ; P., 148.optically active, effect of constitutionon the rotatory power of (EVERATTand JONES), T., 1789 ; P., 212.Nitroso-compounds, relation between theabsorption spectra and chemical con-stitution of (BALY and DESCH), T.,1747; P., 173..Nucleoprotein, reaction distinguishingphosphoprotein from (PLIMMER andSCOTT), T., 1699 ; P., 200.Nutmeg, constituents of the expressedoil of (POWER and SALWAY), T., 1653 ;P., 197.0.Obituary notices :-John Clark.T.. 2275.molecula;. compound ’of, with 2:3:5- 1trinitro-4-acetylarninophenol (MEL- iDOLA and HAY), P., 210.Naphthols, reaction of, with diazonium ~salts (ORTON and EVERATT), T., 1010 ; ~P., 118. 1 Robert Warington, T.,* 2258.August Duprd, ‘T., 2269.Sir David Gamble, T., 2279.Frederick James Montague Page, T.Sir William Henry Perkin, T., 2214.2277INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 2315Oci,rnwn viride, oil from the leaves of(GOULDING and PELLY), P., 63.(Enanthaldoxime, a1 kylation of ( IRVINEand MOODIE), T., 102.Oleanol and its mono- and di-acetyl de-rivatives (POWER and TUTIN), T.,896 ; P., 117.Oleasterol (POWER and TUTIN), T., 895 ;P., 117.Olenitol and its acetyl derivative (POWERand TUTIN), T., 914 ; P., 118.Olestranol and its acetate and benzoate(POWER and TUTIN), T., 900 ; P., 117.Olive bark, constituents of (POWER andTUTIN), T., 904 ; P., 117.Olive leaves, constituents of (POWER andTUTIN), T., 891 ; P., 117.Optical activity, Optical inversion, andOptically active compounds.Seeunder Photochemistry.Orcinol, azo-derivatives of (ORTON andEVERATT), T., 1019 ; P., 118.Origanene and its derivatives fromCyprus origanum oil (PICKLES), T.,862; P., 91.Origanum oil from Cyprus, constituents~~(PICKLES), T., 862 ; P., 91.a-Osazones, stereoisomeric, an alternativestructure for the supposed (CHATT-AWAY), P., 175.Oxalic acid, ammonium, thorium, anduranium salt (EVANS), T., 668; P.,61.Oxalyl chloride (JONES and TASKER),P., 271.Oxime formation, influence of acids andalkalis on the velocity of (BARRETTand LAPWORTH), T., 85.Oximes, alkylation of (IRVINE andMOODIE), T., 102.a-Oximinobutyric acid, two forms of(INGLIS and KNIGHT), T., 1600 ; P.,191.a-Oximino-fatty acids, conductivities ofthe (INGLIS and KNIGHT),’ T., 1595 ;a-Oximinovaleric acid, two forms of(INGLIS and KNIGHT), T., 1600; P.,191.Oxycholestenediol. See Dehydrochol-estanedionol.Oxygen and hydrogen, chemical actionof radium emaiiation on (CAMERONand RAMSAY), T., 971 ; P., 132.Ozone, thermal decomposition of (CLARKEand CHAPMAN), T., 1638 ; P., 190.P., 191.P.a-44’:4’’:4”‘-Pentamethoxy-aB-dibens-oyldibenzyl (IRVINE aucl MCNICOLL),T., 1602 ; P., 192.XCIII.3:4: 6.6:8-Pentamethylcoumarin, formadtion of (CLAYTON), T., 2021.Pentamethyldihydrohamateinol (EN-GELS, PERKIN, and ROBINSON), T.,1143.Pentane.See BB-Dimethylpropane.Pentane-BB66-tetracarboxylic acid andits ethyl ester, synthesis of (SIMON-SEN), T., 1785.Pentane-Bye-tricarboxylic acid and itsethyl ester, and y-cyano- of the ester,s p t h e s i s of ( HAWORTH and PERKIN),T., 579.cycloPentanone-3-carboxylic acid, ethylester, and the action of magnesiummethyl iodide on (HAWORTH m d PER-KIN), T., 591,A1-cyclopentene methyl ketone and itssemicarbazone ( HARDING, HAWORTH,and PERKIN), T., 1961.Perhalogen salts, studies of the (TINK-LER), T., 1611 ; P., 191.Phaseolunatase and its actions (AULD),T., 1253.Phenanthrene, oxidation of (LAW andstyphnate (GIBSON), T., 2099 ; P.,Phenanthrene, 9-amino-, 10-bromo-, andlO-bromo-9-nitro-, preparation of(AUSTIN), T., 1762.Phenazine-2:7-bisarsonic acid and itstetrssodium salt ( BARROWCLIFF, PY-M ~ N , and REMFRY), T., 1900.Phenetole, sulphinatiou of (SMILES andLE ROSSIGNOL), T., 756.S-Phenetyl -N-me thyl-3: 9-dinitrophen-azothionium hydroxide and salts(SMILES and HILDITCH), T., 152.S-Phenetyl-3:9e-dinitrophenazothion-ium hydroxide and salts (SMILES andHILDITCH), T., 149.S-Phenetylphenazothionium hydroxide,a-3:9-dinitro- (SMILES and HILDITCH),T., 1694.p-Phenetylsnlphinic acid, alkaloidalsalts, aiid their rotatory power (HIL-DITCH), T., 1621.p-Phenetylsulphonic acid, alkaloidalsalts, and their rotatory power (HIL-DITCH), T., 1621.X-Phenetylthionine and its hydroxideand salts (SMILES and HILDITCH), T.,1695.Phenol, condensation of, with epichloro-hydrin (BOYD and MARLE), T., 838,P., 92.derivatives containing a mobile nitro-group, syntheses with (MELDOLAand HAY), T., 1659 ; P., 197.Phenol, rn- and p-chloro-, coumarinsPERKIN), T., 1637.241.from (CLAYTON), T., 2021.7 2316 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Phenol, 2:4:6-trinitro-.See Picric acid.2:3:5-trinitro-4-amino-, AT-acetyl de-rivative of, interaction of, withamines (MELDOLA and HAY),T., 1659 ; P., 197.molecular compound of, with&naphthol (MELDOLA andHAY), P., 210.Phenolic ethers, sulphination of, andthe influence of substituents (SMILESand LE ROBSIGKOL), T., 745 ; P., 61.Phenols, acetylation of (SMITH and OR-TON), T., 1247.reaction of, with diazonium salts(ORTON and EVERATT), T., 1010 ;P., 118.action of iodine on (GARDNER andHODGSON), P., 273.Phenophenanthracridine, preparation of(AUSTIN), T., 1765 ; P., 200.Phenoxydichloropropane (BOYD andMARLE), T., 841 ; P., 92.Phenoxydiphenetylsulphonium salts(BARNETT and SMILES), P., 123.Phenoxydiphenylsulphonium salts (BAR-NETT and SMILES), P., 124.8'-Phenoxy-8-2:6-quinoylisobutyricacid, a-4 :2':5'-tetrahydroxy-, formationof (ENGELS, PERKIN, and ROBINSON),T., 1155.Phenyl arsenite (LANG, MACKEY, andGORTNER), T., 1369 ; P.150.ethyl ether. See Phenetole.glycide ether and its reactions (BOYDand MARLE), T., 840 ; P., 92.methyl ether. See Anisole.Phenylacetic acid, brucine and cinchon-ine salts, and their optical activity(HILDITCH), T., 1390.Phenylallylthiocarbamide, reactions of,with acyl chlorides (DIXON and TAY-LOR), T., 24.Phenyl-p-aminobenzeneazo-8 -naphtholand its 2- and 4-moiao-, 2:4-di-, and2:4:6-tri-nitro-derivatives (MORGANand MICKLETHWAIT), T., 609 ; P., 48.Phenyl-p-aminobenzenediazonium chlor-ide, 2:4-dinitro- [(MORGAN andMICKLETHWAIT), T., 610.Phenylarsonic acid, p-hydroxy- (BAR-ROWCLIFF, PYMAN, and REXFRY), T.,1895.2-Phenylbenzopyranol(1:4), 7-hydroxy-,anhydrohydrochloride and platini-chloride of (PERKIN and ROBINSON),T., 1098.Phenylbenzylethylpropylsilicane, sulph-onatiori of (MARSDEN and KIPPING),T., 203 ; P., 12.Pheny lbenz ylmethylall ylammoniumsalts, p-bromo-, optical activity of(EVERATT), T., 1236 ; P., 148.Phenylbenzylmethylamine, p-bromo-(EVERATT), T., 1236.Phenylbenzylmethyl-n- butylammoniumsalts, p-bronio-, optical activity of(EVERATT), T., 1233 ; P., 148.y-Phenylbutyric acid, p-imino-a-cyano-,and its ethyl ester (BEST and THORPE),P., 283.r-Phenylchloroacetic acid, resolution of(MCKESZIE and CLOUGH), T., 818;P., 91.I-Phenylchloroacetic acid, displacementof halogen in, by hydroxy- and meth-oxy-groups (MCKENZIE and CLOUGH),T., 811 ; P., 91.Phenyldimethyl-n-butylammoniumiodide, p-bromo- (EVERATT), T., 1233.o-Phenyleneaceticpropionic acid (MOOREand THORPE), T., 182 ; P., 13.o-Phenylenediacetic acid and its amideand nitrile, preparation of (MOORE andTHORPE), T., 175.Phenylhydrazine, oxidation of, byCaro's acid ( CAIN), P., 76.reactions of, with metallic cyanidesand salts (STRUTIIELS), P., 179.Phenyliminoketo-. See Ketophenyl-Phenyliminoquinone.See Qninoneanil.l-Phenyl-2-methylbenziminazole, 4:7-dinitro-6-hydroxy-, and its acetyl de-rivative and methyl ether, and its0-, m-, and p-chloro-, and p-nitro-derivatives and salts of thep-nitro-corn-pound (MELDOLA and HAY), T., 1671.Phenylme thyl-wbut ylallylammoniumsalts and 23-bromo-, optical activity of(EYERATT), T., 1227 ; P., 148.Phenylme thyl-e thyl-, -n- and -isopropyl-,-isob u tyl-, and -isoamy 1-allylammon-ium salts, p-bromo-, effect of con-stitution on the rotatory power of(JONES and HILL), T., 295 ; F'., 25.2-Phenyl-6;methyl-4-pyridone and itssalts (RUHEMANN), T., 1284 ; P., 178.l-Phengl-6-methyl-2-pyridone-3:5-di-carboxylic acid and its silver salt(SmioNsm), T., 1032.2-Phenyl-6-methvl-4-pyrone and its pla-tinichloride (RUHEMANN), T., 433 ;P., 52.Phenylisonitromethane.See Toluene,w-isonitro-.X-Phenylphenazothionium, derivativesof (SMILES and HILDITCH), T., 145,1687 : P., 199.hydroxide and salts, a- and B-3:9-di-nitrohydroxy- (SMILES and HIL-DITCH), T., 1692.isodiiiitrohydro~y-, and its hydroxideand salts (SMILES and HILDITCH),T., 1697.Imino-INDEX OEPhenyl-p-phenylenediamine and 2- and4-?nono-, 2:4-di-, and 2:4:6-tri-nitro-,and their diazo-derivatives (MORGANand MICKLETHWAIT), T., 608; P.,48.y-Phenylpropane, B-imino-a- cyano-, pre-paration of, and formation of 1:3-naphthylenediamine from ( BEST andTHORPE), P., 283.Phenylpropiolic acid, alkaloidal salts,and their optical activity (HILDITCH),T., 703 ; P., 61.Phenylpropiolic acid, bornyl andmenthyl esters, optical propertiesethyl ester, condensation of, withketones (RUHEMANN), T., 431; P.,52.B-Phenylpropionic acid, alkaloidal salts,and their optical activity (HILDITCH),T., 702 ; P., 61.8-Phenylpropionic acid, bornyl andmenthyl esters, optical properties of(HILDITCH), T., 1.Phenylthiocarbamide, reaction of, withacid chlorides (DIXON and TAYLOR),T., 20.Phenylthiocarbimide, action of, on ethylnialonate and on ethyl cyanoacetate(RUHEMANN), T., 621 ; P., 53.S-Phenylthionine, hydroxy-, and itshydroxide and salts (SMILES andHILDITCH), T., 1696.S-Phenylisothionine chloride and hydr-oxide, hydroxy- (SMILES and HIL-DITCH), T., 1699.isoPhorone.See l’rimethylcyclohexen-one.Phosphoprotein, reaction distinguishingnucleoprotein from (PLIMMER andSCOTT), T., 1699 ; P., 200.Phosphoproteins, distribution of, intissues (PLIMMER and SCOTT), T., 1699;Phosphoric and Phosphorous acids. Seeunder Phosphorus.Phosphorus, atomic volumes of (PRI-DEAUX), P., 214.Phosphorus pentabromide, liquid, speci-fic volumes of (PRIDEAUX), P., 214.pentachloride, action of, on the methyl-ene ethers of catechol derivatives(BARGEK), T., 563, 2081 ; P., 50,237.Phosphoric acid, electrical conduct-ivity of ( PHILLIPS), P., 239.Phosphorous acid, oxidation of, byiodine (STEELE), T., 2203 ; P.,193.Phosphorus trirhodanide (DIXON andPhosphoryl trirhodanide (DIXON andof (HILDITCH), T., 1.P., 200.TAYLOR), T., 2153 ; P., 239.TAYLOR), T., 2157 ; P., 239.SUBJECTS. 2317PHOTOCHEMISTRY :-Polarimetric study of intramolecularrearrangement in inactive sub-T., 1041 ; P., 135.Optical activity and unsaturation, re-lation between (HILDITCH), T., 1,700, 1388, 1618 ; P., 61,186,195.of compounds having simple mo-lecular structure (POPE andREAD), T., 794 ; P., 99.of nitrogen compounds, effect of con-stitution on the (EVERATT), T.,1225 ; P., 148.Optical inversion, Walden’s, contribn-tion to the chemistry of (MCKENZIEand CLOUGH), T., 811 ; P., 91.Optically active compounds, influenceof solvents on the rotation of(PATTERSON and THOMSON), T.,T., 936 ; P., 125 ; (PATTERSON),T., 1836 ; P., 216.See also Nitrogen compounds.Dispersion and refraction of triazo-compounds (PHILIP), T., 918; P.,114.Refraction and dispersion of triazo-compounds(Pm~~p),T., 918 ;P., 114.Refractive power of diphenylhexa-triene and allied hydrocarbons(SMEDLEY), T., 372.Rotation, influence of temperaturechange on, in solution (PATTER-SON), T., 1836 ; P., 216.of optically active compounds, in-fluence of solvents on (PArTERsoNand THOMSOS), T., 355 ; (PAT-TERSON and MCDONALD), T., 936 ;P., 216.Rotatory power, the relative influenceof bi-, quadri- and sexa-valentsulphur on (HILDITCH), T., 1618 ;P., 195.of optically active ammonium com-pounds, effect of constitution onthe (JONES and HILL), T., 295;P., 28.of optically active nitrogen com-pounds, effect of constitution onthe (EVERATT and JONES), T.,1789 ; P., 212.Spectra, absorption, and chemical con-stitution, relation between ( BALYand DESCH), T., 1747 ; P., 173;(BALY and SCHAEFER), T., 1808;P., 207 ; (BALY and TUCK), T.,1902 ; P., 223 ; (BALY and MARS-DEN), T., 2108 ; P., 235 ; discussion,P., 236 ; ( BALY, COLLIE, and WAT-stances(PATTERS0N and MCMILLAN),355; (PATTERSONaIld MCDONALD),P., 125 ; (PATTERSON), T., 1836 ;SON), P., 2682318 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Phthaleins, constitution of the salts ofthe, and the cause of the colourin the triphcnyhnethane series(GREEN), P., 206.of lnellitic and pyromellitic acids, con-stitution of the (SILBERRAD),~. , 209.Phthalidecarboxylic acid and its silversalt, formation of (CREETH andTHORPE), T., 1512 ; P., 193.2-Phthalide-5-methoxyphenox~ceticacid, preparation of (PERRIN andROBINSON), T., 511.4-Phthaloyl-3-methoxyphenoxyaceticacid (PERKIN and ROBINSON), T., 512.Physiological action and chemical con-stitution, relation between, in certainsubstitutedaminoalkyl esters (PYMAN),T., 1793 ; P., 208.Picene, alkyl derivative of (HOMER andPuavIs), T., 1325 ; P., 147.a-Picoline.See 2-Methylpyridine.Picolinic acid, 3:5-dichloro-, and itsmethyl ester and amide (SELL), T.,1995 ; P., 225.Picric acid, molecular compounds of(GIBSOX), T., 2098 ; P., 241metallic salts and their hydrates andhydrazine salt (SILBERRAD andPHILLIPS), T., 474 ; P., 22.Pinene, oxidation products of (H END EII-SON and HEILBRON), T., 288 ; P., 31.Pinenedicarboxylic acid, amino-, con-densation of, withaspartic acid and withglycine (GODDEN), T., 1171 ; P., 144.Piperidylethyl benzoate and its additivesalts and physiological action (PY-MAN), T., 1795 ; P., 208.phthslate and its additive salts (PY-MAN), T., 1805 ; P., 208.Piperil, action of thionyl chloride on(BARGERand EWINS), T., 735; P., 60.Piperonal, action of phosphorus penta-chloride and of thionyl chloride on( BARGER), T., 572.Piperonalsyizoxime, rate of inversion of,in inactive substances (PATTERSONand MCMILLAN), T., 1043 ; P., 135.Piperonyl alcohol, action of thionylchloride on (BARGER), T., 567.Piperonyloin, action of' thionyl chlorideon (BARGER and EWINS), T., $35 ;P., 60.Platinocyanides, fluorescence of (LEVY),T., 1446 ; P., 178.Polarimetric study.See under Photo-chemistry.Polyiodides, formation of, in nitrobenz-ene solution (DAWSON), T., 1308 ;P., 181 ; (DAWSOX and JACKSON), T.,2063 ; P., 213.Polymorphism (BARLOW and POPE), T.,1528 ; P., 193.Potash bulb, new form of (HILL), P.,Potassium periodate, specific gravity andsolubility of (BARKER), T., 16.iodide, double salts of, with mercuriciodide and dimercuriodocamphorin organic solvents (hfARsH andSTRUTHERS), P., 266.lead periodide, Wells', compositionand formula of (hlELDRUM), I?.,97.nitrate, crystallisation of (JONES), T.,polymorphism of (BARLOW andnitrite, molecular volume of (RAY),T., 999 ; P., 75.lead nitrites, complex (XELDRUX),P., 97.sulphite, action of, on potassium tetra-thionate in aqueous solution(COLEFAX), T., 798.and potassium pentathionate, thereaction between (DIVERS), P.,122.trithionate (MACKENZIE and MAR-SHALL), T., 1732 ; P., 199.tetrathionate, action of potassium sul-phite on, in aqueous solution (COLE-FAX), T., 798.Propanetetracarboxylic acid.See Di-carboxyglutaric acid.Propionic acid, ethyl ester, azoimides of(FORSTER and FIERZ), T., 669 ; P.,54.Propionitrile, additive compound of,with silicon tetrabromide (REYNOLDS),P., 250.Propyl arsenite (LANG, NACKEY, andPropylcatechol, dichloro-, cyclic carb-onates of (BARGER), T., 2081 ; P.,237.isoPropylmalonic acid, ethyl ester, sod-ium derivative, action of monochloro-182.1740 ; P., 196.POPE), T., 1548.GORTSER), T., 1367 ; P., 150.methyl ether on (SIMOESEN), T., 1777 ;P.. 212.isoPropylmalonic acid, B-hydroxy-, B-lactone of, from acetone and malonicacid, and its salts (MELDRUM), '1'. , 598 ;P., 31.Proteins of egg yolk (PLIMMEE), T.,1.500 ; P., 190.Protocatechuic acid, electrolytic oxida-tion of (A.G. and F. M. PERKIN), T.,1196 ; P., 149.Protocatechuic acid, phenyl and meth-oxyplienyl esters, amide, and anilide(BARGER), T., 569.Pulegone, action of amyl nitrite on, inpresence of sodiuiii ethoxide (CLARKE,LAPWORTH, and WECHSLER), T., 37INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 2319isoPulegonic acid, oxime and semicarb-azone of, and oxidation of the oxime(CLARKE, LAPWORTII, and WECHSLER),T., 38.Purpurogallincarboxylic acid and itssalts and tetramethyl ether and themethyl ester of the ether (A. G. andP. 31. PERKIN), T., 1188 ; P.,149.Purpurogallonecarboxylic acid and itsacetylation and tetramethyl ether andthe methyl ester of the ether (A. G.and F. M. PERKIN), T., 1190; P.,149.Pyknometer, new form of (BOUSFIELD),T., 679 ; P., 69.Pyranol salts related to brazilein andhzinatein, synthesis and constitu-tion of (PERKIN, ROBINSON, andTURXER), T., 1085 ; P., 148.from alkylated braailein and hema-tein (ENGELS, PERKIN, and ROBIN-SON), T., 1147.Pyridine, some physico-chemical proper-ties of mixtures of water and (HART-LEY, THOMAS, and APPLEBEY), T.,538 ; P., 22 ; (DUNSTAN and THOLE),T., 561 ; P., 59.additive compound of, with silicontetrabromide (REYNOLDS), P., 280.chlorination of methyl derivatives of(SELL), 1993 ; P., 225.Pyridine, 3:5-dichloro-, preparation andorientation of (SELL), T., 1996,1997 ; P., 225.2:3:5-trichloro-, orientation of (SELL),T., 2001 ; P., 225.2-chloro-5-amino- (MILLS and WID-DOWS), T., 1379 ; P., 174.3:5-dichloro-2-amino-, formation of,and its platiuichloride, and 3:5-di-chloro-2-hydroxy- (SELL), T., 2002 ;P., 226.dichlorodihydroxy-, formation of(SELL), T., 2000.Pyridine bases, use of, as halogencarriers (CROSS and COHEN), P., 15.Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid.See Pico-linic acid,Pyridine-3-carboxylic acid. See Nico-tinic acid.2-Pyridone, 5-amino-, synthesis of, andits AT-benzoyl derivative (MILLS andWIDDOWS), T., 1381 ; P., 174.2-Pyridyl benzoate, 5-amino-, N-benzoylderivative of (MILLS and WIDDOWS),T., 1383 ; P., 174.Pyromellitic acid, constitution of thephthaleins of (SILBERKAD), P., 209.4-Pyrone compounds, formation of, fromacetylenic acids (RUHEMANN), T., 431,1281 ; P,, 52, 177.Pyrones and allied compounds, relationbetween absorption spectra and chemi-cal constitution of (BALY, COLLIE, andWATSON), P., 268.Pyrrole, potassiiim derivative, action ofsilicochloroform on (REYNOLDS), P.,279.silicon compound of (REYNOLDS), P.,279.Q.Quinhydrone, absorption spectra of, in astate of vapour and in solution (HART-LEY and LEONARD), P., 284.Quinol, absorption spectra of, in a stateof vapour and in solution ( HARTLEYand LEONARD), P., 284.reaction of diazonium salts with(ORTON and EVERATT), T., 1021 ;P., 118.diniethyl ether, sulphination of(SMILES and LE ROSSIGXOL), T.,760.Quinoneanil, bromo-derivatives (SMITHand ORTON), T., 318 ; P., 27.R.Racemic compounds, existence of, in theliquid state (DUNSTAK and THOLE),T., 1815 ; P., 213.Radium, direct action of, on copper andgold (PEKMAN), T., 1775 ; P., 214.chemical action of, on water andcertain gases (CAMERON and RAM-SAY), T., 966 ; P., 132.emanation, the initial change of the(SIDGWICK and TIZARD), P., 64.chemical action of, on water(CAMERON and RAMSAY), T., 992 ;P., 133.Refraction and Refractive power.Seeunder Photochemistry.Resacetophenone dimethyl ether (PER-KIN, ROBINSON, and TURNER), T.,1108.Residual affinity. See under Affinity,chemical.Resorcinol, azo-derivatives of (OIrrONand EVERATT), T., 1017 ; P., 118.2:4:6-trinitro-. See Styphnic acid.Rhodanides of inorganic radicles, con-stitution and properties of (DIXON andTAYLOR), T., 2148 ; P., 238.Rotation and Rotatory power. See uiiderPhotochemistry.Rubidium iodate andperiodate (BARKER),nitrate, crystallisation of (JONES), T.,trithionate (MACKENZIE and MAR-T., 15.1742 ; P., 196.SHALL), T., 1735 ; P., 1992320 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.Rubidium and czsium, estimation of(MACKENZIE and MARSHALL), T.,1738 ; P., 200.S.Salicylaldehyde, condensation of, withbenzamide (TITHERLEY and MAR-PLES), T., 1933 ; P., 229.Salicylaldoxime, alkylation of (IRVIKEand MOODIE), T., 102.Salicylic acid, brucine and cinchoninesalts, and their optical activity (HIL-DITCH), T., 1391 ; P., 186.Salicylidenebenzamides, isomeric, pre-paration of (TITHERLEY and MAR-PLES), T., 1939 ; P., 229.Salicylidenediamine, di- and tri-benzoylderivatives of‘ (TITHERLEY and MAX-PLES), T., 1940 ; P., 229.Salt formation, examination of the con-ception of hydrogen ions in (LAP-WORTH), T., 2187 ; P., 275.Salts, electronietric det,ermination of thehydrolysis of (DENHAM), T., 41.complex, constitution of, and a criti-cism of Werner’s theory (FRIEND),T., 1006 ; P., 122.See also Metallic salts.Selenonium bases, aromatic (HILDITCHand SMILES), T., 1384.Silica.See Silicon dioxide.Silicochloroform, action of, on potass-ium pyrrole (REYNOLDS), P., 279.Silicon tetrabromide, additive com-nounds with acetonitrile, propio-ktrile, and pyridine (REYNOLDS),P., 280.carbide. formation of (PRIXG). T.. ,, I 2104‘; P., 240.dioxide (silica), reduction of, bycarbon (GREENWOOD), T., 1492 ;P., 188.the polymorplious forms of (BARLOWand POPE), T., 1554.sulphides and oxysulphides (RANKINand REVINGTON), P., 131.Silicon organic compounds (MARSDENand KIPPING), T., 198 ; P., 12 ;(ROBISON and KIPPING), T., 439;P., 25 ; (KIPPING), T., 457 ; P., 47 ;(LUFF and KIPPING), T., 2004, 2090 ;P., 224,236 ; (REYNOLDS), P., 279,280.Silicotetrapyrrole (REYNOLDS), P., 279.Silver chloride, solubility of, in mer-curic nitrate solution (BUTTLE andHEWITT), T., 1405; P., 173.nitrite, molecular volume of (RAY),T., 999 ; P., 75.Silver, new test for (GREGORY), P., 125.estimation of, volumetrically ( LANGand WOODHOUSE), T., 1037 ; P., 122.Silver, quantitative separa.tion of thall-ium from (SPENCER and LE PLA), T.,858 ; P., 75.Sitosterol and its phenylcarbainate andoxidation products (PICKARD andYATES), T., 1928 ; P., 227.Sodium periodate, specific g a v i ty of(BARKER), T., 17.nitrate, polymorphism of (BARLOWand POPE), T., I528 ; P., 193.and lead nitrate, the temperatureof spontaneous crystallisation ofmixtures of (ISAAC), T., 384 ;P., 30.nitrite, molecular volume of (RAY),T., 999 ; P., 75.sulphate solutions, spontaneouscrystallisation of ( HARTLEY, JONES,and HUTCHINSON), T., 825 ; P.,7 0.thiosulphate, the chemical dynamicsof the reactions between organichalogen compounds and (SLATORand TWISS), P., 286.Sodium alkyl thiosulphates, action ofalkalis on (PRICE and TWISS), T.,1395, 1403 ; P., 179, 185.o-, m-, and p-nitrobenzyl thiosulphatesand the action of alkalis on (PRICEand TWISS), T., 1403 ; P., 185.Solutions, viscosity of ( FAWSITT), T.,1004 ; P., 121.viscosity and conductivity of someaqueous (GREEN), T., 2023, 2049;P., 187.Solvents, influence of, on the rotation ofoptically active compounds (PATTER-SON and THOMSON), T., 355 ;(PATTERSON and MCDONALD), T.,1836 ; P., 216.Specific inductive capacity.See Di-electric constant under Electro-chemistry.Stereoisomeric compounds, relationbetween dielectric constant andchemical constitution of (STEWART),T., 1059; P., 124.Stilbene, 2:4 : 2’: 4’-tetra-amino- and-nitro- (GREEN and BADDILEY), T.,1725 ; P., 202,Stilbene-2:2’-dicarboxylic acid, 4:4’-dinitro-, and its sodium salt (GREENand BADDILEY), T., 1724 ; P.,202.Stilbene group, colouring matters of the(GREEN and BADDILEY), T., 1721;Strontium nitrite, molecular volumesof (RAY), P., 240.Styphnic acid, molecular compoundsof (GIBSON), T., 2098 ; P., 241.936 ; P., 125 ; (PATTERSON), T.,P., 201INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2321Styrenes, action of thionyl chloride on(BARGER and EWINS), T., 2086;P., 237.Substance, C1,Hl60, from the Californianlaurel (TUTIN), T., 257 ; P., 24.C,,H,O,CI,, froin the action of thionylchloride on isosafrole dibromide(BARGER and EWINS), T., 2090.C,,H,,O,N, from the action of hydro-chloric acid on ethyl ammonium6- hydroxy-2-niethylpyridine-3: 5-di-carboxylate (SIMONSEN), T., 1029.C,,H,,OBr,~ from the acid, C,,H,,O,Br,from pinene ( HEXDEI~SON andHEILBRON), T., 291 ; P., 31.CloH,,OCl, from pinene (HEXDERSOKand HEILBRON), T., 294 ; P.,31.C13H1605, from the oxidation of tetra-methyldihydrobrazileinol (ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBIXSON), T., 1146.C13H1606, from the oxidation of tetra-methy1dihydrol)razilei no1 ( ENGELS,PERKIN, and ROBINSON), T.,1145.C,,H,O,N,, and its copper salt, fromthe condensation of ainiiiopiiiene-dicarboxylic acid and glycine(GODDEN), T., 1172.C,?H,,N,, from the action of magnes-ium phenyl bromide on bistriazo-ethane (FORSTER, FIERZ, andJOSHITS), T., 1072; P., 102.C1,H,,07, from the condensation ofmethyl 2:4-dimethoxybenzoylprop-ionate with ethyl oxalate (PERKINand ROBINSON), T., 507.C,H,,O,N,, from the interaction ofp-nitrobenzyl chloride and isonitr-osocaruphor (FoRsrrEit and HOLMES),T., 248 ; P., 8.C17H,,0,N, (m.p. 114"), from theinteraction of p-nitrobenzyl bromideand isonitrosocamphor ( FORSTERand HOLMES), T., 250 : P., 9.~ 9,: 448 CqHB0,N, (mi p..L 175"), 1Substance, C%H,O,, and its acyl de-rivatives, from the oxidation ofcholesterol (PICKARD and YATES),T., 1680 ; P., 121.C31H@3, from olive leaves (POWERanti TIJTIPI'), T., 898 ; P., 117.CWHWO5, and its diacetate, from theoxidation of dicholesteryl ether(PICKARD and YATES), T., 1682 ;Substitution of halogen by hydro-gen in compounds containing the-CO*CX2*CO- complex by theaction of hydriodic acid (WHITELEY),P., 288.Succinic acid, alkaloidal salts, arid theiroptical activity ( HILDITCH), T., 704 ;P., 61.Sucrose, conductivity and viscosity ofsolutions of (GREEN), T., 2023 ;P., 187,and lithium chloride, conductivityand viscosity of mixtures of solu-tions of (GREEN), T., 2049 ; P.,187.Sulphides, aromatic, interaction of,with hydrogen dioxide (GAZDAR andSMILES), T., 1833 ; P., 216.Sulphination of phenolic ethers and theinfluence of substituents (SMILES andLE ROSSIGNOL), T., 745 ; P., 61.Sulphinic acids and sulphonic acids,aromatic, alkaloidal salts, and theirrotatory power (HILDITCH), T., 1620 ;P., 195.Sulphoacetic acid, chloro-, strychninesa ts and their optical activity [POPEand READ), T., 795 ; P., 99.Sulphobenzylethylisobutylsilicyl oxide,metallic, bornylaniine, cinchonidine,cinchonidine hydrogen, and menthyl-amine salts (LUFF and KIPPIKG), T.,2010 ; P., 224.dl-Sulphobenzylethylisobutylsilicyl ox-ide, resolation of, and the propertiesof the optically active acids, and theirP., 121..7 , I T - - _ - 1 77 ______- \ rnana i s o n i t r ~ ~ ~ ~ a m p ~ ~ o r (1 ORSTERand HOLMES), T., 248 ; P., 8.Cl,H,05, from the expressed oil ofnutmeg (POWER and SALWAY), T.,1655 ; P., 198.ClxH1409N4, from P-naphthol and2:3 :5-trinitr0-4-acetylaniinophenol(MELDOLA and HAY), P., 211.C,,H,,O,, from ethyl phenylpropiolate,acetophenone, and sodium ethoxide(RUEIEMANN), T., 435 ; Y., 52.C,H4,OlON,, and its copper salt, fromthe condensation of aspartic acidand aminopinenedicarboxylic acid(GODDEN), T., 1173.ZUYU ; Y., xiti.dl-Sulphobenzylethylpropylsilicyl ox-ide, decomposition aud resolution of(KIPPIKG), T., 462 ; P., 47.Sulphobenzylethylpropylsilicyl oxides,optically active, and their metallic,amine, and alkaloidal salts (KIPPING),T., 457 ; P., 47.Sulphobenzylethylsilicone and its salts(ROBISON and KIPPING), T., 445 ; P.,25.Sulphonic acids and sulphinic acids,aromatic, alkaloidal salts, and theirrotatory power (HILDITCH), T., 1620 ;P., 1952322 INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2-Sulpho-p-toluic acid, preparation of,and its barium hydrogen salt (MELD-RUM and PERKIN), T., 1419.Sulphoxides, preparation of (GAZDAKand SMILES), T., 1833 ; P., 216.Sulphur, bi-, quadri-, and sexa-valent,influence of, on rotatory power(HILDITCH), T., 1618 ; P., 195.Thiortyl chloride, action of, on themethylene ethers of catechol de-rivatives (BARGER), T., 563 ; P.,50 ; (BARGER and EWINS), T., 735 ;P., 60.Sulphnric acid, viscosity of fuming(DUNSTAN and WILSON), T., 2179 ;P., 270.Trithionates of the alkali metals(MACKENZIE and MARSHALL), T.,1726 ; P., 199.Tetrfithionates of the alkali metals( MACKENZIE and MARSHALL), T.,1726 ; P., 199.Sulphuric acid.See under Sulphur.Syntheses with the aid of monochloro-methyl ether (SIMONSEN), T., 1777 ;P., 212.with phenol derivatives containing amobile nitro-group (MELDOLA andHAY), T., 1659 ; P., 197.T.Tannic acid, action of reducing agentson (GARDNER and HODGSON), P.,estimation of (GARDNER and HODG-Tartaric acid, ethyl ester, rotation of, inaliphatic halogen derivatives (PAT-TERSON and THOMSON), T., 355.rotation of, in aromatic halogenderivatives (PATTERSON and Mc-DONALD), T., 936 ; P., 125.rotation of, in aromatic nitro-de-rivatives ( PATTERSON), T., 1836 ;P., 216.Tautomerism, the enol-ketonic (DUN-STAN and STUBBS), T., 1919 ; P., 224.Tellurium dicyanide and its compoundwith ether (COCKSEDGE), T., 2176;P., 269.Teloidine and its additive salts (PYMANand REYNOLDS), T., 2080 ; P., 234.Temperature.See under Thermo-chemistry.Terpenes, contributions to the cheniistryof the (HENDERSON and HEILBRON),T., 288 ; I’., 31.experiments on the synthesis of(HAWORTH and PERKIN), T., 573 ;P., 64 ; (FISHER and PERKIN), T.,1871, 1876; P., 228.272, 273.SON), P., 273.Terpineols, d- and I-, synthesis of(~IsHERandPaRI;IN), T.,1S71; P.,228.cis-Tetrahydrocarvestrenediol, syntliesisof (FISHER and PERKIN), T., 1889.Tetramethoxyanthraquinone ( BENTLEYand WEIZMANN), T., 437 ; P., 52.Tetramethoxy-2-benzoylbenzoic acid andhydroxy- (BENTLEY and WEIZMANN),T., 437 ; P., 52.’7:8:4’:5’-Tetramethoxy-4:3-indenobenzo-pyranol( 1 :4) anhydroferrichloride(EXGELS, PERKIS, and ROBINSON),T., 1152.pheny lisobu tyric acid, 2 : 2’-dihydr-oxy-, lactone of (EKGELS, PERKIN,and ROBINSON), T., 1161.Tetramethyl bromo- aiid chloro-glucose(INVINE and MOODIE), T., 105.Tetramethylcoumarins, 3 :4: 6 3-, 3:4 :6 23-,3:4:5.7-, and 4:5.6:8-, formation ofTetramethyldihydrobrazileinol and itsoxidation (ENGELS, PERKIN, andROBINSON), T., 1138.Te tramethyldihydrohaemateinol (EN-GELS, YERKIN, and I~ouINso~\.), T.,1142.Tetramethyldinaphthanthracene. SeePicene, allryl derivative .Tetramethyl glucose, derivatives of(IRVINE and MOODIE), T., 95.Tetramethyl glucoseanilide and itsattempted alkylation (IKVINE andB~OODIE), T., 103.Tetramethyl glucoseoxime and its alkyl-ation (ItLvINE and MOODIE), T., 100.Tetramethylhaematein (ENGELY, YER-KIN, and lioBI,I-sox), T., 1141.1:4:5:8-Tetramethylnaphthalene, absorp-tion spectra of (HOMER and PURVIS),T., 1321 ; P., 147.Tetranaphthyl, absorption spectra of(HOMER arid PLJNVIS), T., 1321; P.,147.Tetrathionates.See under Sulphur.Thallium, interaction of, with organichalogen compounds (SPEXCER andWALLACE), T., 1832 ; P., 194.Thallium, quantitative separation of,from silver (SPENCER and LE PLA),T., 958 ; I?., 75.Thallium ion, subvalent, existence inaqueous solutions of a ( DEXHAM), T.,833 ; I?., 76.THERMOCHEMISTRY :-Temperatures, high, and high pres-sures, apparatus for experiments a t(THRELFALL), T., 1333 ; P., 131.Transition points, determination of(DUNSTAN and THOLE), T., 1819;P., 213.a-45:5’-Tetramethoxy-#l’-phenoxy-B-(CLAYTON), l’., 2019INDEX OF SUBJECTS.2323THERMOCHEMISTRY :-Transition temperatures, influence offoreign substances on, and the de-termination of molecular weights(DAWSON and JACKSON), T., 344 ;P . , 26.Thetines, phenolic, and their reactionwith benzoyl chloride (BARNETT andSMILES), P., 123.Thiocarbamide and ammonium thio-cyanate, isomerism of (PATmmoN andMCMILLAN), T., 1049 ; P., 135.Thiocarbamidee, reactions of, with acidchlorides (DIXON and TAYLOR), T., 18.Thiocyanates containing an electronega-tive group, constitution of (DIXON andTAYLOR), T., 684 ; P., 73.Thionaphthen derivatives, synthesis of,from styrenes and thionyl chloride(BARGER and EWIXS), T., 2086 ; P.,237.Thionsphthen, hexachloro- and 1:2-di-chloro-4:5(or 5:6)-dihydroxy-, and itsdibenzoyl derivative (BARGER andEMTINS), T., 2086 ; P., 238.Thionyl chloride.See under Sulphur.Thionyldiglycollic acid and its salts,Preparation of (GAZDAR and SMILES),Thoria, reduction of, by carbon (GREEN-WOOD), T., 1493 ; P., 188.Thorianite, traces of a new tin.gronpelement in (EVAKS), T., 666 ; P., 60.Thymol, 2-bromo-, bronionitro-, and 2-Tin, the electroanalytical deposition of(SAND), T., 1572 ; P., 189.Tin-group, new element of the, inthorianite (EVANS), T., 666 ; P., 60.Tissues, distribution of phosphoproteiusin (PLIMMEB and SCOTT), T., 1699 ;Titani-dihydroxymaleic acid (FENTON),T., 1064 ; P., 133.Titanium, detection of (FENTON), T.,1064 ; P., 133.Toluene, o-, m-, and p-chloro- and-nitro-, oxidation of (LAW and PER-KIN), T., 1634 ; P., 195.p-nitro-, action of caustic alkalis onderivatives of (GREEN and BAD-DILEY), T., 1721 ; P., 201.w-isanitro-, velocity of transformationof (PATTERSON and MCMILLAN),T., 1048 ; P., 135.p-Tolneneazo-orcinol, 3:5-dibronio- (OR-TON and EVERATT), T., 1020.m-Toluene-4-azoresorcino1, 2:4:6-tri-bromo- (OwroN and EVERATT), T.,1018.p-Toluene-4-azoresorcino1, 3:5-dibromo-(ORTON and EVERATT), T., 1018.r., 1834 ; P., 216.nitro- (ROBERTSON), ‘l’., 793 ; P., 73.P., 200.Toluenediazonium bromides.See Diazo- . toluene bromides.p-Toluenesnlphinic acid, alkaloidalsalts, and their rotatory power (HIL-DITCH), T., 1621.p-Toluenesulphonic acid, alkaloidalsaltq, and their rotatory power (HIL-?it-Toluic acid, 5-bromo-6-hydroxy-(ROBERTSOX), T., 789 ; P., 73.p-Toluic acid, 2-hydroxy-, preparationand reduction of (MELDEUM andPERKIX’), T., 1420 ; P., 187.p-Toluidides, anilitles, and a-naphthal-ides of normal fatty acids, meltingpoints of (ROBERTSON), T., 1033 ; P.,120.Tolyl arsenites, o-, m-, and p- (LAKG,MACREP, and GORTNER), T., 1370.Tolyl-5-arsonic acid, 2-amino-, and its, sodium salt and its N-acetyl deriva-tive (PYMAN and REYNOLDS), T.,1181 ; P., 143.2-hydroxy-, sodium salt ( BARKOW-CLIFF, PYMAN, and REMFKY), T.,1896.iodide and hydrogen tartrate, resolu-tion of (EVERATT and JONES), T.,1790 ; P., 212.l-o-Tolyl-2-methylbenziminazole, 4:7-dinitro-6-hydroxy-, and its silver salt,acetyl derivative, and ethyl ether(MELDOLA and HAY), T., 1672.l-p-Tolyl-2-methylbenziminazole, 4 : 7-di-nitro-6-hydroxy-, and itssaltsnnd ethylether (hlELDo1,A and HAY), T., 1673.Transition points. See under Thermo-chemistry.Trianisylselenonium and its chloride,dir Ahomate, hydroxide, iodide, andplatinichloride (HILDITCH andSMILES), T., 1387.Trianisylsulphonium and its platini-chloride (SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL),T., 755.Triazoacetaldehyde (FORSTER andFIERZ), T., 1865 ; P., 227.Triazoacetic acid and its salts, ethylester, and amide (FORSTER andFIERZ), T., 72.dissociation constants of (PHILIP), T.,925 ; P., 114.Triazoacetone (acetmylaxoinzide) and itsoxime and semicarbazone, and the p-toluenesulplionic derivative of theoxime (FORSTER and FIERZ), T., 72.l-Triazobutanone-2 and its semicarbazoneand its oxime and its p-toluenesul-phony1 derivative and 3-Triazobutan-one-2 and its semicarbazone (FORSTERand FIERZ), T., 675 ; P., 54.DITCH), T., 1621.p-Tolylbenzylme thylallylammoniu2324 INDEX OFTriaeo-compounds, refraction and dis-persion of (PHILIP), T., 918 ; Pi,114.Triazoethyl alcohol (2-triaxoetha?zoZ-l)and its acetate and p-nitrobenzoate(FORSTER and FIERZ), T., 1865 ; P.,227.Triazoformic acid, ethyl ester (FORSTERand FIERZ), T., 81.Triazo-group, the ( FORSTER and FIERZ),T., 72, 669, 1070, 1174, 1859, 1865;P., 54, 102, 143, 226, 227.y-Triazopropane, a@-dibromo- (FORSTERand FIERZ), T., 1178.a-Triazopropionic acid and its ethyl ester,silver salt, and amide (FORSTER andFIERZ), T., 671 : P., 54.resolution of, and its reduction toalanine, and the laevo-acid and itsbrncine salt, ethyl ester, and amide(FORSTER and FIERZ), T., 1859;P., 226.dissociation constants of (PHILIP),T., 925 ; P., 14.8-Triazopropionic acid, ethyl ester(FORSTER and FIERZ), T., 674 ; P., 54.Tribenzyl-silicol and -silicyl chloride(ROBISON and KIPPING), T., 450 ; P,,25.Trimethoxyanthraquinone, hydroxy-(BENTLEY and WEIZMANN), T., 437 ;P., 52.Trimethoxy-2-benzoylbenzoic acid,2’:3’:4’-(or 3’:4‘:5’-) (BENrLEY and45:4’-Trimethoxy-2-benzoylbenzoic acid,2’- hy droxy -, preparation of [ PERKINand ROBINSON), T., 513.7:4‘:5’-Trimethoxy-2:3-indenobenzopyr-anol(l:4) salts (PERKIN and ROBIN-SON), T., 1106.74’:5’-Trime thoxy-4:3-indenobenzopyr-anol(l:4) salts (ENGELS, PERKIN, andROBIPTSON), T., 1149.7:4‘:6‘-Trimethoxy-43-indenobenzopyr-anol(l:4) anhydrohydrochloride, at-tempt to synthesise (EX’GELS, PERKIN,and ROBINSON), T., 1152.anol( 1:4) anhydroferrichloride, 5’-hydroxy- (ENGELS, PERKIN, a i dROBINSON), T., 1151.u-45’-Trimethoxy-B’-phenoxy-8-phenyl-isobutyric acid, 2:5:2’-trihydroxy-,lactoue of, and its acetyl derivative(ENGELS, PERKIN, and ROBINSON),T., 1156.Trimethylbrazilein and its derivatives(ENGELS, PERKIN, and ROBINSON),T., 1133.Trimethylbraailone ( ENGELS, PERKIN,and ROBINSON), T., 1144.M’EIZMANN), T., 436 ; P., 52.7:8 :4’-Trimethoxy-4:3-indenobenzopyr-SUBJECTS.Trimethylbrazilone, constitution of (PER-KIN and ROBINSON), T., 498.$-Trimethylbrazilone, oxidation of, to2-carboxy-4: 5-dimethoxypheu ylaceticacid (PERKIN and ROBINSON), T.,516.3:4:7-Trimethylcoumarin and its addi-tive salts, oxime, and phenylhydr-azone (CLAYTON), T., 529 ; P., 26.Trimethylcoumarins, 4:6 :7-, 4:6 :8-,4:5:7-, and 5:6:8-, formation of(CLAYTON), T., 2018.Trimethyldihydrobrazileinol, formationof ( EXGELS, PERKIN, and ROBINSON),T., 1136.Trime thylydohexenone (isophwoac),and some homologues, synthesis of(CROSSLEY and GILLIKG), P., 281.1: 1:5-Trimethyl- A4-cycZohexenone-3 andits oxime and semicarbazone (CROSSLEYaiid GILLING) P., 130.Trimethylsulphine perbromides and per-iodides (TIXICLER), T., 1617 ; P., 191.3 :4: 7- Trimethylthiocoumarin (CLAY-TON), T., 530 ; P., 26.Triphenetylselenonium and its chloride,hydroxide, iodide, and platinichloride(HILDITCH and SMILES), T., 1386.Triphenylethylsilicane (MARSDEN andKIPPING), T., 209 ; P., 12.Triphenylmethane, absorption spectrumof (LEONABD), P., 93.oxidation of (LAW and PERKIN), T.,1637 ; P., 195.nature of the impurity found in pre-parations of (HARTLEY), P., 94.Triphenylmethane series, cause of colourin the (GREEN), P., 206.Triphenylmethylsilicane (MARSDEN andKIPPING), T., 210 ; P., 12.Triphenyl-silicol and -silicyl chloride(MARSDEN and KIPPING), T., 208.Tris-nz-dimethoxyphenylsulphonium andits chloride lend platinichloride (SMILESand LE ROSSIGNOL), T., 757.Tris-?a-methoxytolylsulphonium platini-chloride (SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL),T., 756.Tris-p-methoxytolylsulphonium and itsplatinichloride (SMILES and Lv Ros-SIGNOL), T., 759.Trie-5-methoxy-m-xylyl-2-sulphoniumchloride and platinichloride (SMILESand LE ROSSIGNOL), T., 762.Trithionates. See under Sulphur.Trixanthyl derivatives, new (SILBERRADand ROY), P., 205.Tropine and its derivatives, affinityvalues of (VELEY), P., 280.Tungsten oxide, reduction of, bycarbon (GREENWOOD), T., 1493 ; F.,188INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 2325IS.Umbellnlone, constitution of (TKJTIN),T., 252 ; P., 23.Unsaturation and optical activity, rela-tion between (HILDITCH), T., 1, 700,1388, 1618 ; P., 61, 186, 195.Uranium dioxide, reduction of, by Garbon(.GREENWOOD), T., 1492 ; P., 188.Uric acid derivatives, affinity constantsof, as determined by the aid of methyl-orange (VELEY), T., 664 ; P., 50.V.Valency, new theory of (FRIEND), T.,Vanillic acid, 2-bromo- (ROBERTSON),Vanillin, new isomeride of, from the rootof a species of Chlorocodon (GOULDINGand PELLY), P., 62.Vapour density, new method of deter-mining (BLACKMAK), P., 8.Velocity of chemical change, of hydro-lysis, and of reduction. See underAffinity, chemical.Viscosity and chemical constitution,relation between (DUNSTAN andTHOLE), T., 1815 ; P., 213 ; (DUN-STAN and STUBBS),T., 1919 ; P., 224.and conductivity of aqueous solutions(GREEN), T., 2023, 2049; P., 187.of solutions (FAWSITT), T., 1004; P.,121.determinations a t high temperatures(FAWSITT), T., 1299 ; P., 146.260, 1006 ; P., 14, 122.rr., 792.W.Walden inversion, contribution to thechemistry of the (MCKENZIE andCLOKJGH), T., 811 ; P., 91.Water, conductivity, preparation of(HARTLEY, CAMPBELL, and POOLE),T., 428 ; P., 47.chemical action of radium emanationon (CAMERON and RAMSAY), T.,966, 992 ; P., 132, 133.Weights, molecular, determination of,and the influence of foreign substanceson transition temperatures (DAWSONand JACKSON), T., 344 ; P., 26.Werner’s theory, criticism of (FRIEND),T., 269, 1006 ; P., 14, 122.Women, question of admitting, to theFellowship of the Society, P., 203,277.X.Xanthyl derivatives, new (SILBERRADand ROY), P., 204.Xenon, density of (MOORE), T., 2181 ;P., 272.o-Xylene, nitro-derivatives of (CROSSLEYtrinitro-derivatives (CROSSLEY andm-Xyleneazo-orcinol, B-bromo- ( ORTONand EVERATT), T., 1020.m-Xylene-4-azoresorcinol,5-bromo- (OR-TON and EVERATT), T., 1019.p-Xylene-2-sulphinic acid, alkaloidalsalts, and their rotatory power (HIL-DITCH), T., 1621.p-Xylene-2-sulphonic acid, alkaloidalsalts, and their rotatory power (HIL-DITCH), T., 1621.m-5-Xylenol methyl ether, sulphinationof (SMILES and LE ROSSIGNOL), T.,761.Xylenols, coumarins from (CLAYTON),T., 2018.and RENOUF), P., 58.RENOUF), T., 646.z.Zinc mercuric cyanide, formula of(DUNSTAN), P., 135.Zirconium, atomic heat and atomicvolume of (WEDEKIND and LEWIS),P., 170.Zirconium oxide (zirconia), reduction of,by carbon (GREENWOOD), T., 1493 ;P., 188.silicate. See Malacone

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302295

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC

摘要:

FORMULA INDEX OF NEW COMPOUNDS .TRANSACTIONS . 1908 .PAGECz Group .C, H4N , ................... 1071C,N, Te ................... 2 1 7 6C, H30N , ................. 1870C,H,O,N, ................... 77C,H40N4 .................... 80C,H50N, ................. 1867C2H,O2N3 Ag ............... 78C, Group .C, H5N , ........... 1178, 1179C,H,ON, .................... 82C,H&,N, .... 81, 671, 1861C,H5N,Br, ............... I1 78C, H60N4 ..... 83, 674, 1863C,N,S, B ................. 2178C, H,O,N, Ag ............. 67 2C30N,S3P ................ 2 1 5 7C4 Group .C4H,0,N, ................ 1074C4H40 , .............. 946, 947C~H~OSS ................. 1834C4H70Ns ..... 675, 676, 677C~H~OZN, ........... 79, 1868C4H80N4 .................. 678C,HloO,S, ...............1650C4H,05SBa,2H,0 ...... 1835CdH8ON6 ................... a83CdH40, SPb .............. 1835C5 Group .C5H5N,Cl ................ 1380C, H@Np ................ 1382C.H..ON. .......... .676. 678C.H.O.N. ... 673. 674. 1863C.H.0O.N. ................. -83PAGEC.H.O. N C1. ............. 200 0C.H.O.NC1.. 3H.O ..... 2000c6 Group .C.H.O. .................... 721C.H.O. ............. .598. 600C.H..O.. H. 0 ............. 589c.H.006 ..... ..720. 722. 723C6HloN6 .................. 1178C6H.NC15 ................ 1995C.H.O.N. ................ 1382C.H?O. N. ................ 1382C. H704Ag ................. 601C ~ H ~ O ~ A S ............... 1895C6H70.K. H. 0 ........... 601C6H704Na ................. 601C6H..0.N2 ..........720. 724C.11.07N. CS .............. 477C6H.07N.Na.H.0 ....... 476C.H.O.NC1. ............. 1995C.H.ON.Cl. ............. 19 9 6C.H.O.Ag. .. .720. 721. 723.725C6H.O7N.Li. H.0 ........ 475C.H. 0 .Li. 4 H. 0 . 4 7 4. 4 7 5C6H40. N.Br. ............. i34C6HloON.S ................ -23C.H.ON.Cl .............. 1379C.€I..ON. C1S .............. 22C7 Group .C7H604 ........... 1027. 1025C7HloOz ............ .586. 589C7Hlo0 ,. .................. 583C7Hl.O. .................... 58 4C7H1.0. .................. 1783C7IIl.o 3. ................. 1789PAGEC7H70Br .................. 789C7H70.Br .......... .791. 792C7H703N .................. 570C7HlOO,Br. ........ .588. 590C7Hlo05Ba ............... 1782C7H..0. Br ................585C7HlIO3N ................. 583C7H.,O,N,.H,O .......... 589C7HlaO3 Ag .............. 1789C7H603N Br ............... 790C7H604NBr ............... 792C7H7ONC1 ............... 1058C7H80,AsNa.2H,0 .... 1896C7H,0,NS,Na.1403, 1404.1405C7H605NS.Nn.H, 0 ... 1404C7Hg03NAsNa.5H,0 .. 1181C8 Group .C,Hl, ....................... 644C8H.0 ,. .................... 569C8HllN ................... 1959C8H,, 0 ................... 1969C,Hl,O, . .1422.1423.1884.1886. 1960. 1961C8Hl,O3 .... 501. 1426. 1881C.H.. O6 ............. 5 8 0. 581C,H.,Br ,. .................. 650C,H,,O ..................... 641C7H..O.N3S ............... 626C8Hlo09 .................. 1781C,Hl.05 ........ ..1427. 1428C8H1403 ......... .1882. 1884C, H.40................... 1788C8H1406 .................... 723C.H.. Br .................. 1078C,H,, 0 ................... 1072328 FORMULA INDEX .PAGE c. c1.s ........... .!&)86. 2088C,H,O,Cl .................. 568C.H70.Br ................. 789C8H702Cl .................. 819C,H70, Br ................. 792C,c,H@,N, .......... .646. 647C,H,O, N1 ................. 682C,H,O,N ,.. ..... .1635. 1636C,HgO, N .................. 313C,Hg05As ................ 1895C,H,,O, S .................. 758C8H1102Br ............... 1963C8H120.Ba. 4H.O ....... 1788C,H,,O. Br ...... .1883. 188 5C,HgO, N ................. 1381C&.,O,N ........ 1426. 1881C,H.,O,N, ................ 583C,H,,O, Br ............... 17 8 3C,H1305N ................1428C,H.,O,N ....... .2077. 2080C,H.,O,S, ................ 1649C8H17ON .................. 102C,H,,IMg ................ 1824C,H.,O,N2 ............... 1802C,H2oO, N4 ............... 1803C, H.02CbS .............. 2088C,H60,NBa. 3H20 ..... 1031C,H,ON,Cl ..... .1636. 1637C.H.O. AsNa. 3H20 .... 1896C,HloON,Te ............ 21 76C,H.,&NCl ..... 2077. 2081C.H,,O, NBr .... 2077. 2081C8HNO2N2Cl2 ........... 1803C,Hm0.N2Br2 .......... 1503C,H,,O,NCl,Au. $H2020772081C~H,O.N~CI,AU, ...... 1803Cg Group .C.H.. ............... .592. 596CgHGOp .................... 569CgH1.0. .......... 1514. 1524CgH.00. .................. 1028CgH1.O. .................. 1522C.H..N .......... .1962. 1967agH1402 .... 587. 590. 1084.1967CoHl4O8 ............580. 1971Gg~~.40 ............. .291. 292PAGECgH160.292, 592. 593. 597CgH160, ......... .1081. 1085C.H.60. .................. 1083CgH1604 .................. 1971CgH1605 .................. 17 80CgH,,O, .................. 1788CgH,OBr ,. ............... 1512CgH, 0 Br, ................ 1511C,H.02 Cl ....... .2021. 2022CgH.O, Ag ............... 1512C,H, 0 Br, ................ 1510C9H6O2CI4 ............... 2084CgH,O,CI, ................ 2085CgH70 B r ................. 1509CgH,02Cl ,. ............... 2083CgH, 04N , ................ 1868C,H,O,K. 1&H20 ....... 1515C9HlOOCl, ......... .841. 842CgHl. 02N ........ .102. 1956CgH..O,As ............... 1896CgH.,O,N, ............... 1869CgH.,0,N2.H.0 ........1869CgII.20, s .................. 761CgH,02Br ............... 1970C,H.,02Ag ............... 1962C,H,.02Br ...... .1081. 1082CgH1, 02Ag .............. 1081CgH.,O,N ....... .1427. 1969CgH.,O,N, ............... 1882CgH1603Ag .............. 1083C,H1802 ............ .593. 595C,H, 0, Ag4 .............. 178 5C,HgO, C1 ................ 2083CgHl,OSi ........... .443. 445C9H1505N3 ............... 1428CgH2.0,As ............... 13 67CgH,OC1, S .............. 2089C9H.0C1,S ............... 2089C,H1, NC1 ................ 294CgH,O,Cl,S .............. 2087CgH,O@1,Hg ............. 525CgHgO2NS ................ 624CgH.,0,AsNa.4H,0 ... 1896CgHllO,NCl, ............ 1999CoHl1O,NBr, .. .1996. 1999.2000C,Hl, 0,SSi ............... 445CgH, OCL$Hg ............526C~H,,O~NASN~.~H~O . 1181PAGEC,, Qronp .C.. H.. 864. 865. 868. 1890C..H. N. ................... 177C..H..O, ................. 1146C..H.. 0. ................. 1516C..H.,O ,. .................. 291C.,H..N .................. 1973C.,H.,O .................... 257C.,H.,O, .......... .290. 1426Cl0Hl6Br2 .................. 870C.,Hl7C1 ................... 869C.,H17Br ................... 870C., H180 ..... 257. 874. 1887C.,H, O,CI, .............. 2090C,,H70N ......... .179. 1510CloH702Cl ............... 2022C,,H,OS ................... 527C,,H,02Cl, .............. 2085C.,H,O,Cl, .............. 2085C1,H,O2N .......... .184. 527C.,Hl, ON, ................ 184C.,H.,O,N ............... 1029C., H1202N2 ...............176C.,H,, OBr ................ 291C.,H,,02N ............... 1964Cl,Hl,0,N.~H20 ....... 1965CloHl,02Ag' ............... 291C,,H..O,N ........ 793. 1563C,,H.,O,N ,. ............. 1517C.,H,40,N2 .............. 1029C.,H,, OC1 ......... .290. 294CloH,, 02Br ............... 290CloH.,02Ag .............. 1974C1,Hl7O3N., ................ 38CloH18 04Sp ..... .1651. 1652C.oH.gO,C1 ................ 105C.,H. g05Rr ............... 106C,,H~lO, N ................ 100Cl0Hl6O,.1874, 1875. 1876.1972. 1974C.,H,O,Cl,S ............. 2090C,,H, 0 N K ................ 179C.,H,ONAg .............. 179C,.H,O,C~Hg ............ 526C., Hl0O2NC1 ............. 184CloHloN.,C1,,Pt ........ 2003ClOHl. ON2C1 ............. 184C.,H,,O,NAg ...........102FORMULA INDEX . 2329PACECloHl102N3S .............. 624C..H..O.NNa ........... 1563CloH1203N. S ............... 85CloH140C1Br ............. 290C10H160 NC1 .............. 8 6 8CloH. 0CI.SHg ........... 527CloHl10N2BrS ............. 21CloHl~O. NCl ............ 1888C,, Group .C11Hlo02 .2Ol8. 2019. 2020CllH1404 ................. 1028CllHl8O2 ........ .1084. 1968CllH,0,N4 ............... 1382CllH90N ............ 180. 182CllHloOS .................. 529CllH,, 02N ................ 5291962. 1973CllH1503N ............... 1806CllH160Br, .............. 1295CllH170Br ...... .1297. 1298C,,Hl,04S ................ 1295Cl,HlgON ................ 129 8CllH190, Br .............. 1082CllHl,O,N ,. ................ 38.................37CllH, O6N ................ 101C11H1oO,C12Hg ........... 528CllHl, 03N4S ............ -6 78Cl1Hl5O2NS ............. 1297CllH1603NC1 ............ 1806CllH1204 ......... ..182. 1515CllH1602 ................... 86 7C11H18O4 ................. 1968C11H8N3Cl ............... 1380CllH,0N3 ....... .1378. 1379CllH150, N ...... 1956. 1958.C11H170,CIS ............. 1296CllH1704NS ............... 626Cl,Hlg03NS ............. 1297C11H2oONC1 ............. 1299C11H1oOCl2SHg .......... 529CIlH16O3NC&Au ....... 1807C12 Group .C12H807 ......... .1189. 11 90C1,H8O7. 2 H20 .......... 11 91Cl,Hl0O2 ................... 43 4ClQH120p ....... ..2019. 2020PAGEC12H12O3 ................. 1283C12H,,04 ................. 1153C1,H1,06 .........1025. 1026C12H1409 ................... 724C.2H&, ........... .579. 582C12HBO5 ................. 1787C.2H.Ol.Mg. 9HZO ...... 478C12H606N6 ................ 609C.,H,O,N, .......... .610. 611Cl,H70, Na .............. 1188C12H707Na. 4H20 ...... 1188C..H,O,K ................ 1188C.2H7OvK.3H,O ........ 1188Cl2H,O2N ,. ........ .611. 6 12Cl,H904N, ............... 1019Cl,H,0gN5 ............... 2100Cl,HgOloN ,. ............. 2100C12Hlo02N ,. ............. 1384Cl,Hlo04S, .............. 1526C12H110N .. .177. 181. 183.1284C12Hl. 0,Cl .............. 1153C., H120S .................. 530Cl,Hl,O,N ......... .185. 5301973C.2H.7O2N ..... .1964. 1965.C12H1902N ................ 251C . ~ H ~ O ~ A S .............. 136 7C12HONBr8 ...............326C12H20NBr7 .............. 325C12H30NBr *. ............ 326Cl,H40NBr5 .............. 323C12H,0NBr ,. ............. 325ClzH4014N6Ca. 10H,O .. 479C,,H4014N6Co.2H,0 .... 488C12H4014N,Co.9~H20 .. 487C12H4014NSCu. 4H20 .... 475C1.H4Ol4N6Fe. 8H,O .... 487Cl,H4014N,Mg. 2H20 ... 479Cl,H4014N,Mn.3H20 ... 486ClzH4014N6Mn.8H20 .. 486.487C12H,0.,N6Ni.2H,0 .... 489C.,H40. 4N6Ca ............ 479Cl~H4014N6Co. 6H20 .... 488C1,H40.4N6CU ............ 478Cl2H40.4N6CU.1lH, 0 .. 478C12H4014N6Mg ........... 479C.2H.Ol4NGMg. 6H, O ... 479PAGEC12H4014N6Ni.6H.0 .... 489Cl.H4014N6Zn.2H. 0 ... 481Cl.H40.4N6Zn.6H. 0 ... 481Cl.H50NBr4 .............. 322C12H.0NBr5 .............. 323c12H605N.Br ,. ..........1480C..H.ONBr ,. ............. 320Cl.H70.N.Br. ........... 1018C12H.0NBr. .............. 318C12H804N5C1. H.0 ....... 610Cl.H4014N.Ni.9~H.0 . . 488Cl.H4014N.Zn. 9H. 0 ... 481C..H.ONBr. .............. 319Cl.H805N2As. .......... 1901C12Hg02N2Br ............ 1018Cl.Hl104N. As .......... 1897Cl.Hl.ONC1 ............. 1284Cl.H120N. S ............. 1836Cl.H120.N2S .............. 626C..H..O.CI.Hg ........... 530Cl.Hl.02N. As .......... 1184C1.H.4O.N. S ............... 28C12H1502N.S .............. 627Cl.H17NBrI ............... 296C.. HlgNBrI ............. 1234C1.H1.O. NC1 ............. 185Cl~H180~N6Hg~ ......... 483C..H60.N4Br4Ba. 24H. 0729. 73419011901CiZH606N2 b N a 4 . 94 H2°C..H.O.N.AS.Na.. 11 H20C..H.ON.Br.Hg......... 849C..H.O.N. BrK ......... 1018Cl.Hg04N.AsN~. 8H20Cl.Hlo04N.AsNa. 24H. 018971897Cl.HllO.N. S K ........... 627C12Hl.02N. C1S ............ 26C13 Group .C13H1004 ................... 570C13H1402 ..2019, 2020. 2021Cl3HI6o5 ................. 1146C13H,,05. H20 ........... 1146Cl3Hl6O6 ................. 1145018HI80, ................. 1142330 FORMULA INDEX .PAGE PAQE PAQEC..H..03N ,..534. 535. 536.1918C..H..O.N ...... .2077. 207EC13H..CISi ............... 200iC13H,0Si ................ 2008C,,HBO.N ,.. ............ 11 t 2C.,H,0N2C1. ............ 1057C,,H,O,N,Rr, .. .1018. 1020C,,H.,,O,N, B r ,. ......... 10 1 8C,,K.,O,hT, Br .......... 1020C,,H.,ONCl ..... 1915. 1916C ~ ~ H ~ ~ O ~ N Z A S .......... 1599C13H,,02N, S ............... 28C13Hl103N,C1 ..1916.1918.1919C13Hl, NBrI ....... .299. 301C13H,0,NBr.2H.0 .. 2077.2079Cl.H,O,N.C1 ........... l l 7 3C,3Hl,0,N,AsNa2. 4 6 13, 0C1,€Il20,N2AsNa. 24H. 018991s99C.,H170,N, CIS ............ 25C13H220.NC14hu. &H, 02077. 2079 ... Group .C..H.O. .................... 569C14H1202 ................... 313C14 H 1602 ................. 2 02 1c,,H,6N6 ................. 1073C14H100 6... . ..737. 738. 91 5C1,H,,O, ................... 5 70C1, HB07 ................. 1786C14H,0, ................... 550C14H,0, N ................. 57 1C,,H,,O,N ,. ............. 1672Cl4Nl1O2N . 1939.1940. 1942C,,H,,O, N ............... 1032C14H,07N, ............... 1676C14H1203N2 ..............1917C,,H,,07N6 .............. 1676C,,H,, OSi ................. 45 2C14H,,0,S., ............... i55Cl,H14c),S .......... .755. 756C14H1, NBr .............. 1236Cl4Hl4C1, Si ............... 452Cl4K1, C1Si ................ 207C.. HlG02Si .. .448. 452. 45:C..H..O.N ............... 180.C,.H,NI ................. 122.C14HmO5N2 .............. 395:C1.H.O. N B1; ........... 125(C..H.OJ?.I T. ............ 167tC. H807N .Na ........... 167;C..H.O.NAg. ........... 103.C..H.O.N. C1 .... 1675. 167CC..H..O.N.Hg ........... 848C~.H..O.N.Hg ........... 85(C.4H.202N. Br2 ......... 102C4.H. 203N.S ...... .627. 63EC..H..O.N. 8. ... 1404. 1405C..H..ON. C1 ............. 8 i 6C..H..O.N.Br ........... 1012Cl.Hl.0.N2C1 ........... 1917C..H..ONCI .....1915. 191 6C..H..06N2AS..H20 ... 1901Cl.H.60. N.AS .......... 1898C..H.70. N.As .......... 1182C..H..O.NCl ............ 18023..H.o0.N13r ............ 18023..H2.NBrI ...... .303. 122918953..Hl.0.N.AsKa. 54H. 0389s3..H.o0.NCI. Au ....... 1802Cl..H1403N2. AsNR~. 6H. 0C15 Group .3151!r100 5. .................. 437?1&1006 ................... 570&H120 4. .................. 5113),,H,,Si ................... 2043),,Hl,0C1,,H20 ........ 1111>15Hlz02N2 .............. 10 5 5>15Hl,06N, ..... .16$4, 1675&5H1,o5N4 ..... .1672, 1673315H1305N3 .............. 1918115H1403N2 .............. 191 7&H150,NB .............. 1870jlRH1602NZ .............. 1517:15H2306N ................ 581:15H2?N Br, ...............304!15H3303A~ .............. 136 7:,,H,,O,N,Ag . .1673, 1674&,HP004N2 .............. 1965:15HZ,jON2 ................ 869C..H..O.N.Ag .......... 1675CI5H.. 0N.S .............. 690C..H..O.N.S .............. 697C..H..O.N. Br .. 1019. 1020C..H..0.N2C1 ........... 191 8C1.HlGONC1 ............. 1916C..H..O.N. As .......... 1899C. .H2 .N BrI ............... 304C..H..O.N.AsNa.. 4H. 01900C15H1703N3A s Na . 5 H. 01900C.. HB02NEr ........... 3802CI6 Group .C.6H.08. ................... 737C..H.oO. ................. 1192Clf3H1203 ................. 1102C16H,207 ................... 438ClGH.,N, ........... .1T7. 179Cl6Hl4O4 ........ .1515. 1523C..H..O. ................. 1155C16H..0. ................. 1522C.6H3.07 ...507. 1190. 1193cl.H.o.cl. ................ 740C..H.O7CI. ......... .736. 737C..H.O&I. ................ 740C..H..O.N. .............. 1724C..H..O.C1.3II. 0 ...... 1100C16H1202N ............... 1019C..Hl2O6N. .............. 1672&1I..o2C1. 5H.0 ...... 1112Z I ~ H ~ ~ O W ~ ................ 527CI16H..02C12. H.0 ....... 1111S16H..06X2 .............. 1724J..H..O.N. ........ .693. 68421s H ..05N4' ............. 1480!16H1702N ................ 103216H180N4 ................ 948>..H..O. S ................. 7603..H180.S. ............... 1527>.sH150.S ................. 760!..Hl8O6S. ............... 1527...H200Si ................. 449216Hl.O.N. .............. 17232.6H1.O.N. ..... .1674. 1675!16H1803S ...........756. 759.16H.102N ....... .292. 1957!..K,O.Ca.lfH. 0 .... 188FORMULA INDEX . 2331PAGE ........ ................ 103Cl.H..0.N3 ................. 37C.. HgON2Br3 ........... 1020C16Hl.0.N3Br ........... 2099C1.H..ON2C1 ............ 1021C. Hl10C14Fe ........... 1099Cl.HllO.C1.Fe .......... 1102~..H1.O2N.Co.4H2O .... 526C..H110.C14A~.2H. 0 . 1101C1.Hl3O.C1. Fe .......... 11 12C16H1304N. As .......... 1897C..H140..S.Ba.5H20 .. 1420C..H..O.N.S .............. 698C1.H.7O.N. Br .......... 1020Cl.H.7O. N.As .......... 1185C..H.7O.NS ........ .627. 628C..H,O.NBr ............. 297Cl.H..0.NBr.2H20 ..... 2971898C16H1.0. N2AsN%> 6&H20Cl.Hl.05N.Br3Hg. ...... 850Cl.Hl.0.N2AsNa.5H. 01897C17 Group .C1.H. 40,. ............437. 512C17H1407 ................... 512C17H15 N, .................. 18247H&, ................. 1109C17H1606 ........... .436. 514C17H&7 ................... 513C17Hl, O7 ........ .1190. 1193C17Hm0 4. .................. 293C17H,0 ,. ................ 1784C17H110, N ................ 180C17H13ON ................ 1917C17H1, 06N0 ............ I 6 7 3C17H1,07N 4. ............. 1674C,7H1,O8S.2H, O ....... 1151C1&15O,I( ............... 1109C17Hl@N, ................ 529C17H1603CIp.2Hz O ..... 1114C,7H&1oN,. H2O ...... 1807C1&1605N41673. 1674. 1677C1&1,03N, ............... 248C17H,oO4N2 ........ .248. 250C17H&N ................ 707C17H&N, ................ 869C~I,H, O2N ................ 707XCIII .PAGEC17 H%O.N ................ 7 0 7C17H1302C14Fe .......... 1103C17Hl103C14Fe .......... 1 I 05C.vH1.O.N. C O ............ 528C.7H.3O.N.CO.4H.O .... 528C.7H1.03N.CI ........... 1918C. 7H1503C14Fe .......... 1115Cl7Hl.0.C1. Fe .......... 11 13C17HlgNBrI ............. 1237C.7H..ONCl ............. 1917C.7HBO.NS. 2H2O ...... 472Group .C1.H. ,. ..................... 597C18H1, O5 ................. 1132C..H..O ,. .................. 438Cl.Hl.Br. ................. 374C1,Hl8o8 ................... 438Cl,Hl,Ol.N, .............. 609C18H150 N ................ 1916C.,H1503C1. 3H20 ...... 1103C.8H1.07 ................... 437C.8Ht.0, ................. 1610C,,H,.O, ........ .1655. 1656ClaH..08N3 .............. 2099C18Hl.08N. ..............1284ClaH1503As .............. 1370C.,H,04C1.Hz0 ........ 1106CI8Hl5O4C1. 2H.0 ...... 1148Cl8Hl5O4Br. H20 ....... 1148Cl,H160, S ............... 1147C., H170N3 ................ 341C..H..ON. ................ 530C.,HlgO,N ............... 1807C.BH,O.N. ........ .720. 724C.,H210,N ............... 1031C.&,O.S ................. 7 61C.8H,0..NgA1.4H20 .. .483.484C1.H60..N.A1. 16H20 .483.484C,,H,O,,NgCe,3H20., . . 485C.&60,.NgCe. 11H20 .484.485C.&..O,N,S ... .1693. 1698ClaH.O.. NgCe ............ 485C.,H150.N3S. 4H.O .... 1699C.,HI.OZN~S. H20 ..... 1697PAGEC..Hl.02N.Co ............ 530Cl.H..03C14Fe .......... 1104~ 1 8 ~ 1 5 ~ 4 ~ ~ 4 F e .. .1106. 1148C,, H1504Br3Cd ......... 1149C1,H.,ONc1 ............. 1916C1, Hl@N3C1 .............342C,, HlgON3C12 ............ 342C1,HmO,NCl ............ 1807Cl,H,O, N2As .......... 1188C.&, NBrI ............. 1234C18H260,NBr. H,O ..... 1230C1,H3,N,CI, Pt ........... 294C18Hl, 05N3ClS ......... 1693C1,Hl4ON3ClS. H. 0 ... 1696Cl,Hl, ON3C16Pt ......... 342Cl,H2,0, N S ............. 1807Cl,H.,05N3ClS. H, 0 . . 1698C1,Hl4ON3ClS. 1&H20 1699C.,H,O,S,EaSi, .. .446. 447C,, Group .ClgH17N ................... 293C19H1805 .. 1133 1134. 1138C.,H,,Si ................... 210Cl.H, O6 ................. 1137ClgHmO. ........ .1156. 1158ClgH,O ,. ..................... 8ClgHwO. 6. 7C.,H,O. ...................... 7..................C1.Hl.O3N. .............. 1383C.gH1704Cl. H.0 ........1107C.gH.VO,Cl. 3H,O ...... 1150ClgH.80,S.H,0 ......... 1149ClgH..03N ............... 1959C19H..0.N ...... .1796. 1799ClgH..06N ............... 1135ClgH,07N ,. ............. 1799Cl,H80,NBr7 ............. 325C,,H..O, NBr , ............ 321Cl.Hl.O. NBr. ............ 318ClgH170.C14Fe .. .1107. 1150ClgH1704Br3Cd ......... 1107C.,H1705CI. Fe .......... 1152ClgH,o02NBr. ............ 323C..H.802N.S .............. 627C.gHmON31 ............... 342C.,H,O.NCI .... 1797. 1799C..H,O.NRr ............ 1797C.gHZO4NC1, AU 1797. 17997 2332 FORMULA INDEX .CZ5 Group ..6H,03 ................... 435%H,O ,. .................. 900=H,O ,. .................. 907,H,O.N. ............... 34325H24011N 4. ............ 18002sHzs04N2S.6&H,0 .. 162425 H,,0, N I3 r,S ........... 305,H,,0, NS Si ............ 2052,H,70,NSSi. H, 0 ..... 205PACE .. Group .CmHm ................... 18 9C.,H,O, ................. 114C.H.Si ................... 20C.H.O. ........ .1139. 114C.H. 0. ................. 116C.H. 0 ................... 89C. Hlo0.N2 ............... 17C,H..O.N .............. 209C.H. 0,. ................ 113CmHBOp ................ 11 4C,H..O.N. ............... 34C, H. ON. ............... 34C,H..O. As .............. 214C,H,O,N., ............. 196C..H,O.N ............... 17 9CMHaO.N .............. 180C20H3. 0.N. ............... 70CmH.o0.N2 ............... 70'C,Hl5O5N. S ............. 15'c.H..oN.S .............. 69.CmH170.N. S 152.154. 169!CmH..02N.S ............1696CmNl90.C1.Fe .......... 1152C,HBON. CI. ............ 343C,,R,O.NCl ............ 1798C..H,O. N Br ........... 1797C.H,O.NBr.H.O ..... 1799C.H,O. AgAs .......... 2147CmH,O.N.Br. ......... 1805668CmHl.O.N.CIS ........... 15 1CmHl.ON.CIS. H20 ... 1696C , H..ON.CIS. 3H.O . . 1696CmH, 0N.CI.Pt ......... 343C20H..O.N. ............... 70,CmH.O.N.K ............. 171C, H .. 0 3C I As ........... 2 1 4 7C..H.o.oN.ThU.. 14H.OC2.H,0.NCI.Au ....... 1798c m H ..O.N.C1.Pt ....... 1805C2] Group .C.H,O. ................. 1158C..H..N .................. 1765C..H,07 ................. 1143Czl H.. N Br ................. 6 6C.. HlB0.N2 ............. 1943C..H..O..N. ............. 1870C2,H,0,As .............. 137C21 H..O.S ............... 1%C2,H2,C1Si ................ 45C..H..O,N. .............. 180C,H,O.N .............. 179C., H,O.N ............... 180C,H,O.N.S .............. 15C..H,O. NS .............. 62C..H..O.NCl ............ 180C. H..O.N.ClS .......... 15C,H,O.NCI.Au ....... 180C..H,O.N.CIBrS ....... 79C.H.O.N. .............. 1870CB Group .C22H2oOp ................ 160C2,HBOg. H.0 .......... 115CnH1.O7N,' ............... 61C,H..O.N. ............... 61CmH.6O.N. ........ .612. 61CBH.7ON. ................ 61qCBHB0.N ............... 180C',H..O.N .............. 179.2,H%O7N ,. ............ 180'.,H,O.N. H.0 ........ l79CYn H,0.N2 .............. 1805l,H..0.C12S ........... 2088?nH1502N3S.2H.0 ..... 619:22H..0. N.S .............618I,H..O.N. S ............. 618.,H,O.NCI ............ 1801222H2.0.N 2. ............. 180.Jp2HnOgAg ............. 116C.,H..O. N.S. ............ 619.,B,O.N.CI. .......... 1804!nH,O.N2Br. ......... 1804'mH,O.N2S ............ 1804',H..O.N.CI ......... 1805H,O. N2Rr2 ......... 1805CBH3.O8S.Ba.6H20 ... 1296CBH ..O.N.ClS ........... 6 19C,H..O.N.BrS .......... 619C,H,O.NCl.Au ....... 1801C,H,O.N.Cl.Au. ..... 1804c,K.@.N.Cl.Pt ....... 1806CB Group .!&H,O. ......... 11 59. 11 622!,H,O. ................... 908323H4602 ................... 804C,H2.0.N2. 4 H.O ....... 712C,H..0.N..2&H20 ..... 712C,H..O7N.ClS.H.O .. .795.C,H2.0.N.. 4H.O ....... 712C,H270.N ............... 1800C,H,O.N..S&H.O ...... 711796C,H,O.N Br. S .......... 299C,H..O.NBrS ........... 301.. Group .C.H. N .................. 1767CwHl.O..Ba ............ 1188CuHnO.Se .............. 1386C,H. 0 S i ................ 200CuH.O,N..Zr ........... 484C.H. Nk ................ 1283CHHa0.S ................. 759C,H.7O.Se .............. 1387C24H1.012N6S .. .1694. 1698C)wH..O. N.Sp ............ 621&H,O.Cl. Pt ............ 434C2.H,O.N$ ............. 6207,HB0.N2S ............. 620124H,0gN.Cr .......... 1285:wH,03ClSe.,. ......... 1386:..H&.CIS .............. 757I,H,O.ClS. 58.0 ...... 757 ... H,O.N.B ........... 1804:24H3604N Br ........... 1232)..H,02N.ClS ........... 620l,H,02N.BrS .......... 621:24H3504N Br2S .......... 303.24Hs60.NBrS .......... 1228!,H3.O7S2Nq8i22H20464l,H2.0.N.P1.Pt ....... 128FORMULA INDEX . 2333PAGE ... Group .C.6H4.0 ................. 1331C,H,O ................. 1686C,H,O.N .............. 1 39 1C,H,O.N .............. 1392C,H. 106N,. ............. 1862CNH,0Si2 ............... 2008C2.H4.0.N ............... 1331C..H, ........... .1324. 1327CBH,04N. .............. 1393C,H410.0N. ............. 1173C, H42O.Ag. ............ 168 7C.6H..0.2N.S ............. 151C,H..O.N.S. H.0 ..... 1624C=H.. OloN3Cu ......... 1173CNH..O4N.S. 4iH.O . . 1625C26H42010N4Cu ......... 11 72C27 Group .C27H,0 ,. ............... 193 ICmE4203 ................. 1931CSH~~O. ................. 1932CSH,O. ................. 1683CSH..O 7. ................ 13 30CnH44Os .................1330C.7H.. 0 .................. 1629C27H, 0. ........... .896. 9011685. 1930C.&I,O ................. 1332C8H42OZ ................ 1932C~H.406 ................... 908C27H,0. ........ 1680. 1681.CSHaO .................. 1631CSHmOF .................. 907C&f&& ................ 709c.7H~o.N.. 3BH.O ...... 705CmH2905N ................ 709C.7H30O.N.. gH.0 ....... 704C9H.oO.N.. 2H.O ....... 704C27H3105N ................ 709CmH320gN2.2H. 0 ....... 704C.7HaO.N. .............. 1932C,7H.&N, ............... 1 630C.H,O.N.S.3H. O .... 1625C,H.20.N.S.4&H.O ... 1625C27H..04N.SY2&H.O ... 1625.,H.3O.ClS.7H.O ...... T6aC&I..O. N.S ............ 1624C.H,O.NBrS .......... 1 2 38Czs Group .C.H.O.N............... 1941C,H300Si2 ................ 208CmH.005N2. 4H.O ...... 1393C,H,O.N .............. 1392C,H4@N. ............... 1629CmH.804NBrS .......... 1235 .. Group .C,H,03 ................... 953C,H.. O. ................. 1683CmH, O. ........ .1682. 1685CsH50O2 ................. 1631C..H..O. .................. 168 6CmH,06N2S,2H20., . . 1623CmH,07N2S. 64H.O ... 1623CmH1.N .................. 1764C, H3805N2S ............ 1625C31 Group .331H4803 ................... 898&H5,,03 ................... 897231H3406N2, 1&H20 .... 1390&H,,O6N,s. 2H20 .... 1624&H5,, O5 ........ .1681, 1931&H3,07N2S. 1&H2 1624&H36O,N2S. 2H2O . . 1624>,lH,60sN2S.2~H20 ... 1624 ... Group .:32H5203 ................... 899&Hm02 ...................912&&T3408N2 .............. 1391>32H3206N2 ............... 703CJX~O~N..1$H.O .... 1391C32H360,3N~. 3H2O ....... 702C..H,OSI.. ............... 450CszH38018NP ............. 1805C,H..O?N. .............. 1391c3.H~ 02CI.Pt .......... 1100C32H,0.C15Au .......... 1101C.2H,O.C&Pt. 2H.O .. 1101C,H,O.C1.Pt .......... 1112C33 Group .C33H&7 ................. 1606CSH..O. ................... 899C3H.40. ................. 1682C..H,O.N..&-H.O ...... 1393C..H,O.N.. 4H.O ...... 1392C33H3405N2. 2H.O ...... 1392C..H..O.N..B&H.O .... 1392C33H46ON2 ............... 1932C33H5002N2 .............. 1684C34 Group .C,H3. O. ................. 1607C3.H. 0 0 7 ............ 955. 956c3.H~ 20. ................ -1632C..H,O. ................... 899C..H..O.N ............... 1930C..H..O.CI.Pt ............ 434C..H~O.Cl.Fe.H. 0 .... 1151!&.H3.0.C1.Pt ........... 1114$..H.oOgN.CI.Pt ....... 1803C35 Group .&5H5405 ................... 898&HmO ............. .911. 9132335Hs802 ................... 906&,5H7002 ................... 910&H3805N2. 29H20 .... 1392Ca7 Group .&H72O2 ................... 906&H34O5N2 ............... 712334 FORMULA INDEX .PAQECaHXOBNB HgO ....... 1391CaHaO7N8. 4&H20 .... 1391C..HmO. N2 ............... 711C87HmO,Nd. I&&O .... 1392C.7HB0. N. ............... 7 1 1PAQEC4 Group .CeHZ6Ol0 .................. 738CaH,O,Si, ............... 456C,H4zOl,Cr&3e, ........ 1387C4,H,N2C1,Br,Pt ......... 67CaH.. O&I.&$% ......... 755C,H,08NzCI.Pt ....... 1800C4.H.BO10N.S.C~.Pt ..... 153Ca eroup .Ck.H46OtNClBrS ........ 797Cu Group .CaH.0.N8. H. 0 ...... 1806C,H470.N4CiS. H.0 .. .795.796C,H,,O7N.&S&. . .201. 203C,H,O7N.&S&, 4H.O . 468C6 Group .C.H.07N.S.Si. ........ 2094C.H.OVN&S& ........ 2015PAQEC.H.O.N&$i. ........ 2010C.EM07N@&3i. 4H202010C47 Oronp .C, Group .C.7HMO7N..SH.O ...... 1393C~H&&I$tSe~ ...... 1387C&&@.CI.S.Pt .. .756. 759C&&. .C1.8.Pt ........ 757C, Group .CmHWOI2N4. H.0 ........ 706CmH,Ol.N.. 6 H.O ...... 706C,,H,012N, 79H.O .... 705CmH..01~4. 7H.O ...... 705CM Group .CwH&.C&S. Pt ......... 762(7% Group .C,H, 0. ............ ., .... 1683C, Group .C,HBN3CI.Br3Au. ...... 6

ISSN:0368-1645    

DOI:10.1039/CT9089302327

出版商:RSC    

年代:1908

数据来源: RSC